A. J. B. Wace & M.S. Thompson Prehistoric Thessaly Being Some Account of Recent Excavations and Explorations in North Eastern Greece From Lake Kopais To The Borders of Macedonia

(tfamlm'bgr
&vrijarologiral
anb
(Ptfynologtral
rrirs
PREHISTORIC THESSALY
The Cambridge Archaeological and Ethnological Series

an Editorial Committee consisting of
is supervised by
A. C.
addon, Sc.D., E.R.S., University Reader in
M. R. James,
William
College,
Litt.D.,
Ethnology,
King's
Disney Professor
M.A., F.R.S.,
F.B.A.,
Provost
of
F.B.A.,
Ridge way, Sc.D.,

of Archaeology, and W. H. R. Rivers,
University Lecturer in Physiology
Senses.
CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS

Hotltxm:
FETTER LANE,
C. F.
ffirnnimrfj!):
E.C.
CLAY, Manager
PRINCES STREET
ASHER AND CO.
F. A. BROCKHAUS
ioo,
Berlin: A.
leipjis:
flefo
Sort: G. P.
JJombBH ana Calcutta:
PUTNAM'S SONS
MACMILLAN AND
All rights reserved
CO., Ltd.
of the
PREHISTORIC THESSALY
SOME ACCOUNT OF RECENT EXCAVATIONS
AND EXPLORATIONS IN NORTH-EASTERN GREECE FROM
LAKE KOPAIS TO THE BORDERS OF MACEDONIA
BEING
B/WACE,
A. Jf
M.A.
Hi
Fellow of Pembroke College, Cambridge

Corresponding
Member
of the Imperial
German
Archaeological Institute
and
,\
M/Si'
THOMPSON,
Craven Fellow
Charles
in
the University of Oxford
Oldham Research Student
of Corpus Christi College
Cambridge
at the
B.A.
University Press
1912
PRINTED BY JOHN CLAY, M.A.

AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS
TO
THE MEMORY OF GEORGE FINLAY

HISTORIAN OF GREECE
AND
ONE OF THE FIRST STUDENTS OF THE PREHISTORIC
REMAINS OF THAT COUNTRY
PREFACE
present work is an attempt to collect in a convenient form all the
archaeological evidence as yet available for the prehistoric period in
North-Eastern Greece. Chapters I
X, which are purely descriptive, contain
full accounts of our own excavations with a summary of the discoveries of
others.
These we hope will be of permanent value, but how far the theories
forward
in the other chapters can be justified time alone can show.
put
Our own excavations in North Greece have all been conducted under the
Our
aegis of the British School at Athens, of which we are students.
in
connection
as
with
them
are
follows
publications
THE
"
Excavations at Theotoku," A. J. B. W., J. P. Droop, B.S.A. XIII, pp. 309 ff.

"Excavations at Zerelia," A. J. B. W., J. P. Droop, M. S. T., B.S.A. XIV,
"Early Civilisation in North Greece," A. J. B. W., J. P. Droop, M. S. T.,
p. 197.
Liverpool Annals, 1908, pp. 118 ff., 131 ff. "The Connection of the Aegean Civilisation
with Central Europe," T. E. Peet, A. J. B. W., M. S. T., Classical Review, 1908, pp. 233 ff.
"Excavations at Lianokladhi, and Tsani Maghula," A. J. B. W., M. S. T.,
1909.
"
Prehistoric Mounds in Macedonia," A. J. B. W.,
Annals,
1909, pp. 149 ff.
Liverpool
"
M. S. T., ibid. pp. 59 ff.
The Connection of the Aegean Culture with Servia," M. S. T.,
A. J. B. W., Classical Review, 1909, pp. 209 ff.
"Excavations at Tsangli, and Rakhmani," see Dawkins, J.H.S. 1910,
1910.
p. 360; Reinach, Rev. Arch. 1910, II, pp. 429 ff.
1907.
1908.
paper containing an early draft of part of Chapter I was read at a

meeting of the Research Committee of the Royal Geographical Society, and
Of
has been published in the Geographical Journal, Vol. xxxvn, pp. 631 ff.
these publications those giving reports of our excavations are superseded by the
present work, and the views expressed in the other papers are to be modified
in accordance with Chapters XI
XVII and Appendix I. Mr Droop's
enforced absence since 1909 has proved an irreparable loss.
During our
excavations at Lianokladhi and Tsani we were fortunate in having the
assistance of Mr T. E. Peet, thanks to the generosity of the British School
at Athens.
As regards the transliteration of Ancient Greek we have followed the
system recommended by the British School at Athens
According to this
all Greek words and names are preserved in the Greek forms, and only those
that are in common use are Latinised.
It may be thought that we have
Latinised too many names, but we think that the ordinary reader will
recognise Chaeronea more easily than Chaironeia.

As to the transliteration of Modern Greek we find ourselves unable to
2
follow the system adopted by the British School at Athens which through
its disregard of sounds is totally unfitted for the transliteration of a living
,
B.S.A. xv,
p. 402.
B.S.A. xv
p.
403.
Preface
viii
We
have therefore adopted, with one or two additions to suit

words borrowed from Turkish, the system suggested by Mr Dawkins which is
in the main that followed by Leake.
According to this we transliterate
language.
a by
a.
but fi/3 by mb: Varvdra (Bapftupa), Ttimba (Tovp,pd).

gh before a, o, u Maghiila (MayovXa).
y before e, i Ayios Yedryios ('Ayios Tewpyiot).
ng, and 7% by nkh.
dh, but vS by nd: Livadhid (AifiaBeia), Andreas ('Ai>o>ea?).
& by
v,
y by
by
77 by
k by
e by
by
e.
z,
but where t? and 8f are used to express
ts
and dz we have trans-
literated accordingly.
by
7]
i.
6 by
1
th.
by
by
i.
but
k,
7/c
by
tig
in
Greek words, and
in foreign
words
Langddha
(AayicdSa), Gerli (F/cepXi).
\ by
fi by m.
v by n.
% by x.
o by o.
/.
it
/, but
by
fiir
by mb
in
Greek and
b in foreign
words
Xerdkambo
(Sepo/cap-Tro),
AnabakU
p by
r,
by
s.
and
In
used to
and
tsh
( AvapyrraicXL).
Initial p by r, not rh.
pp by rr.
Turkish words, where at (and sometimes at the end of words ?) is
express sh and rai to express tsh (English ch), we naturally use sh
to represent the sounds: Pasha (Ilaaid), Bash (M7ra?), Tshatmd
(Tatar/Aa).
t by t, but vt by nd, and in foreign words

Daiit (Nraovr).
by d: Sidherunda (StSepotWa)
by i.
by ph.
x by kh
yfr by pS.
to by 0.
ai by e.
vi by
ev by af and ef before unvoiced consonants
<f>
et,
oc,
av,
i.
(6, k, (, i|r), tt, a, t, <^, %), and

^ and ev before vowels and voiced consonants: Evangelistria (Evayye-
Xicrrpia),
Avghonima
{Aiiyovvtui), Efstrdtios (Vjvo-Tpr'iTios).
The first time a word occurs the

breathing is omitted.
Greek spelling is given and the accents which are always written as acute
In dealing with names of Turkish origin we have in every
are indicated.
case taken the commonest Greek spelling and transliterated that.
Further,
where recognisable, we have given the Turkish derivation. In dealing with
2
these Professor E. G. Browne has most kindly helped us
Our obligations to others are many. First we wish to take this
without their generous
opportunity of thanking our respective colleges
The rough
B.S.A. xv, pp. 217
The
ff.
only exceptions to this system of transliteration are, Phylakopf {^vKaKanrj) and

Papoura (Zafap Uawovpa), because of their common use in English books.
2
Zafer
ix
Preface
For contributions towards

support this work would not have been possible.
the expenses of our excavations we are indebted to the Cambridge University
Worts' Fund, the Oxford University Craven Fund, Liverpool University
(Institute of Archaeology), the British School at Athens, the British AssoClassical Society, and to Messrs R. M. Dawkins,
The
L. Whibley, J. P. Droop, W. Miller, and W. B. Bond.
Fund
made
a
of
the
Craven
towards
the
cost
grant
Cambridge University
the
from
which
most
of
illustrations
have
been
and
the
made,
photographs
ciation,
the
Cambridge
W. Ridgeway,
British School at
Athens has contributed towards the expenses of publication.

authorities have at all times given us every
The Greek archaeological

We owe a special debt
facility.
of gratitude to Professor Tsundas, the pioneer

of prehistoric archaeology in Thessaly, and if we have tended to overemphasize the points on which we disagree with his conclusions, it is only
because they are so few.
Dr Sotiriadhis has most generously allowed us to
make free use of his results, published and unpublished, and in addition has
devoted much time to discussing with us many of the problems involved.
Dr Arvanitopullos, Fphor of Antiquities for Thessaly, has allowed us to
publish some of his finds from Phthiotic Thebes and other objects in the
Volos Museum, and has always been ready to help us.
In Thessaly itself
Thessalians of all classes have always received us with the greatest kindness,
which has gone far to lighten our labours.
In particular we owe much to
Mr N. Yiannopulos of Almiros, and Mr P. Apostolidhis of Volos. To our
colleagues of the German Institute, Professors Doerpfeld and Karo, and
Drs Kurt
tiller and Goessler we are indebted for information about Tiryns,
and
Leukas. Throughout all our work we have received unfailing
Olympia,
and
advice
from Mr R. M. Dawkins, Director of the British School at
help
home
Professors Ridgeway and Myres, Dr Duncan Mackenzie,
At
Athens.
and Mr L. Whibley have given us every encouragement and the last in
addition undertook the thankless task of reading the proofs.
Plates I, 1 1 5,
IV 4, V, VI, and Figures 11, 13, 29, 91 </, 112, 114 are after watercolour and
For the loan of several
black and white drawings by Mr W. S. George.
blocks we are indebted to the British School at Athens, the German Archaeological Institute, and the Institute of Archaeology of Liverpool University,
and to the Greek Archaeological Society for permission to copy some plans
and illustrations from Professor Tsundas' book.
To the Syndics of the Cambridge University Press for undertaking the
publication of this book, and to their staff and readers for their skill and
courtesy our heartiest thanks.
A.
M.
Salonica,
June
W,
&
1.
2th,
191
1.
J.
S.
B.
T.
W.
ABBREVIATIONS
and periodicals we have adopted the abbreviations recommended by the Society for the Promotion of Hellenic Studies, and the British School
To these we have to
at Athens (Annual of the British School at Athens, XV, pp. 404 ff.).
Professor Tsundas' book on Dhimini and Sesklo (Xprjara
add the two following
In references to books
TaovvTas, Al it polat optical aKpoTroXea Atfirjviou icat Se'ovcXou) is cited throughout as

A-2 and the Annals of Archaeology and Anthropology published by the Liverpool
University Institute of Archaeology are referred to as Liverpool Annals.
;
CONTENTS
I'M. I
Introduction
CHAr.
I.
The Geography of North-Eastern Greece, and the
Distribution
of
the Prehistoric Sites

II.
The
Principal Classes of Pottery and Celts
'3
III.
North Thessaly, Rakhmani, Marmariani, Mesiani Maghui A, ETC
25
IV.
South-Eastern Thessaly, Sesklo, Dhimini, Pirghos
Central Thessaly, Tsangli, Rini
86
V.
VI.
Western Thessaly, Tsani Maghula
....
....
VII.
Southern Thessaly, Zerelia, Phthiotic Thebes,
VIII.
The Spercheus Valley, Lianokladhi
etc.
35
'5
'7'
Boeotia and Phocis
93
The Mycenean Period and the Early Iron Age
206
XI.
Architecture
*<7
XII.
Connections with the South
22
XIII.
Connections with the West
228
XIV.
Connections with the North
IX.
X.
XV.
.....
23'
Chronology
234
XVI.
The Prehistoric History ok North-Eastern Greece
XVII.
Ethnological Conclusions
Appendix
I.
Appendix
II.
Notes on the Prehistoric finds
240
250
in Bulgaria,
Roumania ETC
,
Chemical Analyses, etc
*57
259
Table of Illustrations representing poitery
263
Museographical Index
264
Index
265
/>2
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
PACK
FIO.
of North-Eastern (ireece
I.
Sketch
2,
Iolcus from the north-west
3-
The Maghula
4-
Pottery from
Map
to
face pa$c
of Rakhmani
Rakhmani
25
26
27
5-
6.
27
7-
29
8.
29
9-
io.
II.
32
12.
32
3-
33
33
36
'516.
'7-
18.
19.
20.
Diagram of
stratification at
Rakh
37
House plans at Rakhmani

Hearth at Rakhmani
Spit supports at Rakhmani
Pottery from Rakhmani
38
39
43
44
21.
45
22.
46
23-
47
48
24.
Rakhmani
25-
Figurines from
26.
Miscellaneous objects from Rakhmani
49
5
5'
2728.
-29.
Miscellaneous objects from House

Figurine from Argissa
.
at
Rakhmani
52
54
3-
Statuette from near Larissa
57
3-
Pottery from Sesklo
59
62
323334-
-35-
36.
3738.
Plan of Sesklo
63
Plan of Megaron at Sesklo

Figurine from Sesklo (restored)
65
69
Pottery from Dhimini
76^
Plan of Dhimini
>>
.
78
80
List of Illustrations
no.
XIII
XIV
FIG.
XV
ric
r.v.i.
136.
Pottery from Lianokladhi

Mat impression from Lianokladhi
137.
Plan of house
138.
Room
139.
Flint knives, etc. from
140.
Pottery from Chaeronea, Dhrakhmani,

Figurines from Chaeronea
135.
141.
in
at
house
Lianokladhi
Pottery from Skyros
145.
Pottery from Theotoku

n
Dhomokos
Pottery from
151.
I.
II.
Pottery from
Rakhmani
Pottery from Tsangli and Rakhmani
Plate
IV.
Pottery from Tsangli

Pottery from Rakhmani and Tsani
Plate
V.
Pottery from
Plate III.
Plate VI.
198
200-"
203
207
209
210
21
Bronzes, etc. from Theotoku

Pottery from Theotoku
Pottery from Khassan Tatar
Table of Chronology
Plate
>.
>.
150.
Plate
etc.
146-
149.
190
I92
144.
148.
189
.
Lianokladhi
Pottery from Dhrakhmani

Pottery from Gonnos
147.
188
Lianokladhi
at
143.
142.
187
Rakhmani
Pottery from Rakhmani
212
2'3
214
2'5
237
at end
Fig. i.
Sketch Map of North-Eastern Greece,
Marmariani, 3 Argissa, 4 Mesiani Maghula, 5 Topuslar, 6 Dhimini, 7 Sesklo, 8 Pirghos,
9 Tsangli, 10 Rini, 11 Tsani Maghula, 12 Zerelia, 13 Daudza, 14 Maghula Aidhiniotiki, 15 Phtliiotic
Thebes, 16 Lianokladhi, 17 Chaeronea, i3 Schiste, 19 Ghulas, 20 Zarkos, 21 Theotoku.
Rakhmani,
INTRODUCTION
The
North Greece may be

Schliemann
when
he excavated at the
by
begun
Boeotian Orchomenos in 1880 and 1881.
Here he was the first to find in
any quantity the grey, wheel-made ware, now so well known, to which he
gave the name Minyan. In 1884 Lolling' first called attention to the
Thessalian mounds, and specially studied those at Dhimini (Aifi-qvi) and
S^sklo (SeV/cXo)
where he collected prehistoric vase fragments, which he
In 1886 the first tholos tomb at Dhimini 4 was
submitted to Furtwaengler.
5
In 1889 Wolters published the Mycenean vases from Pagasae
excavated.
in the collection of Mr Periklis Apostolidhis of V61os (BoXos).
But in
of
the
of
much
was
ten
that
new
and
spite
promise
interesting
years
said
exploration of the prehistoric remains of
have
to
been
The exploration of
passed without any regular excavation in Thessaly.
Orchomenos district however proceeded rapidly. In 1891 and 1892
Kambanis 8 and Curtius 7 dealt with the Minyan dykes of Lake Kopais.
The following year de Ridder 8 excavated at Orchomenos itself and at
In 1894 Noack published a long account of Ghulas in
Ghulas (roiActs) 9
In 1896
which he noticed other early sites in the same neighbourhood.
the
was recalled to Thessaly by the discovery of iron age tholos

tombs at Marmariani (Map/xapiavr)), which were further explored by
Tsundas in 1899
In 1901 Stais while excavating the second tholos
tomb at Dhimini was led to begin the excavation of the prehistoric
In 1901 and the following year Tsundas dug the
settlements there".
mound of Sesklo, and in 1903 he completed the exploration of the mound
12
of Dhimini
In the following years he examined many other prehistoric
attention
10
Thessalian plains.
In 1904 Kuruniotis 13 conducted a small
excavation at Rini (PrjvCy*, and in 1905 cleared the tholos tomb at Kapakli
15
In the meantime fresh discoveries had been -made in Phocis and
(Ka7raK\t)
18
Boeotia.
Furtwaengler excavated at Orchomenos in 1903 and 1905 with
the
in
sites
J. H. S. 1881, pp. 122 ff.

Ath. Mitt. 1884, pp. 99 ff.
3
The full form of the name is 2tkovXo, but this
in the Thessalian dialect, which like other North
1
Greek
dialects drops unaccented
u and
i,
becomes
StVicXo.
*
Ath. Mitt. 1886, pp. 435 ff.; 1887, pp. I36ff.

Ath. Mitt. 1889, pp. 262 ff.
6 B. C. H.
1892, pp. 121 ff.; 1893, pp. 322 ff.
7
Deichbauten tier Minyer (Gesammelte Abhandlungen I, pp. 266 ff).
8
B. C. H. 1894, pp. 271, 446 ff. 1895, pp. 136 ff
6
name to the
natives of the district, but as Pale6kastro (naXmoGhulas is said to be an Albanian word
KaoTpo).
9
The
W.
&
site is
T.
not
known by
this
(tower), and would

a North Greek dialect.
The form Gha sometimes used by archaeologists is
probably due to some misunderstanding.
I0
UpaKTiKa 1899, pp. 10 1 ff.
u
UpaKTiKa 1901, pp. 37 ff; A-2, p. 27.
12
A-2, pp. 27, 70.
I3
See below, p. i3off.
H This is the modern local
spelling of the name
derived from the Turkish

naturally
become Ghla
qAU
in
2
of this village
Yeoryiadhis (rewpyia'dqs, er<raXi'a
p. 209) spells it 'ipevi, Tsundas (A-2, pp. 131, 244,
283) calls it 'Epivi.
15
21 iff.
'E<f>. 'Apx- 1906, pp.
:
16
Bulle,
Orchomenos
I,
p.
8ff
Introduction
most important
In
began that valuable series of

excavations in the neighbourhood of Chaeronea and Elatea, which he has
continued with success up to the present time. In Thessaly Arvanitopullos 3
found in 1907 and 1908 a prehistoric deposit on the acropolis of Phthiotic
Thebes, and in 1909 a small settlement of the same period at Pagasae,
and in addition has brought many prehistoric objects into the Museum at
Volos.
Our own excavations 3 in Thessaly began in 1907 at Theotoku
In 1908 we excavated at Zerelia (Ze/aeXux), in 1909 at Liano(eoTOKov).
kladhi (Aiaw/cXaSi) and Tsani Maghula (Tctvi MayovXa), and in 19 10 at
4
In addition, by travel and
Tsangli (TcrayyXC) and Rakhmani ('Pa.Yju.ai'i)
results.
1902 Sotiriadhis
exploration in
Northern Greece, Macedonia, and Epirus, we have attempted
to define the limits of the prehistoric culture of Thessaly.

1
134
Ath. Mitt. 1903, pp. 302 ff.

1906, pp. 396 ff.
E<. 'A PX
ff.
Memnon
11
;
.
1905, pp. 120,

908, pp. 65 ff. ;
Ilpa/cruca
1909,
1
(1908), pp. 95 ff. ;

1910, pp. 159 ff.
Memnon 11 (1908), pp. 98 ff; UpanriKa 1907,
His
pp. 166 ff.; 1908, pp. i8off; 1909, pp. 153 ff.
123
pp.
ff.;
Fig.
2.
later report (UpaKTiKa 1910, pp. 168 ff.) has

too late for us to use in the present work.
3
appeared
These and other excavations are described in

Chapters III-X.
4
This is derived from the Turkish Rahmdn
(merciful).
Iolcus (Volos Kastro) from the north-west.

The prehistoric deposit
can be seen directly below the medieval walls.
CHAPTER
THE GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH-EASTERN GREECE, AND THE DISTRIBUTION

OF THE PREHISTORIC SITES
For the purposes of historical geography Northern Greece may be
considered as divided into two parts by the great range of Pindus, which
starting far up in the Macedonian mountains ends in the Parnassus group
on the Corinthian Gulf. To the west in Epirus and Aetolia the whole
country is a confused mass of rugged mountains with here and there
a lake in a small plain as at Yannina, and below Thermos (Kephal6vriso,
The principal rivers such as the Achelous (Asprop6tamo,
Ke<f>a\6f3pvcro).
and
the Arachthus (the river of Arta) run through narrow
'Ao-v-poTTOTa/Mo)
gorges except near their mouths. The main route from north to south
seems to have come down Central Epirus to Ambracia (Arta, "Apra), and
thence to have crept round the coast past Amphilochian Argos into the
lower Achelous valley.
To the east the formation of the country is entirely different. Great,
parallel ranges starting at right-angles from Pindus run eastward to the sea
and divide the land into a series of plains, in which the prehistoric settlements
are found.
The northernmost range, which separating the basins of the
Haliacmon (Vistritsa, Inje-qara-su) and of the Peneus (Salambrias, 2a\a/iand Macedonia, ends in Olympus.
/3/aias) forms the boundary between Thessaly
At its extreme east is the pass of Tempe which, despite its fame, never seems
Further west are several much-travelled
to have been of much practical use.
routes leading from the Europos (Xerias, He/ncts) valley from Elassona
To the west again between
('EXacrcrwi/a, Oloosson) to Berrhoea or Pydna.
the Europos and Kalabaka (Ka\ap,TraKa) other routes lead northwards into
In spite of these passes the mountains seem always
the Haliacmon valley.
to have been a formidable barrier, the more so in antiquity since they were
1
Immediately to the north of them
probably more thickly wooded than now.
few traces of prehistoric culture, Thessalian or otherwise, are yet known,
and none in the Pierian plain. In the Vardar (Axius) valley and the neighbourhood of Salonica, where early sites are known, the culture seems to be
2
To the south as far as Othrys there is a
different from the Thessalian
wide plain broken only by the isolated mass of Cynoscephalae which is of
To the east the plain is shut off from the sea by the
little importance.
and Ossa, but to the south-east by Volos and Almir6s
coasts
of
Pelion
rugged
on
the
Pagasaean Gulf access to the sea is easy. The range that
('Akp.vpo<;)
.
Cf. p. 254.
Liverpool
An mils
1909, pp. 159
ff.
Geography
forms the southern boundary of this plain and the northern limit of the
Spercheus valley, breaks off from Pindus by Mount Tymphrestus. The
mountains at first of moderate height form an elevated plain round Lake
Nezer6 (Nee/ao, Xynias) and the upper waters of the Enipeus, and further
east the range divides
its northern branch sinks into the low hills that end
above Phthiotic Thebes, while the southern branch rises to the bare summit
of Othrys
between the two lies the fertile plain of Almiros. To-day this
can
be
crossed at many points.
The best known route in classical
range
times is the coast road from Halos to Lamia by Pteleum and Larissa
Further west the
Kremaste, which was followed by Xerxes and Philip II
hills can be easily crossed at many points between Lamia and
Varibdpi
(Bapt/i.7ro7r^), though the principal modern route is the carriage road from
:
Lamia
Thaumaci (Dhomok6s, Aoôkos) through the Phurka (QovpKa)

seems
pass.
probable that in early times thick woods made these routes
far more difficult.
For instance Brasidas 2 on his march to Thrace in 424 B.C.
took one of these passes from Heraclea in Trachis to Melitaea (Avaritsa,
'A/3apu-cra) and Pharsalus in order not to attract attention, and was obliged
to procure guides.
To the south the Spercheus valley is bounded by Mounts
Oeta and Kallidromos. The passes to the south through these may be
reduced to four, the Thermopylae route, the path over Kallidromos followed
by the modern road, a route leading from Heraclea to the upper Asopus, and
a fourth pass leading round Oeta from Hypate by Mavrolithari (Mav/Do\i0api)
into Doris.
There is no evidence to show which of these passes was used,
but the same early culture is found both to the north and south of them.
The plain to the south is the valley of the Kephissos, and is surrounded on
all sides
by hills. The main route to the south leads by Orchomenos and
Kopais to Thebes, and it is near this road, shut in between the hills and the
marsh, that we find the southern outposts of the early culture of North-East
to
It
Greece.
The
low
to
sea to the east is easily reached by roads leading through the

M6los (MwXos), Atalandi (ATakdvTT)), and Larymna, but the
passes to the Corinthian Gulf east and west of Parnassus by Daulis and
Amphissa are difficult. It will thus be seen that the eastern part of North
Greece is cut up into plains by these ranges through which communication
in times of peace was practicable, although they form
strong military
frontiers.
On the other hand the passes leading through Pindus are few
and difficult
there is one route from Yannina over the Zighos (Ziryos) to
hills
Kalabaka, another from Trikkala (TpiK/caXa) by P6rtes (IIo/Dres) to Arta,

and a third from the upper Spercheus by Karpenisi (Kap7revtcri) towards
Aetolia and Acarnania.
But as will be seen from the distribution of sites
these do not seem to have been much used.
The prehistoric sites, which occur throughout the described area, are
in the form of mounds, most of them situated in the plains, but a few are
3
to be found on the foothills.
The
They fall into two types, high and low
low mounds, which are far commoner than the others, only rise about three
.
Hdt.
vii, 197,
198
Dem. De
Fals. Leg.
163.
Thuc. IV, 78. Cf. the march of Agesilaus by

Narthakion, Xen. Hell. IV. 3, 9. The Larissa
Kremaste route was the most important it was
:
seized by Demetrius Poliorketes in 302 B.C. (Diod.

xx, no) and by the Romans in 200 and 171 (Livy,
xxxi, 46, xlii, 56, 67).
3
See appendix at the end of this chapter.
Mounds.
Distribution of Sites
metres above the surrounding ground and an examination of them has

The high mounds on the
that they were deserted at an early date.
other hand, which rise to a height of eight metres or more, continue down
to a far later period and in a few rare cases were converted into Greek
The high mounds are usually oval in shape, with steep sides
settlements'.
and flat tops, while the low ones rise gently out of the plain. Both types
however must be carefully distinguished from a form of conical mound
2
probably covering a Hellenistic built tomb, as at Pilaf Tepe (Tli\a(f> Tore),
4
near Larissa and at Pydna which is to be found in the same area as the
The mounds are locally known as Tilmbes (Tou/x/8cs)
prehistoric settlements.
or Maghiiles (MayovXe?).
Strictly speaking the term maghula should be
mound in which rubbish or traces of human
an
artificial
to
applied only
habitation can be discerned, while tumba meaning merely a sepulchral tumulus
This
does not imply the presence of rubbish or any difference of soil.
shown
',
is still often recognised by the peasants.

The word maghula'',
which in origin is probably Slavonic, occurs in various forms throughout
the Balkans and in South Russia as a name for similar mounds.
The most southerly sites of the early culture of North- Eastern Greece
are those in the neighbourhood of Orchomenos, and while the future may
perhaps reveal settlements further south, it seems unlikely on account of
6
the occurrence of the Cycladic culture near Chalcis
and also, as we have
a
natural
is
close
to
Orchomenos
Further up
seen,
geographical boundary.
the valley there is an important site at Chaeronea, and still further north
others have been found near Elatea (Dhrakhmani, Apax/wi) and Dhadhi
The next group of mounds occurs in the Spercheus valley and
(Aa8i).
centres round the villages of Lianokladhi, and Amuri ('A/jbovpi) to the west
In antiquity these sites were much nearer the sea than they are
of Lamia.
distinction
to-day owing to the

Higher
Spercheus.
not yet yielded any
of the Greek city at
type, and the early
1
the
large amount of alluvial deposit brought down by the

up the valley towards Varibopi surface exploration has
results.
In the elevated plain of Othrys the acropolis
Tshatma (Tcriar/xa) 7 is probably a maghula of the high
statuette from Melitaea (Avaritsa) suggests that there
E.g. Nos. 59, 6S, 69, 71, 72, 73, 75, 81, 105 in
of sites at the end of this chapter.
list
2
PilaT
Edmonds, /. H. S. 1900, pp. 20 ff. The"name

PilaT
Tepd is purely Turkish and means
hill."
3
Arvanitopullos, 'E$. 'Apx- 1909. pp- 27 ff.

Heuzey, Mission de MacMoine, pp. 243 ff., Pis.
21, cf. below, p. 55.
17
6
According to G. Meyer (Ncugriech. Sludien,
11, p. 68) the word payoiXa is derived from the
Albanian mdgul'e, itself probably a loan word from
Slavonic.
Mr E. H. Minns, whom we have consuited, informs us that the Old Slavonic form is
mogyla. In Russian, Bohemian, and Polish it
appears as mogila, and is represented in all the
other Slavonic languages and in Lithuanian. In
Roumanian it is mog/iiid, tnovi/d, ?no/ii/d, or mdgurd
(cf. the Little Russian mohyra>.
The/ of the Old
Slavonic form is a thick sound representing IndoEuropean u. The ov may be the sound nearest
to this the Greeks could get, cf. Kapoira, which is
4
the Old Slavonic &?rj//0, a trough. MayoiXa may bean

old loan word from Slavonic, for modern borrowings
have an i sound, cf. /3v8pa for Old Slav, vydra,
South Slav, vidra, nikivos for Old Slav, pelynii,
South Slav, pelin. Thus the word may have come
direct into Modern Greek from Slavonic, and not
through Albanian, for it is practically unknown in

the Albanian districts of Greece (the Peloponnesus,
Attica, and Boeotia), while common in Thessaly and
Phocis. But G. Meyer in his Albanesisches Worterbuck, which was published before Neugriechische
Studien, does not believe in an ancient connection
between Slavonic and Albanian, and so suggests
that both languages borrowed the word from a
third.
He also gives an Albanian form gamul'e,
with which he compares the Servian gomila.
a
THinrafiiKriXfiov, U(p'i rav iv Ei/3oi'a <i/>x<uW
ra^xur, pp.
'
1 ff.
Leake (Northern
Tjeutma.
Greece, IV, p. 470) calls this
Distribution of Sites.
JVoods
On the coast road from

a maghula near Siirpi (Xovpir-q).
In the plain of
North of Othrys prehistoric mounds are very common.
Almiros both types occur, and it is noticeable that here the high mounds
are commoner than elsewhere, there being an equal number of both kinds.
In the western portion of the Thessalian plain, extending from Dhomokos
in the south to Palamas (ilaXa/xas) and Zarkos (Za/a/cos) in the north, and
with an eastern limit at Pharsalus and a western one at Kardhitsa (KapSircra),
The sudden cessation of prehistoric settlements
is another group of sites.
in the west at a considerable distance short of the Pindus range, and their
non-appearance in the plain between Trikkala and Phanari (<>avdpi) is most
important, and suggests that the distribution was due to circumstances that
no longer exist. To the east of Pharsalus is a line of sites extending to
In the eastern plain
the head of the Pagasaean Gulf at Volos (Iolcus)
is
probably a settlement
Larissa
Kremaste
to
in
that neighbourhood.
Halos
there
is
from Pherae (Velestinos, BeXecmVos) to Tirnavos (Typvafios) and Tempe is

another large group of settlements, but it is to be noticed that in the Dotian
plain by Ayia ('Ayuia) there is no prehistoric mound, though the Hellenic
2
acropolis at Aliphaklar ('AXijâ^Xap) seems to have been inhabited in pre-
We
thus see that the prehistoric settlements occur everythe plains except in three small areas in the upper Spercheus
valley, in the plain between Phanari and Trikkala, and in the Dotian plain.
In the Elassona district (Perrhaebia) prehistoric remains are few.
Two
small sites (p. 12, nos. 123, 124) alone are known, one at the village of
Maghula by the Europos, and another in an unusual position on a small
hill by Tsaritsani ^Taapnadviq), but the open
country between these two
In the elevated plain to the south of
sites was apparently uninhabited.
Dhomokos prehistoric remains are also scarce.
In all these places prehistoric sites would naturally be expected, and
their absence can only be accounted for by the supposition that the country
in those districts was for some reason unfavourable for habitation at an early
It seems likely that the woods of Thessaly which to-day are
period.
confined to the eastern slopes of Pelion and Ossa, the north side of Othrys
by Ghura (Tovpa), and the Thessalian slopes of Pindus, formerly extended
into the plain and that the forest belt was in certain cases the boundary
of the prehistoric inhabitants.
Evidence for such forests in the districts
historic times.
where
in
where no early remains have been found, does
exist
though
it
is
necessarily
In contrast to the bare plain of Larissa, the western extremity of the

slight.
Phanari to Trikkala and Kalabaka to-day contains some trees.
from
plain
There is no doubt that until recently large woods existed between Trikkala
and Phanari. Enquiries made by us in the neighbourhood of the latter
town supported this, and Leake 3 remarks that at Kapa (Kcnra) to the west
of Phanari he passed through the remains of woods which had not long
before been burnt by Veli Pasha, as they were a notorious haunt of robbers.
similar clearing seems to have taken place in the plain of Ayia, where
1
In the Magnesian peninsula no prehistoric site
has yet been found, but celts have been found at
Argalastf ('ApyoAacmj), cf.J.H.S. 1906, p. 151, and
there is a bronze double axe from Khortos (Xopros)
Volos Museum. For early iron age tombs at

Theotoku see below, pp. 209 ff.
in the
2
See below, p. 10.

Northern Greece,
IV, p. 519.
Woods
still left.
Leake says that while travelling from Karalar
Thus in two of the
Marmariani
he
lost his way in a wood
(Kapakdp)
is a curious absence of prehistoric remains, there is
where
there
regions
a few trees are
to
evidence for the existence of woods down to the beginning of the last
For the other two districts, the plateau of Othrys and the Elassona
century.
In 191 B.C. when M'. Acilius'
the
evidence is not quite so good.
valley,
attacked Thaumaci (L)homokos) from the north on his way south to the
Spercheus, the inhabitants left the town and harassed his army on the march
How much of this district was wooded is not clear, but in
from the woods.
this
circumstance
case
implies woods by Dhomokos that no longer exist.
any
Elassona
is the last
The obvious road
district
round
The
region to consider.
is
the
Meluna
from
the
rest
of
not
into it
Thessaly
by
(Mekovva) pass, which
is a mountain ridge made possible for traffic only by an artificial road, but
up the Europos valley, which offers an easy route past Dhamasi (Aa/xao-i,
Mylae?) and Dhomenikos

in this valley several
(Ao//.ei/i/cos,
Hellenic sites
in
The fact that there are

Cyretiae).
contrast to only one on the Meluna
Orthe ?) clearly shows which was more

4
passage of Anna Comnena suggests that this
She describes a pass near Larissa, which she calls
valley was wooded.
the palace of Domenikos, where a marshy ravine enters a wooded plain.
This apparently refers to the Europos valley, and if so provides us with a
Thus in all four
reason why prehistoric remains are rare in this district.
districts where prehistoric sites are rare or unknown there is evidence
that woods once existed, though it must be admitted that in two cases the
evidence is slight.
route at Karatsh6li
used
in
(KaparcrioXi
classical times.
2
Northern Greece, in, p. 374.
Livy, xxxvi, 14.
This is the modern spelling, though the name is pronounced KaratS61i, and Karadzoli: it is probably
the Turkish Qard-Chiil = Black desert.
4
Ed. Paris, p. 141 ed. Bonn, I, p. 253 it is quoted by Leake, Northern Greece, IV, p. 303.
1
List of Sites
APPENDIX
THE PREHISTORIC
LIST OF
GREECE
SITES IN NORTH-EASTERN
For convenience and to prevent confusion in the following list of sites we have
An asterisk against the number implies
retained and extended Tsundas' numbering 1
that the mound is of the high type, or that at that site pottery of the Third (Chalcolithic)
and Fourth (Bronze Age) Periods has been found. Of course such pottery may yet be
found at other sites not so marked.
I.
At Pagasae opposite Volos near a small harbour: Mycenean (L.M. II) vases 2 and
Arvanitolate tombs have been found here, and also a few prehistoric sherds.
but
has
not
found
has
excavated
settlement.
On a
here,
any
prehistoric
pullos
hill however within the walls of Pagasae where he has discovered the ruins of
a Greek temple of the fourth century, he has found the remains of a prehistoric
settlement 3 which had been cleared away to the sides to make room for the
foundations of the later building. To judge by the pottery this settlement
flourished during the Second (Neolithic) Period.
.
On
the
way from Volos
2*.
Near the
3*.
4*.
By
At
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
to Larissa
and Tirnavos are the following:
village of Dhimini, see Chapter IV.

the village of Sesklo, see Chapter IV.
Pirghos (Uvpyo<;) not far from Sesklo, see Chapter IV.

line from Volos to Velestinos, and opposite the tumulus of
Pilaf Tepe.
Near Velestinos station on the right of the line to Larissa.
Near Velestinos station on the right of the line to Larissa at its junction with the
Trikkala line.
Near Velestinos station on the left of the line to Larissa.
Half an hour north-east of Velestinos station.
North-west of Velestinos and fifteen minutes from Gerli (re/3\t).
At the foot of Cynoscephalae and twenty minutes north-east of Takhtalasman
Near the railway
(TaxraXaafidv).
Gerli on the left of the line to Larissa.
13*. North-west of Gerli near Kileler (KiXeXep).
14*. Between the village of Sakalar (Za/caXdp) and the railway
12.
At
line,
but close to the
latter.
15*. Opposite to 14, but on the left of the line to Larissa.

Fifteen minutes to the north-west of Tsular (Ta-ovXdp) station.
Half an hour north-west of Tsular station on the left of the Larissa line.
17.
18.
Near Tsular station on the right of the Larissa line.
Fifteen minutes west of Topuslar (To-TrovaXdp) station amongst vineyards.
19.
16.
20.
Twenty minutes north-west of
21.
At Topuslar
22.
Half an hour north-west of Topuslar.
village, see
19.
Chapter
III.
By the village of Metiseli (MeTio-eXi,).

24*. Between the sixth kilometre stone on the Larissa-Ayia road and Metiseli.
About half an hour from Larissa by the second kilometre stone on the Ayia road.
25.
26.
Mesiani Maghula (Mea-iavi] MayovXa), between the fourth and fifth kilometre
stones on the left of the Larissa-Ayia road: see Chapter III.
Half
an hour north-west of Larissa on the right of the road to Tempe.
27.
23.
A-2, pp. 1 ff.

See below, pp. 207
*
.ff.
pp.
Arch. Anz.
1
53
ff.
1910,
p.
157;
Ilpa/cmca
1909,
List of Sites
On
the right bank of the

to Kuluri (KovXovpi).
28*.
Peneus by the bye-road leading from the
Tcmpe
road
Five minutes north of N^khali (NeâXi).

Krimn6s ( Kpyp.v6s\ the supposed site of Argissa, an hour and a half west of
Larissa on the left bank of the Peneus
see Chapter III.
On the right of the Larissa-Tirnavos road by the sixth kilometre stone.
On the left of the Larissa-Tirnavos road by the seventh kilometre stone.
On a bye-road to the right of the Larissa-Tirnavos road by the eleventh kilometre
29.
30*.
31.
32.
33.
stone.
34.
Ten minutes
35*.
On
to the north of Drusanadhes (NrpovaavaSes).

the right of the Larissa-Tirnavos road by the eleventh kilometre stone.
36*. Fifteen minutes from the village of Tatar (Tardp)
1
On the way from Velestinos to Pharsalus and Kardhitsa are the following
37*. Fifteen minutes south of the station of Persuphlf (TlepaovcpXi), and on a low rocky
hill above a plentiful spring.
2
38*. Fifteen minutes to the south-west of Aivalf ('At/SaXi') station on the light railway
down
from
the
mine
of
running
Tsanglf (TaayyXi), and opposite the village of
Karaba'iram (Kapafnraipdfj,) 3 see Chapter V.
In the valley between the villages of Duvlatan (NTovfiXardv) and Anabaklf
39.
:
(' Avafj.Traic\i).
40*.
mound
double
south of the village of
Tshakhmat 4 (Tataxfidr) by the
river of
Pharsalus.
41.
Ten minutes
46.
Twenty minutes
east of Dhemerlf 6 (befiepXt]) station on the Thessalian railway and

of
south
Simiklf (Zt/iiicXi).
Half an hour south of Khatsi Amar 6 (Xa-rf?) 'Afidp).
42.
South of Pharsalus on the Dhomokos road and north of Vardhali (BapSaXl).
43.
44*. Mflos (MvXo?), north of Pharsalus station and close to the left bank of the
Enipeus to the east of the stone bridge.
Mezfl Maghula (MeftX MayovXa), south-west of the village Teke' (Te/ee) on the
45.
hills north of the Enipeus: cf. A-2, p. 174, white on red ware, hâ is common
here.
of Sophadhes (So<a8e?) 8 this may be the mound

(Mapyaplra) on the way from Sophadhes to Pazaraki
north-east
called
(?)
48.
Marghan'ta
9
(HaâpaKi)
Twenty-five minutes east of 46.
Ten minutes south of Baltalar (MTraXraXdpy.
49.
South of the
village of
50*.
The
Khomatokastro (XtofiaTOKaarpo) of Almandar, between that
47.
so-called
Almandar
('AXfiavrdp).
village
and Orphana
('Op<pavd).
Opposite the village Marku (Mdpicov) on the other bank of the river. Here
Tsundas found a fragment of T2 incised ware, A-2, p. 201, Fig. III.
Platomaghula (TlXaTOfidyovXa), on the right bank of the Sophadhes river opposite
51.
52.
the village of Pfrghos Mataranga (Tii/pyos Marapdyica).

Half an hour north of the site of Cierium.
Between Cierium and 53.
54.
Amarandos CAfidpavTos), fifteen minutes south-west of Sophadhes.
55.
On the right bank of the river Kalendsi (KaXevrarj) between the villages of Daut
56.
(Nrao^T) and Kumadhes (Kov/taSe?).
Khatsi Amar is
Tatar of course means Tartar.
probably a Turkish personal
2
Aivali is the Turkish Ayvd (quince) with the
name, Hdjji'Umar.
53.
11
adjectival termination
3
Karabairam
Bayr&m
(a
is
Turkish
/*.
the
Turkish
Qdra
(black)-
festival).
4 Tshakhmat is
probably connected with the
Turkish Cheshmi (fountain).
6 Dhemerli is the Turkish Detnir
(iron) with the
termination
w.
&
/*'.
T.
Teke is the Turkish Tekyt (monastery).

Sophadhes is derived from the Turkish
Soffa
(bench).
8 Pazaraki is the Turkish Bdzdr
(market) with
the Greek diminutive termination aiei.
10
Baltalar is the Turkish Bdlta-lar (axes),
u Daut is the Turkish Dd'iid (David).
List of Sites
io
Ten minutes north
of Kardhitsa on the road to Larissa.

North of Kardhitsa between Morikhovo (Mopi%o@o) and Paraprastani (Uap<nrpd-
57.
58.
(TTCLVr)).
Round the Krokian

59*. The supposed site
60*. Aidhiniotiki
plain are the following

of Pyrasos at Nea Ankhi'alos
:
Maghula
(AiSiviwriicr)
MayovXa)
1
,
(Ne'a.
'AyxiaXos).
an hour north of Almiros
see
Chapter VII.
61*. Zerelia (ZepiXia), forty-five minutes south-west of Almiros: see Chapter VII.
Fifteen minutes north of Karatsadaghli (KaparfcvTayXl) 2 by a grove of oak trees.
62.
Paleokhori (ndXaiovcopi) or Yiuzlar (Tiov^Xdp), half an hour west of the village
63.
of Daudza (Nraovd^d) 3
see Chapter VII.
'
64*. Maghula Almiriotiki (MayovXa AX/ivpiwriKr)), fifteen minutes east of Almiros.
South of Almiros near the right bank of the Xerias (aepidi), and between the
65.
vineyards and the road to Karatsadaghli.
66.
On the left bank of the Kholorevma (XoXopevfia), a few minutes down stream
from the mill called Vai'tsi (Bairo-t).
4
67*. The mound of Bash Mflos (M7ra? Mt!\o?) on the right bank of the Kholorevma
below
the
on
the
Turkomusli
just
bridge
(TovpKOfiovaXi.) road cist tombs have
;
been found here.

68*.
69*.
70*.
The acropolis of Phthiotic Thebes, see Chapter VII.

The site identified as Phylake, just south of Kitik (Km') 5 by
The maghula of Surpi 6 half an hour south of the village by a
ware is very common.
;
it is
a good spring.
mill: here
Minyan
By Volos, Velestinos, Larissa, and Tirnavos are the following:

71*. The Kastro (Kdo-rpo) of Volos, the probable site of Iolcus (Fig. 2): see
72*. The so-called acropolis of Pherae, on the hill to the west of Velestinos.
p.
2.
The
acropolis of the Greek city at Aliphaklar, celts and unpainted prehistoric

pottery have been found here.
see Chapter III.
74*. The mound of Marmariani
7
Tash
Mandra
(Ta? MdvSpa) an hour east of Bakrina (Mirdicpiva) on the road
75*.
from Larissa to Tempe, near a good spring.
see Chapter III.
76*. The mound of Rakhmani
to
Makrikh6ri
Close
y/.
(Maapvôipi) station, between it and the village.
South of Tsatobasi (To-aTofnrao-i) % on the right bank of the Peneus.
78.
Near Amari (A/j,dpi), on the right bank of the Xerias (Europos), half an hour
79.
south-west of Tirnavos.
Fifteen minutes east of Tirnavos on the Meluna road.
80.
81*. The acropolis of the Greek city (Orthe?) at Karatsholi.
73*.
Between Velestinos and Pharsalus are

The mound of Rini, by a good spring see Chapter
South-west of 38, and about half an hour in the direction of Ineli ('lveXl).
Other mounds in this district 9 are reported at Mustaphakli (MovoTaipaicXLy,
Supli (2ou7rXi, Scotussa), and Beki'dhes (M7re<.'8e?), but we have not been able to
examine them and therefore do not include them.
Between Pharsalus and Sophadhes are
The mound on which stands the village of Pasha Maghula (Tlacrid MayovXa) 11 just
:
82*.
83.
84.
to the north of the stone bridge over the Enipeus.

1
The
village is called Aidhfn, which is the

Turkish Aydin (light).
2
Karatsadaghli is the Turkish Qaraja (blackish)Ddgh (mountain) /*' (the adjectival termination).
3 Yiuzlar is the Turkish Yuzle"r
Daudza
(faces)
is derived from the Turkish Dd'ud (David).
4
The Turkish Bash (head).
5
Kitik is the Turkish Gedik (foundation).
:
Leake noticed
this
mound (Northern
Greece iv,
p. 355).
7
The Turkish Tash (stone).

The latter part of this is probably
the Turkish
oba (camp) with the possessive suffix.
9
Cf. rWvon-ovAos, 'Apfiovia, Tofi. r, p. 428.
10
Possibly connected with the Turkish name
Mustafa.
11
The Turkish title Pasha.
List of Sites
85.
86.
Five minutes west of VasiH (BaaiXi).

of Ghuzghuruiri (Tov^yowdpt), south of the railway and near blockhouse 76.
Ambclia ('AfiveXia), half an hour east of Pharsalus.
few minutes to the south of Tsinf (Tfti/t) 1
Near Betsildr (MTrero-tXep)* on it stands a church.
Amongst the vineyards ten minutes to the south of Simikli.
Not far to the east of Laspokh6ri (Aao-n-oyoipt).
To the west of Laspokh6ri, between it and the Enipeus.
To the north of the Enipeus near Khatsi6basi (XaTfyofnraai)*.
A few minutes to the east of Orphana station.
MakriA Maghula (Maiepva MayovXa), on the south-west slope of the hill on which
are the ruins of Cierium.
Tsani Maghula: see Chapter VI.
Between 96 and the village of Dhemerli, near the river of Pharsalus, and north of
the railway.
The mound on which stands the southern part of Palamris (IloXa/ia?).
Ayfa El^ni (Ayia 'EXivr}), a large mound on the left or north bank of the Peneus,
It would be interesting to excavate
forty-five minutes south of Zarkos (Zap/cos).
this mound which is the most northerly one in western Thessaly.
The maghula
87*.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95*.
96*.
97*.
98.
99*.
100.
Between Dhomokos and Pharsalus are:

Just below the mills of Dhomokos, close to the carriage road, and cut through by
the railway line.

the north of 100, and on the right of the Dhomokos-Larissa line.
102.
the north-east of 101 and on the left of the Dhomokos-Larissa line.
About twenty minutes south of Yinek6kastro (TwaiKOKaarpo, Proerna), and on
103.
the east of the road.
104*. On the western slope of the hill on which stands Proerna.
105*. The acropolis of the Greek city at Tshatma: this is the same shape as the ordinary
high mounds, and, though no prehistoric pottery has been found here, some celts
have.
101.
To
To
In the Spercheus valley are

Just outside the village of Amuri, and to the east of it.
107*. By the side of 106, and a little further east, a bored celt has been found here as
:
106.
also Urfirttis pottery.

108*. Pale6milos (II aXai6/u.vXo<;), near Lianokladhi
In Phocis are
109.
see Chapter VIII.
Near Suvala (HovfidXa)
station
Sotiriadhis has found
monochrome, hand-made
pottery here
no*. North of Dhrakhmani (Elatea), in the vineyards: see Chapter IX.
in. Twenty minutes south-east of Dhrakhmani on the land of Dr Khevas see
Chapter IX.
To the south-east of Manesi (Mdveo~i), see Chapter IX.
112.
Here Sotiriadhis has
113*. By the Kalfvia (KaXv0ia) of Ayfa Marina ('Ayia Mapiva).
found pottery like the so-called Kamares ware of Orchomenos: see p. 194.
In the pass from Daulis to Delphi at the S^to-r^ 'OSo? by the monument of
1 14.
Meghas see Chapter IX.
,
In Boeotia are:
115.
Maghula Balom^nu (MayovXa
MiraXcofievov), to the east
ofChaeronea station: see
Chapter IX.
1
Tsundas classes this (wrongly it seems to us)

with the high mounds, A-2, p. 16. The word Tsini
ls probably the Turkish Chini (china).
2
Betsiler is probably from the Turkish Richmek
(to reap).
3
Khatsiobasi
is
the Turkish Hdjji-dbasi
grim's camp).
*
TIpaKTiKa 1909, p. 130.
2
(pil-
List of Sites
Orchomenos see Chapter IX.

117*. Poliyfra (UoXvyvpa), east of Orchomenos: see Chapter IX.
118.
Maghula by Pirghos see Chapter IX.
119*. Pirghos: see Chapter IX.
120*. The fort of Ayios Ioannis ('Ayio? I<odpvr)<:), east of Top61ia (To7r6Xto) on the
116*.
north shore of Kopais: Minyan ware and cist tombs containing Minyan ware
have been found here, as also L.M. Ill ware.
121*. The fort at the tower of Ayfa Marfna (Ayia Mapiva), on the south shore of
Kopais, south-east of Topolia: L.M. Ill, Minyan, and monochrome hand-made
ware have been found here, and cist tombs are believed to exist.
122.
Ghulas: see Chapter IX.
Near Elassona are:
Mikros Prophi'tis Ilfas (Mtpd? Upo<pi]Tr)<; 'HXui<?) at Tsaritsani, half an hour
123.
south-east of Elassona.
The mound stood on a low hill, but the prehistoric
The site was discovered by
deposit has been washed down the sides by rain.
Mr ltodwq<j Ta-ayXdprjs, who has found here pottery of the Second Period
(B3, B2), and one piece of A5/9.
The
mound on which stands the village of Maghula, in the Europos Valley
124.
about three hours south-west of Elassona. Monochrome hand-made ware is
found here, and some L.M. II vases are said to have come from this site, see
Chapter X.
,
CHAPTER
II
THE PRINCIPAL CLASSES OF POTTERY AND CELTS

A.
The
Pottery.
sequence of the different classes of pottery found
in
North-Eastern
now fairly well established by the collation of the results of

excavations.
The principal point on which information is lacking is the
chronology of the earliest wares. The later fabrics can be dated approximately, since they have been found with Mycenean (Minoan), Minyan, and
Greece
is
other southern wares.

Further excavations in the Cyclades, Boeotia, and
the Peloponnesus will probably throw fresh light on this and other obscure
points, and the full publication of the pottery from Orchomenos and Tiryns
will also be of great assistance.
In dealing with a prehistoric culture the pottery, especially when it is
painted, is of prime importance in determining its relationship to other
similar cultures, and is in this respect a far safer guide than architectural
remains
therefore propose before proceeding to describe the finds
made at the excavated sites, to tabulate the principal classes of pottery found
in this area.
It is a truism that the history of any prehistoric site which
has a deep, undisturbed deposit can be read in its pottery.
It is for this
reason that in the following pages we lay particular emphasis on the pottery
In the table of the different
rather than on any other class of objects.
wares we have for the sake of convenience adopted and extended Tsundas'
We
classification
1
.
The different classes which are all hand-made, unless otherwise stated,
are as follows (cf. throughout list of illustrations of pottery, pp. 263 ff.)
Monochrome red ware, well polished, excepting large and coarse
Ai.
The most characteristic shape
vases, and usually thin and carefully finished.
is a wide, open dish with incurving sides and a splayed lip on a high raised
base the handles are tubular and horizontal (Fig. 40 e-g, p. 87 A-S, Fig. 76,
Equally typical of this ware are the low bases attached to both
p. 64).
bowls and mugs. The better specimens probably owe their deep red colour
This ware is common throughout Thessaly,
to the application of a slip.
and the Spercheus valley, and is always found with the earliest painted
pottery (A3C1, A3/3, A3y, A38, A3C A5/J, A6), but it must be borne in
mind that the typical shape just described is most common in Central,
In Boeotia and Phocis the place of
South-Eastern, and South Thessaly.
this monochrome red ware as a companion to the red on white painted
pottery is taken by the black polished ware, A$y.
:
A-2, pp. 157
ff.
A Wares
Pottery,
14
The biscuit is red, but sometimes black in the

A2. Incised ware.
The patterns are formed by rows
middle
the fabric is thick, but good.
of wedge-shaped or round incisions arranged in simple geometric designs.
Often the blank spaces in the field between the incised belts are covered
In general
with deep red or white paint, which is sometimes polished.
this ware has a very modern appearance, and it is to be noted that so far
it has been found only in
North Thessaly 2
Occasionally the patterns are
The commonest shape seems to have been
formed by continuous lines.
1
similar to that of the
first
category of A3/3.
White on red painted ware.
This is decorated with matt white

red
on
a
The
polished
paint
ground.
patterns are of a simple geometric
the
fabric
resembles
This
and
At.
class though not common is found
kind,
and
the
throughout Thessaly
Spercheus valley, and Tsundas notes that it
A3a.
is more common at
Mezil Maghula (p. 9, no. 45) than elsewhere.
It is
of course the converse to A3/8.
Red on white painted ware.
The biscuit, which is often full
A3/8.
of small, white particles, varies considerably in colour, but is as a rule buff.
The patterns are painted on a white slip which covers the whole vase, and
varies in colour from site to site.
At Sesklo for instance the slip is of a
and
at
is
Zerelia it
dead white. The vases are usually polished
yellow tinge,
though matt examples occur, and the inside is often unpainted or only
partly painted.
According to the character of the patterns employed this
ware may be subdivided into three general categories, (1) South-East
Thessalian, which differs locally, e.g. Tsangli, Sesklo, (2) West Thessalian
which subdivides into an earlier and a later style, (3) Chaeronea. Of
the first category the typical shape is a wide, open dish with a flat
bottom and almost vertical sides, usually painted inside and out (Fig.
The principal shape of the second category is a bell-shaped
45> P- 93)with
a
ribbon handle set low down (Fig. 86 a, b, p. 140), and
broad,
mug
that of the third category is a round-bodied jar with a low, narrow neck,
and sometimes with a raised base (Fig. 140 b-e, p. 198). This ware,
though its characteristics are the same throughout the whole area, differs
so much from site to site that one can only suppose that there were
many small local potteries.
Red painted ware. This is similar in every way to A3/8, except
A3y.
that the patterns in red paint are applied directly to the biscuit, which is
Matt examples occur especially on the inside of vases, which
polished.
are painted outside in the A3/J style.
This class is not common, and in the
case of many fragments from Sesklo it is hard to decide whether they have
a slip or not, and consequently whether they should be classed as A3;8 or
In any case this class is so closely connected with A3/8 that accurate
A3y.
distinction is not of vital importance.
Occasionally in North Thessaly,
at
and
the
Rakhmani,
e.g.
paint has a blackish tinge, and the
Argissa,
ware resembles A3C.
Red on white painted ware, Lianokladhi style.
This might
A38.
almost be considered a fourth category of A3^8 peculiar to the Spercheus
1
name
We
use the word biscuit in the technical sense in which
for the
baked
clay.
it
See Chapter
is
employed by
III.
potters, as
a convenient
Pottery,
A Wares
15
so different in technique that it is better to class it

separately.
vases were first covered with a creamy white slip, and over that was
While the latter was still damp the
applied a thick coat of red paint.
potter took some fairly sharp instrument, such as a splinter of wood, and
made a red on white pattern by scraping off part of the outer coat of red
Sometimes he scratched so deeply as to injure the white slip below,
paint.
or else did not scratch deep enough, so that a thin layer of red remained
over the white slip, which in consequence has a pinkish tinge. The typical
shape is a bell-shaped mug with a vertical ribbon handle set low down
The clay is well refined, and the biscuit is usually red
(Fig. 119*:, p. 175).
valley, but
it
is
The
though occasionally purple. This ware is always polished.

A3C Red-brown on buff ware. This so far has been found only at
In most cases the patterns on this ware, as on A38, seem to
Tsangli.
have been made by scraping away part of a coat of red-brown paint, which
was applied directly to the ground without any intervening slip.
After
the
vases
were
and
with
the
thinness
of
this,
heavily polished,
firing
coupled
the paint, gives a blurred appearance to the surface.
So far as the fragments
enable us to judge, the principal shape of this ware is the same as that of
A 1. The fabric is good, and it is possible that this ware is a development
of Ai, for some vases, especially the jug shown in Fig. 40^, p. 87, are
partly decorated in this manner.
Pink on red ware. This has so far been found only at Rakhmani.
A3.
The vases are decorated with linear patterns in pink paint applied directly
to the surface, and the whole is polished.
The bottoms of the vases
were also sometimes decorated like those of Tift. The most usual shape
seems to have been the same as that of the first category of A 3/8.
Monochrome white ware. This has been found only at Rakhmani.
A4.
The biscuit is cream-coloured and the surface is well polished.
Monochrome black ware. The fabric is good and the surface
A5C1.
is well polished
the deep black colour seems to be due to the application
This so far has been found only at Rakhmani.
of some pigment.
Red-brown
on grey-black painted ware.
This is akin to A5a,
A5/8.
has
so
far
been
at
Rakhmani.
and like it
found only
The rim of the vase
was covered with some black paint, and occasionally decorated with rows
of incised dots, and the lower part was painted with linear patterns in redThe biscuit is grey-black, occasionally
brown, and the whole well polished.
:
firing to reddish.
Black polished ware.

Fine and well made the biscuit is greyThis ware is typical of the first stratum at Orchomenos, where it
occurs with red on white ware (A3/8, third category) and has also been
found at Chaeronea and Dhrakhmani with the same painted ware.
The
surface, which is well polished, is often decorated with groups of small,
round knobs.
Brown on white ware. This is very different from 83a in that
A6.
the patterns are very simple and have no spirals, and there is always a
It is never very highly polished, and never decorated on the
white slip.
The few fragments known of this ware are all from Rakhmani.
inside.
Monochrome undecorated ware. The biscuit is reddish, and not
Bi.
A5y.
black.
Pottery, B
Wares
When this class is found apart from the painted ware

of the following classes, it cannot be distinguished from any other plain,
hand-made prehistoric ware, especially the bulk of T^. The fabric is thick,
and the vases as a rule every day vessels for household purposes.
The
of
is
a
bowl
similar
to
that
B3C1.
typical
only important shape
B2.
Incised ware.
The biscuit is usually grey-black, sometimes chestThe patterns are made up by combinations of lines,
nut, and rarely red.
and straight the use of dots and semicircles is rare.
and
curved
short,
long
The designs show that peculiar conjunction of spiral and geometric elements
This incised ware, in which the incisions
typical of the painted pottery, B3C1.
were as a rule filled with white and rarely with red, occurs most frequently
always polished.
The incised ware from

South-Eastern Thessaly (see Chapter IV).
Phthiotic Thebes, though it seems to resemble this class, should probably
be classed as T2, see Chapter VII.
Painted pottery, Dhimini ware.
This class, which takes its name
B3a.
from the site where it was first found, can be divided into three categories.
White on red polished ware, which is easily distinguishable from
(1)
its
The biscuit is buff, and
A3a by
polished surface and thicker fabric.
the colour of the surface, which varies from deep to pale red, was obtained
by polishing, though in some cases a red slip may have been applied.
Chocolate on cream, and black on red polished ware. The paint
(2)
varies from chocolate to black, and the colour of the polished biscuit to
which it is directly applied varies from red to yellow-buff. This category
is not so
strongly polished as the first.
The white surface is formed by a slip of
Black on white ware.
(3)
varying thickness. The black paint sometimes inclines to a brown shade.
This category is not always polished.
The vases of these three categories are often painted both inside and
out
any two categories can be found combined on the same vase, one
The patterns show a most remarkable
style inside and the other out.
combination of geometric and spiral elements (see Figs. 21, 22, pp. 45, 46).
in
The typical shape, which is common to all three categories, is a wide, deep
bowl narrowing in to a small, flat base (see Fig. 36, p. 76, A-2, PI. 9).
This kind of painted pottery is very common in the East Thessalian plain
from Volos to Tirnavos, but elsewhere is rare.
Three-colour ware with black and white patterns on a red ground,
B3/8.
or with black and red patterns on a cream ground.
The constant characteristic of this ware is that the black is a secondary colour
serving merely to
outline designs in red or white.
Sometimes vases are found which combine
the characteristics of this class with those of B3C1 (usually the second
category)
one inside and the other out. The two principal shapes of this class are
fruitstands" (Fig. 59/^, p. 109, A-2, PI. 10), and the "spit supports"
described on page 61 (A-2, PI. 30).
Three-colour ware, with black and red (often orange-red) patterns
B3y.
on a white ground. The commonest shape of this ware is again the " fruit-
'
in
The
vases are always polished.

Black
on red ware with linear designs, often matt.
This class
B38.
small fragments has a superficial resemblance to some specimens of the
stand."
Pottery, B
and T Wares
17
second category of Bâ, but differs from it very much in the character of
the patterns and in the shapes of the vases, amongst which a peculiar kind
of jug (Fig. 54 c, d, p. 104) and an odd type of bowl (Fig. 57/, p. 107) are
This ware seems to occur mainly in West and Central Thessaly,
noticeable.
for we have found it not only at Tsani and Tsangli, but also on other
mounds in the same district. It has been found in Phocis and Boeotia
as well, see Chapter IX.
Brown on buff ware. This is closely related on one hand to

The patterns are applied directly to the
and
on
the other to B38.
B3y,
in
which
varies
colour
from
The
biscuit,
pale buff to a reddish brown.
and
the
fabric
is thin.
is
well
refined
There
are
two
clay
prominent shapes
" fruitstands " and "tumblers"
Often it is hard to decide
(Fig. <$\a,b, p. 104).
whether a sherd should be classified as B30 or B3C This ware occurs in the
same areas as B38, and like it is often matt.
Three-colour ware.
This has so far only been found at Tsani
B3.
and Tsangli.
It seems to be akin to A 3/?, and the patterns are linear like
the late style of the second category of that ware, of which indeed it may
It is easily distinguished from B3y, for the red has no
be a development.
orange tint, and the patterns are far less pretentious.
This class of Tsundas' contains three different kinds of ware,
Tia.
and, as two of them are very important, we have subdivided it as follows
Tiai.
White on black ware. The patterns are of a very simple type,
see Fig. 55, p. 105.
The ware is well polished and the smaller vases are of
thin fabric. The larger vases are coarser, less well polished, and often brownIn all the biscuit is ashy grey in colour, and it is possible
black in colour.
that the good black surface is due to the application of a kind of slip.
Tia2.
Polished ware with black patterns on a grey ground.
This ware
seems to have been made by first covering the whole with a black slip and
B3C
then scraping off some of
it so as to leave a
pattern reserved in the grey
colour of the biscuit, Fig. 55 n-p, p. 105.
This is the technique which Vassits,
Tia3.
Rippled or ribbed ware.
in discussing the Servian pottery
calls the
Technik der eingedriickten
Ornamente. The surface of the vase is rippled so as to form a simple
kind of zigzag pattern, Fig. 55 m, p. 105; A-2, p. 238, Figs. 138, 139.
Ti/8.
Grey on grey ware. The biscuit is grey, and not much polished.
On it are painted simple linear patterns in grey-black (Fig. 57, p. 107): whether
The
this was the original colour of the paint or not is a matter of doubt.
fabric is good and thin, and the vases of this ware seem to have been valued,
for there are many fragments with small holes bored along the edge which
1
show
that they
had been broken and mended
in antiquity.
The most common
a bell-shaped mug similar to that of the second category of A3/J, and

shape
as in A3 the bottoms are often decorated.
Crusted ware with designs in reddish pink and white. This falls
Tiy.
into two categories: (1) the paint is thick and dusty, and comes off very
easily; the whole vase is covered with one colour and spaces are reserved
in it which are either filled up or outlined in the other colour (Pis. V, VI)
very rarely is a pattern painted in one colour directly on the other (2) the
is
w.
&
T.
Prahistorische Zeitschri/t,
II,
p.
29.
Pottery, Y
Wares
painted in one or both colours directly on the biscuit, and the

whole is polished (PI. IV 4) ; the paint is put on thickly and resembles
Under this category the next class TiS
barbotine work, and is hard.
Not enough of this ware has been found to
should properly be included.
make it possible to distinguish any shape as characteristic except that
The biscuit varies in colour from red-brown to
described under TiS.
pattern
is
grey-black.
Crusted ware with patterns in
Ti8.
classed separately by Tsundas, is really
category of Y\y, a shallow dish painted
this variety as in Tiy the patterns show
white paint.
This variety, though
one of the shapes of the second
In
inside and with a raised rim.
both spiral and geometric designs.
Under this head Tsundas groups the few fragments of vases of
Tie.
the kind usually known as Pre-Mycenean geometric, or by German archaeoThe biscuit is yellow-buff, and on it are painted
logists as Mattmalerei.
One such vase
simple geometric designs in matt black or dark brown.
2
was found at Sesklo in Tomb 9 1 and another at Dhimini in Tomb Mi
Thus they cannot be regarded as really
with L.M. Ill vases and figurines.
matt ware from Phylakopi, and the
but
like
much
of
the
Pre-Mycenean,
Mattmalerei pottery from Aegina and the Argolid, belong to the Late Minoan
These vases and the few similar sherds found at Sesklo, Dhimini,
period.
and the Aidhiniotiki Maghula 3 are probably imported from Southern Greece
With them is of course to be classed the Mattmalerei ware
into Thessaly.
from Orchomenos, but till its publication makes it accessible we cannot be
sure that some of it does not belong to classes B38, and Bt,, like the
Chaeronea matt ware which Tsundas would include here. Therefore we
,
have preferred to obliterate this doubtful class Tie, and to name all pottery
of Late Minoan date with matt black paint on a greenish yellow or yellow4
buff ground Mattmalerei
Incised ware.
The biscuit varies in colour from red-buff to a
T2.
surface
is
usually polished, though there are unpolished
grey-black, and the
The patterns, which are as a rule of a simple
or partly polished specimens.
.
They are rendered by lines

geometric type, at times include a rude spiral.
and irregular round holes made by pressing a blunt instrument into the clay.
The patterns recall those of A2, but are much more coarsely made, and
5
it is to be noted that in the ware of this class from Tsangli
only a very
small part of the vase is decorated and that the patterns often divide the
The incised ware from Phthiotic Thebes", which
surface into blank panels.
from its coarseness seems to belong to this class though its patterns resemble
few of the Phthiotic
B2, has one point in common with some of T2.
Thebes sherds show between the incisions remains of painting in the style
of the first category of Tiy, and one sherd of T2 from Tsani and some from
7
But since at Tsangli, which
Zerelia also show traces of similar decoration
is practically the only site where Y2 occurs, sherds of B2 and Y2 were found
together, it is possible that they both belong to the same, the Second
2
3
4
See p. 66.
See p. 82.
See Chapters IV and VII.
See below, pp. 21-ff.
6
e
'
See Chapter VI.

See Chapter VII.
See Chapters VI, VII.
Pottery, r
Wares
19
(Neolithic) Period, and that Y2 and the Phthiotic Thebes ware are merely
one big class of incised ware. But this problem cannot
be settled till a good deal of all three wares has been found at one wellstratified site.
Still there is no reason why incised ware should not have
begun in the Second and lasted into the Third Period.
Monochrome ware. This is the plain pottery that succeeded the
T$.
Bi ware, and is divided by Tsundas into three categories, (1) wheel-made
vases of black or grey-black clay, or in other words Minyan ware, (2) rude,
hand-made vases, (3) hand-made vases of good fabric, usually polished.
This classification, however, for various reasons appears to us unsatisfactory, and we have consequently put the "Minyan" ware into a separate
class by itself and arranged the other monochrome wares (Yt) into the
following groups according to shapes rather than technique.
Two-handled cups. The biscuit varies in colour from grey to dull
TT,a.
red according to the firing.
They seem to be sometimes hand and sometimes
local varieties of
wheel-made: Fig. 103^,
p.
156.
These have a flat bottom, and the

Shallow, two-handled bowls.
handles are usually of a peculiar raking type 2 which has many varieties.
The biscuit is usually red or red-buff, and as a rule polished Fig. 134, p. 186.
T3y.
High, wide bowls with small, vertical handles with a long attachment below against the body of the vase no complete specimen as yet.
The biscuit, usually polished, varies from black to dull red in colour
Yt,^.
Fig. 79 4 0, p. 131.
Shallow bowls with straight
r3.
where the rim curves in on either side
or incurving rims.
At the point
a horizontal projection, which is
sometimes bored for suspension holes. Larger and deeper examples, contemporary with those just mentioned, have in place of the projections, small,
This type seems to have been a
rudimentary, vertical ribbon handles.
cooking vessel Fig. 86 c, d, p. 140.
Narrow-necked bowls. These are usually polished, and sometimes
r$.
have the upper part of the body ornamented with shallow, oblique ribs in
a manner that recalls Tia3.
They often have horizontal or vertical suspension
holes and the biscuit varies in colour from black to dull red
Fig. 86y, p. 140.
is
Fig. 60^, p. no.

shallow
bowls with a rugose surface. These have a wide,
Broad,
T^r).
In fact
flat bottom, and short, vertical sides which sometimes splay out.
biscuit
of
the
first
of
The
resemble
the
A3/3.
they
principal shape
category
varies from black to dull red, and the surface which is never polished is
T3.
Askoi
roughened by frequent shallow, sweeping lines.

T^6.
Deep bowls, narrowing both to top and bottom with thick walls.
These have small, vertical ribbon handles, or lugs, sometimes both, placed
The biscuit varies from dull brown to brick
alternately round the sides.
is
and
red,
usually polished: Fig. 580, p. 108.
Wide, open bowls with flat bottoms and splayed lips, and horiT3i.
zontal loop handles.
Biscuit usually brick red: Fig.
102, p.
156.
In these, where not stated otherwise, it is to be understood that the biscuit varies in colour from
black to brick red according to firing, and that both polished and unpolished specimens occur.
2
Under "raking" we include the ordinary wishbone type, which is not strictly applicable to many of
1
the North Greek examples.
3 2
Pottery, T
20
and A Wares
Small jars with narrow necks, no handles, and sometimes string

Y^k.
There are many varieties of this type: Fig. 61 b, p. 112.
holes in the lip.
there are
Conical lids with oblong peaks, bored horizontally
Y^K.
several varieties.
Dishes with flat bottoms and straight sides splaying outwards.
r^fj..
Small, handleless cups: Fig. 60 d, p. no.
T3V.
"
Fruitstands," shallow dishes on high, tapering stems
Fig. 59/j
T3f.
;
p.
109.
T30.
T^tt.
p.
Small, one handled cups: Fig. 60 b, p. no.

Small jars with flat bottoms, and short, vertical sides
Fig. 60
a,
no.
These have a low base, horseshoe

Large-bodied, spouted bowls.
hole
with
a
horizontal
two
by side of them: Fig. 23a, p. 47.
string
lugs
shaped,and
in
wide
bowls
gradually to a round, flat base.
T3s.
curving
Deep,
These usually have a plain rim, but in some specimens it turns over
T3/J.
24 b,c, p. 48.
Small ladles or dippers.
T$t.
vertical loop handle on the rim.
Fig.
These have
either a triangular, or a
Deep, open bowls narrowing in sharply to a small raised base.

a splayed rim, and at its base a rounded projection decorated
have
They
with plain knobs Fig. 23 d, p. 47.
These
Tall, deep, open jars narrowing in to a rounded base.
T3<.
and
or
sometimes
handles
or
ribbon
have small
lugs,
horizontal),
(vertical
both, placed alternately.
Fig.
Occasionally the handles are rudimentary
24/, p. 48.
Deep bowls of coarse ware, with small lugs or rudimentary
T$x.T^v.
handles.
Several varieties
These are the
Fig. 59 a, b, p. 109.
principal varieties of this class of ware.
:
Naturally many
vases exist, usually single specimens, which it is impossible to group under
any of the above heads, but these will be described later when we discuss
the sites where they were found.
Aia. This class consists of the peculiar geometric ware of the early
iron age, which has been found at Marmariani, Theotoku, and elsewhere.
The biscuit varies in colour from brick red
It is as a rule wheel-made.
to grey-black, and the patterns are painted directly on it in black or brown
This ware differs from the developed
paint that is often semi-lustrous.
ware
of
the
so-called
Dipylon style in the primitive nature of
geometric
The exact relationship of this
the patterns, and in the shapes of the vases.
to other Thessalian wares cannot yet be determined, since up to now it
For other details as to this ware see
has nearly all been found in tombs.
Chapter X.
A i)8. Primitive hand-made geometric ware. This is the typical ware

The biscuit is brick red, and
of the third or latest stratum at Lianokladhi.
the patterns, of a simple linear type, are usually confined to the upper part
There is often a crossed circle painted on the bottom. The
of the vases.
in
are
thin, matt black, and are remarkable for the occasional
patterns
Some examples
of
a rude spiral, especially by the handles.
introduction
see
For further details as to shapes, etc.,
are polished.
Chapter VIII.
21
Minyan, Urfirnis
Pottery,
The patterns
Aiy. This is the painted ware that corresponds to V$(3.
are of a simple geometric type, and painted in thin brown-black directly
on the biscuit. The usual shape is a shallow bowl with long, raking handles
(Fig. 127 b, p. 183, A-2, Fig. 193, p. 272), but in this painted variety
another shape occurs, a tall jug with a vertical loop handle (Fig. 127 a,
For this ware see also Chapter VIII.
p. 183).
A2a. This is the plain ware found with and corresponding to Aia.
It is a plain grey-black or brick red ware, mostly unpolished, and often
wheel-made. The most striking shape is a kind of beaked jug with a round
body and the back of the neck cut away above the handle (Fig. 2>7< P- 78).
Minyan Ware. This class of pottery was first found in any quantity
Orchomenos it has since been found in such abundance
Furtwaengler's more recent excavations that we may not unreasonably
It also seems best to keep the name first
regard Orchomenos as its home.
by Schliemann
at
in
given to it by Schliemann without accepting the theory which connects this

ware with the Minyans. It falls into two categories: (1) Minyan proper,
which is the characteristic ware of the third stratum at Orchomenos the
biscuit is grey, and rather soft
the vases are thin and, as a rule, wheelmade, and their shapes seem to be to some extent imitations of metal work.
The characteristic shapes of this category are (a) wide, open cups with high
handles standing up above the rim (Fig. 32 a, p. 62), (6) goblets with a tall,
ringed foot (Fig. 135, p. 187). Some specimens of this category have a red or
yellow-brown surface, sometimes polished, and do not always appear to be
this is possibly an earlier variety
wheel-made, and the biscuit is thicker
than the good, grey ware.
this category seems to be a
(2) Argive-Minyan
local variety peculiar to the Argolid, though it has been found at Phylakopi.
In this category the biscuit is black, often polished, and hard and some of
the vases are decorated with incised patterns.
The principal shapes are
with
handles
(a) wide, open cups
high
standing up above the rim, (6) goblets
with tall, ringed feet, (c) open bowls with two small ribbon handles just
under the rim, and a low foot. For further details about these two categories
see Chapter VIII, and pages 2236.
This was first found by Furtwaengler at Orchomenos,
Urfirnis Ware.
where it is the typical ware of the second stratum. Since then it has been
found at Lianokladhi, and at Tiryns. This ware may be divided into two
categories: (1) Northern, this is found at Lianokladhi and Orchomenos
(2) Southern, this is found at Tiryns and has some likeness to Early Cycladic
and Minoan wares. For further details about this ware see Chapter VIII
and pages 194 and 224.
Previously- we have translated "Urfirnis" by
"
Black Lustre Ware," but as this is clumsy and inconvenient, we now
;
prefer to call it Urfirnis Ware, for by this name it is now generally known.
The vases are hand-made, and as a rule polished. The whole vase is
covered with a thin semi-lustrous wash which varies in colour from redbrown to black-brown and black, while on inferior examples the paint appears
as a series of smears.
Mattmalerei.
This is the name usually given by German archaeologists
1
The Orchomenos
from Lianokladhi.
Urfirnis naturally occupies a middle position between the Tirynthian

a
Liverpool Annals, 1909, p. 151.
and that
Pottery, Mattmalerei.
22
Sequence of Wares
ware that is sometimes known as Pre-Mycenean geometric. It has a

wide range and has been found almost everywhere where Mycenean and
Minyan pottery occurs. The vases are some hand-made, some wheel-made,
and are decorated with simple linear patterns in matt black paint. The
biscuit is usually greenish yellow, or yellow buff in colour, and naturally
It is impossible to say what shapes are characteristic
varies from site to site.
of this ware, for we have no great quantity from any one site, but a pithos
which is possibly a development of a type found in Early Cycladic III at
For further information as to this ware
Phylakopi seems very common.
see Chapters VIII, IX, and XIV.
The Sequence of the Wares. Tsundas divides the prehistoric pottery
of Thessaly into three periods, (i) First Neolithic, (2) Second Neolithic,
and (3) Bronze Age. In the Bronze Age wares he includes Minyan, but
At the same time he uses Minyan ware
not Mycenean or Mattmalerei.
his
an
to
as
theory that throughout Greece, north and
support
argument
in the Bronze Age, just before the
same
culture
there
was
the
south,
which
latter
according to him was universal throughout
Mycenean Age,
These views, however, do not fit the archaeological evidence.
Greece.
The finds at Mycenae, Eleusis, Orchomenos, and elsewhere show that
Also the contrast
Minyan ware and Mattmalerei were contemporary.
between the rare finds of Mycenean (Late Minoan) objects in Thessaly,
and their frequent occurrence in Southern Greece, shows that in Thessaly
there never was a Mycenean Period in the sense that there was one in
the Argolid.
Mycenean objects in Thessaly, when not isolated, have
always appeared in association with local wares. Thus by amending Tsundas'
conception of the Thessalian Bronze Age, and by the collation of the
to a
stratification at the
various sites
we may
divide the prehistoric pottery of
Thessaly into four periods

First (Neolithic) Period.
(1)
Second (Neolithic) Period.
Third (Chalcolithic) Period.
3)
:
Fourth Period (Bronze Age).

i2)
4)
The First and Second Periods are
the same as those of Tsundas, and

the Third and Fourth are obtained by dividing his Third Period.
To the First (Neolithic) Period belong all the wares classed under A.
To the Second (Neolithic) Period belong all the wares classed under B.
It must, however, be clearly understood that there is never a sharp division
between the two periods, for in every case the First passes gradually into
To the transition between the First and Second Periods belong
the Second.
the wares classed as Ti/3 and B3C for though they begin in the First and
end in the Second Period, they are most common where these two periods
overlap.
To
the Third (Chalcolithic) Period belong the following wares, rial,

ria.2, ria.3, Tiy, TiS, T2, and as a rule the earlier and better specimens
of T3.
This period also is not sharply divided from the second, and it
seems to overlap it even more than the second overlaps the first.
To the Fourth Period (Bronze Age) belongs the great mass of r$,
and to its latter part belong the Minyan, Mattmalerei, and Late Minoan
Sequence of IVares.
Celts
23
But the end of this period, when these southern

sherds found in Thessaly.
wares occur, is still very obscure. This Fourth Period too is not sharply
divided from the Third, and they overlap one another.
Thus a comparison of the stratification tables from the various sites,
though it enables us to divide the remains into four periods, nevertheless
shows that in spite of the changes that took place the development or rather
degeneration of culture in Thessaly went on gradually without any violent
break till the close of the Third Late Minoan period. As to the comparative
lengths of the various periods, we may express their relation to one another
best by dividing the whole time occupied by them into twenty parts.
Of
to the First Period, of which -fa are to be given
these we would assign
to the Second Period,
to its earliest stage when painted ware is rare,
and
to
the
Third
the
Fourth
of which
to
are to
Period,
Period,
-fo
t^j
This
be given to its latest stage when Minyan and Mycenean wares occur.
it must be remembered applies to Thessaly only, and not to Malis, Phocis,
or Boeotia.
The questions as to the chronology of the Thessalian finds
in the light of the discoveries in Crete and Southern Greece, are discussed
in Chapter XIV.
B.
Next
Celts.
to the pottery the different types of celts or stone axes found in
prehistoric settlements are the most important evidence, and in conjunction with
the pottery are invaluable for forming an estimate of the culture of the period.
The stone axes found in Thessaly may be conveniently divided into the
following classes, which are practically the same as those of Tsundas

A.
Celts.
Long, round celts with pointed butts (Fig. 1 1 1 g, p. 164):
these are fairly large as a rule, and though the surface is well smoothed,
not polished all over.
B.
Broad, flat celts usually triangular in shape (Fig. 1 1 1 d, p. 164),
though some have blunt butts these are well polished, and it often happens
that one side is flat, while the other is slightly convex.
They are usually small
or of a medium size.
T.
Long, flat celts with square butts, and rectangular in section (Fig.
in m, p. 164): these are large, and, as a rule, polished.
A.
Small, flat celts with blunt butts and bevelled blades (Fig. 1 1 1 /,
1
this class is closely connected with class B
p.
64)
they are usually
and
often
triangular.
polished,
E.
Bored celts, these are always bored parallel to the blade, and have a
Two fragments
heavy, rounded butt both sides slope gradually to the blade.
of bored axes of exceptional shape from Sesklo and Zerelia are described
below.
There are two main types (a) thick and flat, with a narrow,
Chisels.
bevelled blade (Fig. 1 1 1 b, p. 164); (6) thin, rounded, long, and narrow with
As a matter of fact these two types
pointed butts (Fig. 1 1 1 c p. 164).
classes
A
and
A
of
to
the
celts
there are also other small celts
correspond
which though probably used as chisels, can all be classified under the types
given above, especially B, and there is no need to group them separately.
1
AS,
pp. 307
ff.
Celts
24
The
methods employed for hafting celts deserve a little notice.

were
The bigger
probably lashed into cleft or forked sticks, and some
without hafts at all.
used
The small celts and chisels
have
been
even
may
and
Sesklo
were
set in one end of a short
from
finds
to
Dhimini,
according
There
seem
to
have
been
two methods of fixing
horn.
deer
of
tubular piece
haft
to
the
either
on
horn
socket
this deer
proper,
by fitting the other end on
stick
or
a
haft
in a hole drilled through the
hooked
of
a
to the hook
by setting
different
celts
3
socket at right angles to the blade
Often small celts, especially of classes B and r, are found, which show
3
signs of having been sawn in two longitudinally, or of an attempt to do so
when
and
This was apparently done
by frequent grinding
sharpening the length
of the celt had become too short in proportion to the width of its blade for it to be
If such a celt were sawn longitudinally, two celts would
conveniently hafted.
be obtained, in each of which the length of the whole would be far greater
The sawing was done from both sides, and when
than the width of the blade.
the
celt
had
been
sawn two-thirds through, it would be broken
means
this
by
blow.
a
by sharp
Similarly the bored celts were as a rule bored from both sides, though
examples bored from one side only also exist. The drills used were both
solid and hollow as is shown by an incomplete club-head from Sesklo, and an
4
unfinished celt from Phthiotic Thebes in the Almiros Museum
As to the relative dates of the various types of celts not much is known,
but the following points are to be noted.
Type A always occurs with the
and
since
it does not occur at Dhimini
First
of
the
Period,
pottery
(Neolithic)
or Phthiotic Thebes, where no deposits of that period were found, it may be
.
it is
Type A is common in all periods
peculiar to that period.
first two (Neolithic) periods, but rare in the two later
in
the
common
type
type T is more common in the Third (Chalcolithic) Period and in the Fourth
(Bronze Age) than in the first two periods. As for bored celts and hammers,
assumed that
is
the earliest examples occur in the Third (Chalcolithic) Period, but they are not
thus see that the small cutting
till the Fourth
(Bronze Age).
tools (types B and A), which are common in the two neolithic periods, do not
occur in the bronze age, when they would naturally be replaced by metal.
On
the other hand the heavy axes and hammers which would not lose their
5
usefulness after the introduction of bronze continued in use
common
We
A-2, p. 316, Fig. 241.

A-2, p. 317, Fig. 243.
3
A-2, p. 310, Fig. 234, Pis. 39. 2, 6, 40. 16.
4
A-2, p. 323, Fig. 249; p. 324, Fig. 251.
6
At Ayia Marina in Phocis (p. 11, no. 113)
Dr Sotiriadhis has recently found, apparently in
connection with red on white pottery, a hoard of
bronze weapons. Amongst them is a small leaf
shaped dagger which from its type seems to be of
Early Minoan date. Thus on the outskirts of the
North Greek area there is now evidence for metal in
to the Fourth Period, we have preferred to

retain the name neolithic for the first two periods in
Thessaly. The bronze weapons may well be imports
from Crete or elsewhere, especially since the district
in which they have been found soon became separated from Thessaly, and under the influence of the
South. Chronologically the find seems to confirm
the view (p. 237) that the First Period in North
Greece is contemporary with the earlier part of the
Early Minoan age. Dr Sotiriadhis' publication of
these and his other important finds should throw
the first prehistoric period. Nevertheless, owing to

the great quantity of stone and bone implements,
more
even up
light
on these questions,
CHAPTER
III
NORTH THESSALY
A.
Rakhmani.
The road from Larissa to Tempe after passing the Nessonian marsh
enters a small valley between two low, outlying ranges of Ossa that run almost
The valley is well watered and shows signs of having
parallel with the Peneus.
once been better wooded than it is now. About half way along it the ruins of
the deserted village of Rakhmani are visible at the foot of the eastern hills.
In the fields between them and the railway line stands the mound known as
the Maghula of Rakhmani (p. io, no. 76), which attracted the attention of
who thought he saw the remains of walls on it. This mound,
Lolling
which is about eight metres high and 112 by 95 metres in area, is, except
2
for the mounds at Tsatobasi and Makrikhori
the most northerly mound yet
found in this direction.
Therefore it seemed a favourable site for excavations.
excavated here from the 14th to the 27th April 1910; and the finds are
now in the Museum at Volos.
1
We
Fig.
3.
The Magi
the south.
Excavations showed that the mound, like all the other prehistoric mounds,
was formed by the rubbish and ruins of successive hut settlements built one on
another.
Owing to the sides having been broken down by ploughing it was
not easy to observe minor details in the stratification, especially of the uppermost layers. Therefore we have divided the total deposit, which is at the
highest point 8 io metres deep, into four main strata, though of course minor
-
Ath. Mitt. 1887,
w.
&
T.
p. 100.
p. 10, nos.
73
and
77.
26
Rakhmani, Pottery
subdivisions could be made.
by
The
lower strata were tested in the usual manner
shafts arranged in a row across the mound, and sunk down to virgin soil.
cleared two small areas in the upper strata, where we found the remains
We
of houses.
levelling instrument
was
use throughout the excavation.
in
Pottery.
Stratum
I,
A i.
Monochrome red ware, similar to that from other sites, but especially
Tsani the majority of the sherds are rather thick and not very
from
like that
There is a fair amount of the
well polished, and in colour often brownish.
of
ware
so
characteristic
the
fine red
early strata at Tsangli, Sesklo, and
The
found
are
these
Zerelia.
shapes
(a) wide, open dishes on high bases,
bell
the typical shape, (6)
shaped (?) mugs with vertical ribbon handles set low
down, (c) open bowls with round bodies and a plain lip, (d) narrow necked
bowls, large and small with high or low rims, (e) flat bottomed dishes with
In general most of the
almost vertical sides, (/) small jars with low bases.
shapes mentioned had low bases, but there are no complete specimens.
Amongst odd shapes we may note the peculiar vase shown in Fig. 4 an
oblong table with the short ends turning upwards slightly, and five legs, one in
the middle and four at the corners two
fragments of ring handles with cups attached to them like those from Tsani an
;
odd shaped piece of rim several examples

of string holes and lugs, and one fragment
;
with the handle represented by a loop in

relief.
Incised ware five pieces of the

There is also
ordinary style were found.
a piece of brick red clay, unpolished, with
A2.
peculiar vase is seen

a
square box on a high
Fig. 5
stand and with the corners pierced trans-
a gashed surface.
in
this
is
versely.
Red on white ware a fair

Ai,ft.
amount was found, but it cannot be said
The patterns on the
to be common.
:
best pieces resemble those of the second

group at Tsangli (Fig. 46, p. 94), but
Fig.
Vase
from Rakhmani
4.
(Ai)
There
simple linear patterns also occur.
2).
(scale
is one
fragment similar to the first group
of Tsangli patterns (Fig. <\.jl,m,p, p. 95) which is probably derived from
the Sesklo district, since it is of the characteristic shape (Fig. 31, p. 59,
A-%, Fig. 84 e). The shapes are these
(a) flat bottomed dishes with
almost vertical sides, the typical shape, (b) plates on high feet like those
from Lianokladhi (Fig. 120, p. 176); (c) narrow necked bowls with low
rims.
Owing to the character of the soil about half the fragments are in bad
I
condition..
Rakhmani, Pottery
Red painted ware
A3y.
from Tsangli and elsewhere.
27
a very fine fabric and similar to the specimens

paint is applied thinly, and with the heavy
the
linear
are
liable to smear.
It has some resemblance
plain
polishing
patterns
to A3C
All the pieces, with one exception, the rim of a large bowl, are from
small vases, but the shapes are unfortunately indeterminable.
A fair amount
was found.
Pink on red ware (Fig. 20 a-/): fairly common, it in no way
A34.
resembles A3a.
The biscuit is dull red and well polished, directly on this
:
The
are painted linear patterns in thick dull pink paint which in
Incised vase (A2) from

(scale 9
Rakhmani
some specimens,
10'
Fig.
6.
Three coloured sherd (B3y?) from
Rakhmani
(scale about 1:1).
to irregularity of firing or quality, has turned white.

The vases are
and
well
Another
thick
and
polished.
fairly
peculiarity is that like
large,
Ti/3 some vases are painted on the bottom as well (Fig. 200, b).
Shapes
owing
(a) dishes with flat bottoms and almost vertical sides like the typical shape
of A^j3, (6) plates on high feet, cf. Fig. 120, p. 176.
Amongst odds and
ends a piece of a ribbon handle should be noticed.
Monochrome white ware the biscuit is cream coloured and the
A4.
Not common
surface heavily polished.
the most usual shape seems to
:
42
28
Rakhmani, Pottery
have been a bowl with a heavy rim. With this we might perhaps class a
considerable number of fragments with a polished white slip, but a red biscuit.
They may be unpainted pieces of A3/3, or they may be an attempt to get the
colour of the clay of A4 by means of a slip.
Monochrome black ware, of good fabric and well polished. The
A5C1.
deep black colour is probably due to some pigment. Shapes
(a) deep
bowls narrowing in sharply to the base, cf. PI. II 7, (b) small rimless jars.
:
common.
Red-brown on grey-black ware
Fairly
A 5/8.
the biscuit is dark grey, at times

of
the
vases
was covered with a black
part
and
the
rest
decorated
with
linear
pigment,
designs in red-brown, and the
whole then well polished. One specimen is painted inside as well as out, and
another has two rows of incised dots on the black rim.
Shapes (a) deep,
open bowls narrowing in sharply to the base (PI. II 7), where the rim begins
the wall of the vase is thicker and at intervals pierced with vertical string
holes
(b) small, open cups.
A6.
Brown on white ware with linear patterns on a white slip. This is
different
from Bâ, contrast Figs. iog-l and 22. The patterns show
quite
no spirals and none of the sixteen sherds found in I are decorated inside.
These are the characteristic wares of the first stratum, and except for a
few stray sherds they do not occur in II. Still the transition is not abrupt.
Low down near virgin soil painted ware was less common. Also in I were
two sherds of B3y with red and brown decoration on a white slip (PI. II 6),
though similar to the ordinary B^y, they seem more akin to A3/8 and A6, one
fragment is from a fruitstand (Fig. 6). There were 42 sherds of B3<x, ^t> f
the first and nine of the second category the only remarkable piece is part of
a handle with an animal on it (Fig. 26 0).
firing to reddish.
The upper
Stratum
II,
In this the following wares of the first stratum appeared Ai a dozen

A3/3 two sherds
fragments, including a piece of a vase on legs
A3y six
in
which
sherds
A3 one sherd A5a and A5/8 25 sherds, including two
the lower part of the vase is unpainted and of a brick red colour A6 five
:
sherds.
The
bulk of the monochrome ware from this stratum has little to

But since it was
is found in strata III and IV.
distinguish
found with the painted pottery classed under B3C1 it is better to consider it as
Bi.
These are the shapes (a) wide, shallow bowls, narrowing to a small, flat
base (Fig. 7 a, mended in antiquity, cf. A-S, Fig. 106), this has many varieties,
several of which have great likeness to the common shape of B3C1
many
and
the
under
have
or
rim,
knobs,
fragments
unpierced,
projecting
pierced
Bi.
it
from T3, which

:
some have horned
projections on it, (b) two handled mugs narrowing in

towards the rim, the best example (Fig. 8 a) is noticeable for the plastic
spirals at the top of the handles, (c) fruitstands, few fragments were found,
(d) large, deep bowls with thick walls and slightly rounded bottoms, these have
either lugs or vertical handles, sometimes both, placed alternately (Fig. 7 b),
There were also
(e) mugs or jugs with one or two handles (Fig. 8 b).
fragments of T^s, several raised bases, some pieces of Y^p, and
finally
many
Rakhmani, Pottery
29
fragments from large, flat bottomed dishes with almost vertical sides, which
have a general resemblance to the rugose ware, Vjfl. A lug in the form of an
ear should also be noted.
Fig.
7.
Fig.
8.
Vases (Bi) from Rakhmani
II
(scale
Vases (Bi) from Rakhmani
II
(scale
4).
not
Incised ware
shown
in
are
Fig. 9
specimens
B2.
4).
sherds were found.

The two best
the two handled cup with small feet is claret
many
:
Rakhmani, Pottery
Fig.
Fig.
9.
10.
Incised vases (B2) from
Rakhmani
Incised sherds (B2) from
II
Rakhmani
(scale
II
(scale 2
2).
3).
Rakhmani, Pottery
31
In both the incisions were filled with white.

coloured, and the bowl is brown.
There are four more pieces of bowls in brown-black ware with white filled
incisions: the two pieces shown in Fig. 10 are remarkable for their patterns,
It is noticeable that the best sherds
which almost suggest hieroglyphs.
show a combination of spiral and geometric ornament similar to Bt,cl. Three

coarse fragments with incised lines and one with punched dots resemble the
two peculiar pieces from Sesklo figured by Tsundas (A-2, Figs. 151, 152)
and classed as T2.
Dhimini ware a large quantity of all three categories was found,
B3<x.
In many cases it is
and it is the typical ware of this stratum (Figs. 21, 22).
hard to tell poor specimens of the black on red style of the second category
from the first, for the black paint has become a kind of dull white. Also
between the chocolate on cream style of the second category and the third
there is liable to be confusion, for it is often hard to recognise the thin
creamy white slip of the third category. This last is the only category that
is slipped, for in the first two the decoration was applied directly to the
Often pieces are found which combine
biscuit, and the whole then polished.
both styles of the second category, one inside and the other out. The
shapes are (a) wide, deep bowls narrowing in to a flattened base (Fig. 36,
and with projecting knobs under the rim
p. 76), painted inside and out,
bored
for string holes often in pairs
which
are
in
vertically
four)
(usually
had
in
which
the
holes
ceased
to
be
useful,
string
examples
they developed
either into animals' heads or into a sort of horn on the rim
of these last we
found several examples this is by far the commonest shape, and with comparatively few exceptions all the fragments come from specimens of it,
(b) fruitstands, not more than a dozen probable pieces, (c) jugs, cf. A-2,
Fig. 118, we found several examples in the black on red style of the second
these have wide, rounded bodies, sloping
category, see PI. I, Fig. 1 1 a, b
the neck is rarely sharply divided from the
in gradually to neck and base
body, the handles, which are vertical, are always on the shoulder, (d) small
mugs, we found one, similar to that from Sesklo (A-2, PI. 21, 3), but its
base is square with rounded angles other varieties of this type of mug with
the sides splayed out (in fact a cross between a cup and the typical shape) are
to be seen in two examples of the first category, which are espeoially noticeThe patterns of this ware as
able for their fine fabric (Figs. 12, 21 a, d).
usual show a remarkable mixture of spiral and geometric motives.
This is
the more surprising since in the painted wares of the First Period spirals do
not occur. Typical examples of the patterns are to be seen in Figs. 21 and 22.
Three colour ware six unimportant sherds were found.
B3/J.
colour ware
three unimportant sherds, one of which
Three
B3y.
resembles the peculiar pieces of this ware from I.
Tiy. Crusted ware: thirteen pieces were found.
:
Stratum III, Third (Chalcolithic) Period.

Bi.
A quantity of pottery that resembles that classed as Bi from II
occurred in this stratum, amongst which are several pieces from polished bowls
But as this has been described above, it calls
like the typical shape of B3C1.
for no notice here.
Rakhmani, Pottery
32
Incised ware two small unimportant fragments, also three pieces

B2.
with
dots
and two with lines) of rough incised ware that has no likeness to
(one
to T2.
and
little
B2,
very
:
Fig.
12.
Cup
(B3a) from
(scale
Fig.
11.
B3C1.
as in II.
Jugs (B3a) from Rakhmani
Dhimini ware
The
II
Rakhmani
2).
(scale 1:3).
amount was found, but not nearly as much

styles and categories, and with the exception
a handle and two or three pieces of jugs, all of
a fair
fragments are of
of a fragment of a fruitstand,
the typical shape.
Brown on buff ware
B3e.
all
one fragment.
the typical ware of this stratum and it is

The fragments found belong to both categories (Pis.
fairly common in it.
IV 1 4, V, VI) which have been described above. The following shapes
are recognisable (a) wide, open dishes with rounded bottoms, two examples
Tiy.
Crusted ware
this
is
II
Rakhmani, Pottery
33
of the first category painted inside and out, from House Q (Pis. V, VI),
(b) shallow bowls with rounded bottoms and straight sides, one specimen
from House Q, of second category (PI. IV 4, Fig. 13), (c) deep bowls
with plain rims (A-S, PI. 12. 1), or with narrow necks (PI. IV 1, which has
three holes bored through the base of the neck), these, which belong to the
*E&
Fig.
13.
Vase (riy) from House Q, Rakhmani
^*
III (scale 2
3).
category, probably had a high base, cf. A-2, PI. 12. 1, 6, (d) small
also found some handles like those
cups, see Fig. 14 of first category.
from Dhimini (A-2, p. 245, Fig. 146), and a
piece of a bowl with a horned attachment on
The patterns as seen in the
the rim like B3C1.
illustrations consist of spirals, triangles, semi. .~\
circles, and groups of short, parallel, straight or
In the first category the paint is
curved lines.
matt, but in the second it is polished.
first
We
TiS. Crusted ware: this is really one variety

Fig. 14,
Cup (riy) from Rakhof the second category of Tiy.
Only one colour
mani III (scale
2).
is used, white, and only one shape, a flattish plate
Two
with a heavy rim and decorated inside (cf. A-2, Figs. 147-150).
1
fragments were found
in
this stratum.
of this class we found a great quantity in this

r$.
stratum, the following shapes are recognisable
Monochrome ware
w.
&
t.
Rakhmani, Pottery
34
Two handled cups,
not like those from Zerelia VIII and Tsani VIII,

of red clay, and polished, and with vertical ribbon handles rising
high above the rim, sometimes with a horn on top.
Wide, shallow bowls curving in to the base, and with straight rims.
Tt,B.
At the foot of the rim there are knobs (often in pairs) or horizontal string holes.
All specimens polished.
Small jars with narrow necks and no handles, a few examples.
Ti> K
Flat bottomed dishes with straight sides splaying outwards
several
T3/a.
which
often have little knobs on or just below the rim.
fragments
râ.
made
but well
Fruitstands, two fragments.

T3f.
Small cups, handleless
one specimen with splayed sides and a
F$o.
horizontal string hole, and a set of three very small examples from House Q,
:
Fig. 28 c-e.
Large, spouted bowls with horseshoe bases, and two lugs with
T$p.
horizontal string holes by side of them several fragments
Fig. 23 a.
T3?.
Deep bowls curving gradually to a small flat base, see Fig. 24 c
a good many pieces were found.
this is the typical shape of Stratum IV
Small ladles or dippers with triangular handles on the rim three
T3t.
:
fragments.
thick walls and slightly rounded bottoms, with
and lugs placed alternately. No complete example, but
many fragments that probably belong to this shape.
In addition to these there are a large number of fragments from coarse,
large bowls, basins and mugs (the shapes cannot be determined) with vertical,
Several of the handles have
ribbed, loop handles on or just below the rim.
horns on top, and one has a wavy raised line on either side other fragments
have knobs, either plain or ending in two small horns, and one knob is pinched
into the shape of a handle, but not pierced
one piece has a pair of horizontal
bored
the
other
holes
one
below
Besides
string
through an oblong projection.
these there are two pieces of strainers and two odd pierced fragments.
Pithoi.
Fragments of these are not common in this stratum, where they
for
the
first time at this site.
There are a few large pieces which are
appear
from
store
Vertical
probably
large
jars.
loop handles occur, but there is no
modelled or applied decoration
one fragment of a rim from House Q is
decorated with three rows of round holes.
T3<.
Deep bowls with
vertical ribbon handles
Stratum IV, Fourth Period (Bronze Age).

Bi.
of B3a.
B2.
One fragment
of a horn from the
lip
of a bowl like the typical shape
Incised ware: four pieces, one with crossed lines, cf. A-S, PI. 16. 1.
Some of this ware was found, nearly all of the chocolate on cream
style of the second category, but the other categories are scarcely represented.
Crusted ware: fifteen sherds: the only piece worth noting is a handle
Fly.
similar to that from Dhimini, A-S, Fig. 146.
TiS.
Crusted ware two fragments.
This is the typical ware of this stratum and enormous quantities were
T3.
found the principal classes are as follows
B3C1.
Rakhmani, Pottery
35
Two handled cups, one certain specimen like those from Zerelia VIII
Tâ.
and Tsani VIII, and a few doubtful fragments.
Wide, shallow bowls with horizontal string holes just under the base
T^8.
of the rim, a few pieces.
Small jars with narrow necks, a few pieces.
r$K.
Dishes with flat bottoms, and straight sides splaying outwards, a
F3/a.
few fragments.
Small handleless cups, three.
r3J>.
Large spouted bowls with a horseshoe base, lugs and string holes
r$p.
one almost complete (Fig. 23 a) and many fragments.
T3s.
Deep bowls curving gradually to a small flat base, in most specimens
This is the typical shape, of this
the rim is plain, but in some it curves in.
For the profiles, types of the handles, string holes,
stratum and very common.
Several fragments seem to have a thin slip, usually red,
etc., see Fig. 24 b, c.
The unslipped examples are
but it shades to dull yellow according to firing.
well made with moderately thin walls and well polished.
Small ladles or dippers with triangular handles on the rim a few
T^t.
:
examples.
Deep open bowls narrowing in to a small raised base, with a

rim
and at its base a rounded horizontal projection decorated with
splayed
knobs:
one almost complete from House
(Fig. 23^) and several
plain
other pieces.
T3<f>.
Deep bowls with thick walls, slightly rounded bottoms, and small
One complete example, which
vertical handles and lugs arranged alternately.
also
contained the bones of a baby, found by side of House
(Fig. 24 a)
other
pieces.
many
In addition there are many fragments of bowls, the shapes of which cannot
be determined with any accuracy except in the case of the two here illustrated
Knobs just below the rim or on the shoulder are common, and
(Fig. 23 b, c).
T$v.
Lugs ending in two small horns, and in the shape

of ears are found.
Also to be noted are several examples of rough oblong
four legged tables (Fig. 23/) of coarse unpolished ware, and some pieces of
vertical string holes occur.
strainers.
common in this stratum the ware is thick and coarse. They have
other pieces have applied ribs
rims
decorated with incised patterns
heavy
Small vertical loop handles
with
the
to
resemble
pinched
fingers
ropework.
and
round knobs. Typical
has
a
it
at
the
one
hole
bored
occur,
top,
through
are
seen
in
samples
Fig. 15.
fair number of fragments of this ware were found at the bottom
Ala.
of the east slope of the mound, where the earth brought down from the top by
ploughing has accumulated. They were mixed up with the Mycenean sherds
and so seem to be contemporary. They do not differ from the usual style of
this ware, as shown in the finds from Marmariani and Theotoku.
Mycenean ware a fair quantity was found all over the top of the mound,
It is all of the
but especially at the bottom of the east slope with Aia ware.
Pithoi,
latest style (L.
M.
Ill),
and many pieces might even be
called
Sub-Mycenean.
The usual shape is the ordinary Mycenean kylix, another shape is shown in
the vase from the tomb (Fig. 23^), and it is remarkable that there are no
S 2
Rakhmani, Pottery
36
In technique the ware, which is of course wheel

fragments of biigelkannen.
is
but
the
linear
made,
paint and patterns are very degenerate
good,
but
rare.
are
common,
spirals
patterns
It will be seen from a consideration of the pottery of the four strata that
after the second there is a steady degeneration till the advent of wheel made
Mycenean and Ala wares at the end of the fourth stratum just before the site
:
Fig.
15.
Pithos fragments from
Rakhmani IV
(scale
2).
ceased to be inhabited.
The presence of BT,a sherds in the fourth stratum may
seem strange, but this ware is so common in the second stratum that the
surface soil of any succeeding settlement was almost certain to contain a few
sherds of it.
Consequently it is only natural to expect a little of it to appear
in IV.
The following diagram (Fig. 16) will explain the details of the stratification
of the different wares, and their relation to the four periods.
Rakhmani, Architecture
Strata
37
38
1
'
3
1
M.
1
i
House
House P.
Fig.
17.
Rakhmani; plans
of Houses
and Q.
3
i
Q.
M..
39
and the west wall was similar to the two holes in the
at the other end seems to be a doorway leading
from one room to another. Close to the cross wall, and on the further side
of it from the hearth, was a raised platform of beaten earth edged with stones
(B on plan) its exact extent is not known, but it possibly extended right up
to the cross wall, and may have had some connection with the curious holes
Near the curved end of the house was a small rectangle of stones
in it.
which was probably accidental.
Before discussing the probable position of the outer door in House
we
may pass on to the other house, House Q, which belongs to the Third Period.
Owing to its position on the east side of the mound it has suffered more than
the other it has a very similar plan, but is on a smaller scale, and there is
also a slight difference in the method of construction.
The foundation is
made of two layers of stones with an intervening dry course of large potsherds.
The plan has been completed on the analogy of the later house, and
narrow space between
cross wall
itself.
it
The gap
FlG.
18.
Rakhmani IV
hearth in
House P.
In the corner made

the conjectured restorations are indicated by dotted lines.
by the curved end and the west wall was a raised platform of beaten earth
15 m. high edged with stones (B on plan); and near it was a burnt patch
which may indicate the hearth [A on plan). This, however, is uncertain, as
the whole house was destroyed by fire.
There was no sign at all of a partition
wall.
The interesting group of vases, statuettes, millstones, figs, lentils, etc.,
that belongs to this house, was found towards the north end, while the other
end of the house was almost devoid of finds and as in the case of the other
house no outer door could be found. The plan of both houses is so similar,
and their orientation is so much the same, that it is exceedingly probable that
the door in both cases was in the same general position.
In itself a straight wall seems more convenient for a doorway than
The position of
a curved wall, and this applies equally to either house.
was
towards the
the hearths in House
room
that
the
suggests
living
1
See pp.
43, 53.
Rakhmani,
40
Architecttire,
Tombs
so it was the smaller of the two rooms.

House Q is a onefood
fact
that
the
and
all
the
roomed house, and the
vases were found by the
square end may indicate that this was the back of the house and used for
stores.
On the other hand, all the objects found were small and easily
The position of the platform and the conjectured hearth near the
portable.
also seems to show that the entrance was in or near
curved end in House
the straight end, and assuming the entrance to have been in a similar position
in the case of House
it is natural to
place the hearth by the back wall
of the room into which the door leads.
Thus there seems to be a slight
balance in favour of putting the door at the square end.
This would
involve a door opening to the north-east, and so subject to the cold winds
for four months in winter, but in summer a northern aspect might be a
considerable advantage.
The modern shepherds' huts in Thessaly are
with
the
door
always placed
away from the windy quarter but this is not
a true parallel, for the huts in question are only temporary winter quarters.
Other early houses in Thessaly are not conclusive in their evidence. The
"
"
megara at Dhimini and Sesklo look south or south-west, but these have
one-roomed house at Dhimini looks north. The Lianokladhi
porticoes.
house faces east, but the prevalent winds come down the valley from the
west.
One of the Tsangli houses certainly faces south, but in the others
the position of the door is not known.
The Rakhmani houses may have been entered from the side but their
narrow shape as well as the position of the platforms and the hearths seems
somewhat against this view. The house at Rini must be approximately contemporary with the later house at Rakhmani it has two curved ends and a
door presumably at the side, but it is proportionately much wider than the
Rakhmani houses.
more perfect example of the Rakhmani type can alone
decide the true position of the door.
At the end of the excavation the
square end, but
if
houses were
filled
in again.
Tombs.
This was outside the north end of House Q, and

north-east corner.
It contained two skeletons, one with its head to
the east and the other with its head to the west.
By the feet of the southern
skeleton lay the Mycenean (L.M. Ill) vase shown in Fig. 23 e, and on its
neck were a pierced piece of blue glass paste (Fig. 26^) for a necklace, a
steatite whorl, and two lentoid gems.
Both the gems are of bad style, but
it is to be noted
that the better of the two (Fig. 26 k), to judge by the
worn ends of the hole bored through it, had been long in use
the other
26
from
the
still visible was
of
and
j)
signs
(Fig.
polishing
quite
cutting
new when put in the tomb. They and the piece of paste were probably
hung round the neck of the body. If we judge by the bad style of the vase,
and of the gems, this tomb may be dated to the end of the Third Late
Minoan period.
Unfortunately it was not possible to ascertain how the
Only one was found.
at its
tomb was
had fallen in and the stones had been disturbed by

was not a cist tomb of slabs. Very possibly it was
ploughing.
Certainly
a small tholos tomb built of rough stones that had fallen in, for there were
built,
for
it
it
Rakhmani, Figurines
quantities of stones all round and
end of the east wall of House
41
Towards the northern

a large pot (p. 48, Fig. 24 a) in
which were the bones of an infant. At a depth of 239 mm. below the floor
of the same house, and among deposit of the Second Period, we found a
somewhat similar pot (p. 29, Fig. 7 b), rather more primitive in shape, also
Thus it seems that it was the system both
containing the bones of a baby.
in the Second and in the Fourth Periods to bury infants in this
type
of pot.
above the skeletons.
we found
and Stone
Terra-cotta,
Figurines.
In this we found only two figurines.

I.
These are both the
with
the
hands
seated
on
the
of
knees, like the seated
figures
resting
legs
male figure from Tsangli. Probably these are also male. That shown in
is painted in the red on white style.
Both are quite well made.
Fig. 26
II.
None
found.
Stratum
Stratum III. To this belongs the series of stone and terra-cotta figures
found in House Q. There were four complete terra-cotta bodies and two
fragments all are shapeless and made of rough clay well mixed with straw.
All have a hole in the upper part for the insertion of a head.
With the
Two of
bodies were five stone heads, three unpainted and two painted.
these, one painted and one unpainted, fit exactly into the holes in two of
One of the painted heads has red paint
the bodies, see Fig1_2_5 A and c.
brown
and
the
other
25
pale
(Fig. 25^), but both are painted in the
a)
(Fig.
and
thus
with the vases found in the house.
the
of
ware,
Y\y
agree
style
Another figurine, if it is a figurine, is better made, though equally shapeless,
and has two heads, Fig. 28 t. There was only one other figurine from this
this is a shapeless terra-cotta
stratum v/hich was not found in House
in
the
a
white
head,
painted
style of Y\y, cf. the figurines
object, perhaps
from Zerelia and Rini.
Several were found: most important are two terra-cotta
Stratum IV.
bodies, one large and well made with rudimentary arms (Fig. 25 d), and the
other small and badly made both have hollows between the shoulders for the
insertion of stone heads like those from House Q.
third, which has rude
arms (Fig. 26 n), is similar to some figurines from Dhimini, for it had a terrafourth is a smaller
cotta head, now broken off, cf. A-S, Pis. 35. 6, 7
36. 6.
same
Also
from
this
stratum
comes
a small flat, oval
the
of
type.
example
stone with a waist, possibly meant for a figurine (Fig. 27 h, cf. A-2, PI. ^J.
an amulet.
5, 6), but perhaps
foot
of a large terra-cotta figure painted in the style of Tiy
the
Finally,
with white paint has been picked up on the surface of the west side of
the mound, but it is not known to what stratum it belongs.
Stratum
left
Stone Axes and other Implements.
Not very many were found

Celts
(1)
Type
A,
&
T.
they
may
one from House Q, Fig. 28

1
w.
be classed as follows
Some
n.
of the paint has since disappeared,
Rakhmani,
42
Type
Celts,
Miscellaneous Objects
B, triangular flat celts, small
and
thin, three
specimens (Fig. 26^),
two from House Q, Fig. 28 m.
Type T, flat celts of varying length with blunt butts and broad blades,
twelve specimens, the two best are o6 m. and o8 m. long, mostly from
IV, Fig. 26 a-d.
Type E, bored celts, two fragments, both from IV.
Chisels, small, long, and narrow with pointed butts, really miniature
the smallest is '03 m. long, all from I,
celts of Type A, three specimens
26
f,g.
Fig.
There were five other fragments of celts too broken to classify.
Club heads, bored, one fragment from House P.
(2)
Oblong, rounded stone pounders or hammers, two from House Q,
(3)
one whole and three fragments also two bored specimens, one complete
and one broken, from House Q, Fig. 280.
Round pounders, five from House P, two from House Q, and
(4)
-
two
others.
Polishers, one small from II.

Grinders or rubbers, flat and oval, eight of various sizes from
House P, two from House Q, and two others also one square specimen
from House Q.
Whetstones, one doubtful example from House Q, it is flat and
(7)
two somewhat
oval, with trough-like sinkings on both sides (Fig. 28 w)
similar, though more like mortars from House Q, with sinkings on one
side only (Fig. 28 /).
In addition to these there were many saddle querns, of various shapes
and sizes, all of micaceous schist, which is the common local stone.
In fact
the soil of the valley is full of mica, and many of the potsherds glisten with
yellow particles of it, which our workmen hailed as gold, for they were
(5)
(6)
inclined to believe that
we were digging
for precious metals.
Miscellaneous Objects.
Bone.
Pins, thirty-three of various types

Gouges, ten, from all strata.
from
all
Fig. 27 c-e.
Fig. 27^, cf. A-S, PI. 46.
for drilling (?), one, Fig. 27 f.
Drills,
four,
Spoons, two,
Bow
strata.
Scrapers
(?),
Fig.
two from House
8.
(Fig.
28/,
q),
and one
other,
27/
Deer horn hammers, bored,
four, and three from House Q, also

one unbored from the same house, Fig. 28 h, j.
Deer horn hafts, two, one is doubtful, the other is bored through
to attach a shaft.
Deer horn
Terra-cotta.
one from House P, of doubtful antiquity.

two
flat made of sherds
three double conoid fifty
Whorls,
and
three
with
incised
decoration
on the flat side, in
conoid,
all
fourteen flat, and with incised decoration, in
fifty-three
picks,
all
fifteen.
Rakhmani, Miscellaneous Objects
43
Loom
weights, one oblong.

three from House Q, Fig. 19.
supports,
Spit
Sling bullets, about a hundred and fifty-eight, of which a hundred
and thirty-one came from a hoard of them found in II.
Two pierced pebbles from House P, a pear-shaped crystal pendant
with a groove round the thin end to attach a string (Fig. 27 a),
and a fragment of a stone bracelet, cf. those from Tsangli,
Stone.
Fig. 78
Fig.
Bronze.
One
19.
drill
c,
d,
p.
29.
at Rakhmani (scale
Spit supports from House
the spit in the photograph is modern.
(Fig. 27^), a fragment of a pin,
1:4):
and a small lump,
all
from IV.
and
knives and chips from all strata (Fig. 27 k-n),

also one short and two long spear heads of flint (Fig. 27 0-0).
One of the long flint spear heads was found in House
with two large flakes of obsidian.
Mycenean objects. Two lentoid gems from the Tomb (Fig. 26/, k), and
one other (Fig. 26 /), a steatite whorl, and a piece of blue
glass paste (Fig. 26^), see above, p. 40.
Flint
Obsidian.
Many
The Contents oj House Q.

Finally,
in
we append an
order to give an idea of the culture of the Third Period

inventory of the objects found in this house, samples of which
are seen in Fig. 28.

Pottery, three vases of class Tiy (Pis. IV 4, V, VI, Fig. 13), and a
piece of the rim of a pithos decorated with three rows of round holes, three
small handleless cups (Pig. 28 c-e), and a cup of rough terra-cotta.
Figurines, one double figure of terra-cotta, four complete and two broken
terra-cotta bodies, and five stone heads to insert in them (Figs. 25, 2%g):
a long, flat stone with a waist, which is possibly a figurine (Fig. 28 s).
Stone Implements, one broken and one complete bored hammer (Fig. 28 0),
two celts of Type B, one of Type A (Fig. 28 m, n), two rounded, oblong
1
As can be seen from
the illustration these "spear heads," like
all flint
implements from Greece, are small.

-2
Rakhmani, Pottery
44
Fig. 20.
Sherds from Rakhmani
(a-f A3f, g-l A6), (scale 2
3).
Rakhmani, Pottery
Fig. 21.
Rakhmani
II
sherds ot Bâ ware,
first
category (scale 2
45
3).
Rakhmani, Pottery
46
Fig. 22.
Rakhmani
II
sherds of Bâ ware, second category (scale 2
3).
Rakhmani, Pottery
47
e
o
c
c
-o
(9
C
n
48
Rakhmani, Pottery
Fig. 24.
Rakhmani IV
V5 ware (scale a
4,
b,
2).
Rakhmani, Figurines
49
d
Fig.
w.
&
t.
25.
Acrolithic figurines from
Rakhmani, a-c from House
from Stratum
(scale
in
Stratum
III,
2).
5Q
Rakhmani,
Flu. 26.
Celts,
Celts, Figurines, etc.,
Figurines,
from Rakhmani
etc.
(scale 9
10).
Rakhmani, Miscellaneous
FlO. 27.
)hjects
Miscellaneous objects from Rakhmani (scale 9
5'
10).
72
52
Rakhmani, Miscellaneous Objects
c5
o
X
E
o
Rakhmani.
Marmariani
53
pounders (one shows signs of an attempt to bore it), two round pounders
(Fig. 28 ti), two flat grinders or rubbers, one flat square rubber, one whetstone (Fig. 28 w), two stones flat on one side and with mortar-like sinkings
on the other (Fig. 28/), nine pebbles either for use as polishers or sling
bullets, or perhaps not artefacts at all, two saddle querns, and two flint
knives (Fig. 28 x).
Bone Implements, one plain hammer and two bored hammers of deer
horn (Fig. 28//, /), two bone pins (Fig. 28 r), two bone scrapers (Fig. 28/,^),
and a fragment of worked deer horn.
Miscellaneous Objects, nineteen conoid whorls (two with incised decoration on the flat side), two flat whorls, one of which has incised decoration,
one double conoid whorl (Fig. 2&f), three odd lumps of terra-cotta, and an
ox horn (Fig. 28 a).
There were also three large lumps of terra-cotta probably for use as
all have a hole bored through them, and two have horns on
spit supports
:
top which slope to one side to make it easier to turn the spit resting between
them (Fig. 19) similar spit supports are used to-day in Thessaly.
Food, a quantity of figs (Fig. 2$>b), peas (Fig. 28 .), and lentils, a little
:
wheat, and one oyster shell.

Paint, a lump of red ochre.
Marmariani.
B.
The mound
of Marmariani (p. 10, no. 74) stands about half an hour

to the west of the village of that name, which lies near the reputed site
of Sycurium at the foot of the south-western slopes of Ossa.
In 1896
Dr Leonardhos excavated two tholos tombs here, and three years later
Tsundas excavated five other tholos tombs, and finding that these were
built in a mound of prehistoric deposit, made some trial pits in the mound
itself.
He says that his trial pits were not sunk deeper than 5-50 metres
from the surface, and nowhere reached virgin soil.
The pottery found all belongs to the kind known as T^, and the most
prominent classes are Tâ, two handled cups (A-S, p. 259, Figs. 162, 163)
which are similar to those from other sites, but have ribbed handles, and
F3/3, bowls with raking handles (A-S, p. 270, Fig. 187, p. 271, Fig. 191,
Pithos fragments were also found (A-S, p. 281, Fig. 221),
p. 273, Fig. 195).
which have the usual applied ornament. Tsundas also illustrates two whole
pots from this site, a deep pot with four horizontal, rectangular lugs (A-S,
267, Fig. 181), a small two handled jar (A-S, p. 276, Fig. 205), two
p.
shovels or scoops (A-S, p. 347, Figs. 283, 284), and an ornament that
resembles a bunch of grapes (A-S, p. 349, Fig. 289).
Fourteen celts were found, six of these are long,
Miscellaneous Finds.
round celts of Type A, the others are bored celts of Type E (A-S, p. 319,
There were five stone sling bullets (A-S, p. 328). Other
Figs. 244, 245).
finds include a flint saw (A-S, PI. 42. 26), a barbed flint arrow head
(A-S, PI. 42. 13) similar to those from Sesklo and Zerelia, which are of
1
A-2,
p.
121.
Marmariani.
54
Argissa
same general type
as those from the shaft graves at Mycenae', bone

15, p. 355) and hammers of red deer antlers
(A-, PI. 47. 3, 10), which Tsundas decides were used for thrashing grain
since they were found with corn and millet (A-2, p. 360).
The similar finds
at Rakhmani seem to indicate that this view is right.
in House
An examination of the finds seems to show clearly that the upper strata
of this mound belong to the Fourth Period (Bronze Age).
One of them belongs to the
Tombs. Seven in all were excavated.
Third Late Minoan Period (cf. the tomb at Rakhmarfi), and the other
six contained vases of a peculiar, primitive geometric ware, Aia, and iron
weapons. The vases are of the same type as those from Theotoku, Skyros,
and Sesklo.
Unfortunately, although the excavations were finished in 1899,
For further information on this geometric
the finds are not yet published.
ware see Chapter X.
the
PI.
implements (A-2,
45.
C.
Argissa.
The mound which

and
lies
on the
is identified as the site of

Argissa is called Krimnos,
bank of the Peneus about an hour west of Larissa
left
Since the fields in the neighbourhood are strewn with

30).
(p. 9, no.
potsherds of all periods, it is reasonable to suppose that this is the site of
2
Argoura, which according to Strabo had by his time replaced the Homeric
This possibility is confirmed by the presence of seven small,
Argissa.
conical tumuli in the plain near by, which in all probability contain built
tombs of the classical period like the Pilaf Tepe tumulus 3
The prehistoric
mound, which is of the high type, has been partly cut away by the river,
.
and
is
thus visible in section.
Tsundas made a small
excavation 4 here to test the lower strata.

This produced many sherds of A3/3, a few of A3y, and many fragments of
A2 (A-2, Pis. 13, 14), which so far has been found only in Northern Thessaly,
at Rakhmani, near Drusanadhes (p. 9, no. 35), and at Mesiani
i.e. here,
Since this latter ware appears with red on white ware, A3/8,
Maghula.
there can be no doubt about its place in the
Thessalian pottery sequence
it
belongs to the
Unfortunately, none of
the fragments are large enough for the shapes to
be determined. The general character of this ware
has been sufficiently described above (Chapter II),
and till complete examples are found detailed detrial
worthless.
is
scription
Recently an interesting terra-cotta head has

_
been found in the lower strata at this site (Fie.
^
head from
FlG 2 9- Terra-cotta
.
...
1 his has a
neck
like
most
of
the
1).
29).
long
early
Argissa (scale
figurines, and apparently belonged to a steatoIt
however, noticeable that the hair is not
is,
pygous female figure.
rendered plastically as usual, e.g. A-2, Pis. 32. 1, t,t,. 4, Tsani, Fig. 91^,
.
2
3
Schliemann, Mycenae,
p. 272, Fig. 435.
p.
Leake, Northern
22;
Edmonds,
"Apx- I99, PP- 27
IX, p. 440.
Greece,
ill,
p.
367;
A-2,
A-2,
p.
168.
J.
ff.
H.S.
1900, pp. 2ofT.
cf. 'V<f>.
Mesiani Maghula
The
Tsangli, Fig. jjg.

other specimens.
Apparently the
features, especially
55
the nose, are smaller than
settlement at this site flourished
in
through the four
all
periods.
Mesiani Maghula.
D.
On
fourth
the
and
Maghula
left
fifth
of the carriage road from Larissa to Ayia, and between the

kilometre stones is a tall, conical hillock known as Mesiani
(Meeriavrj
Mayovka)
(p.
8,
no.
Here Tsundas made some
26).
excavations, and because he found prehistoric pottery both on the hillock

and on the surface of the neighbouring fields, he concluded that the conical
mound was erected in prehistoric times in the centre of a prehistoric settlement
This view appears to us mistaken.
It is true that
as a kind of watch tower.
the hillock is quite unlike any other prehistoric mound in Thessaly, and that
the earth of which it is built up is full of prehistoric pottery and other debris.
But the hillock, from its tall, conical shape, and the smallness of its circumference, clearly falls into the class of barrows which are common in the eastern
trial
These barrows have been shown by excavations at Pilaf

and
near Larissa to be funereal tumuli and probably all
Tepe, Velestinos,
Thessalian plain.
Further the fields immediately round the base of the

contain a built tomb.
hillock are strewn with prehistoric pottery, and have the appearance of a low
Thus it seems to us that the hillock is a funereal barrow erected
flat mound.
in historical times on the site, long forgotten, of a prehistoric settlement.
Unfortunately Tsundas' excavations were not extensive enough to enable
the duration of the settlement to be ascertained, and the building of the
barrow with earth from the mound in antiquity has seriously disturbed the
stratification.
However, Tsundas' observations, and our own notes made
during our two visits to the site give us some idea of the length of time
the settlement flourished.
The various kinds of pottery found are as follows
Tsundas figures one sherd (A-2, PI. 13. 4), and we have found
A2.
others on the site.
Tsundas does not say whether he found this ware or not, but we
A3/6.
have seen some sherds here.
:
This is common.
B3a.
Moderately common.
B3y.
Tsundas illustrates one sherd (A-X, p. 238, Fig. 133), and we
Tiai.
have found others, one of which is noticeable for its thin fabric, and strong
polishing.
Fia2.
Tsundas
possibly belong to
Ti/3.
This
is
figures
one sherd (A-2,
p.
239,
Fig.
137) which
may
this class.
moderately common.
has been found, A-2,
p. 244, PI. 12. 6.

Tiy.
Six terra-cotta statuettes were found, but Tsundas does not illustrate
J.H.S.
little
1900, pp. 20
ff.
'E<.
'Apx- '99> PP-
npdKTiKa, 1907, pp. 1 5 3 ff. cf. also the Macedonian barrows, Liverpool Annals, 1909, pp. 1 59 ff.
27
ff.;
'En-fnjpif Ilapvatraov 1896, pp. 9 ff., Jahrbuch 1911,

193 ff., and those at Kerch, Minns, Scythians
pp.
and
Greeks, Chap. XII.
56
Topuslar.
Statuette
from Larissa
One however is said (A-2, pp. 294-295) to represent a seated woman

them.
with crossed legs apparently similar to the figurine from Tsangli (Fig. Jia,
All are said to belong to the First Period.
p. 123).
Celts bevelled celts of Type A occur here, and amongst other objects
there is a bored implement of red deer horn, possibly a club head (A-, PI.
47. 5), which probably belongs to the Third Period, and a spherical terra-cotta
:
sling bullet, A-2, p. 344.

thus see that at this site pottery of the First and Second Periods
is comparatively common, and that a few sherds of wares that fall in the
We
Third (Chalcolithic) Period occur. Consequently we may assume that this

settlement was abandoned about the beginning of that period.
E.
Stone Head from Topuslar.
At the mound (p. 8, no. 21) by this village a stone head has been
In type it is similar
found which is illustrated by Tsundas (A-S, PI. 38. 9).
to one from Dhimini (A-2, PI. t>7- 7). but the features are plastically indicated
:
But as we do not know

and consequently it is more Cycladic in appearance.
what the body to which it belonged was like, it is impossible to decide
whether it is really imported or not, and further we do not know to what
period
it
belongs.
F.
The
of the
Terra-cotta Statuette from Larissa.
shown in Figure 30 is in the prehistoric room

at Athens, and we are indebted to Dr Stais for
It is said to have been found in Thessaly in the
terra-cotta statuette
National
Museum
permission to publish it.

neighbourhood of Larissa, but the place and circumstances of its finding
are unknown.
It is '48 m. high, and of rather coarse, reddish clay, well
baked.
It is nearly perfect, for apart from the weathering of the top of the
head, there are only missing the left foot, the right leg from the knee, and
The back is flat and smooth, the centre of body is hollow, but
the phallus.
otherwise the figure is very solid. The ears and eyes were indicated, and
Noticeable also is the indication of
the nose was formerly more prominent.
the hair on the body, though the incised lines on the neck might be considered
The most remarkable points are the
to be a necklace rather than a beard.
its bold,
size
of
the
figure,
vigorous modelling, and its marked phallic
large
which
it
resembles
the figurine from Zerelia VII (Fig.
in
character,
closely
at
loss
to date the figure, but judging by
we
are
a
no, p. 163). Unfortunately
the strong general likeness that exists between the two it probably is to be
In
assigned to the Fourth Period (Bronze Age) like the Zerelia figure.
short this is one of the most remarkable examples of primitive modelling
yet found in Greece, for though it possesses no beauty, yet its crudeness
and vigour command
attention.
Statuette from Larissa
Fig. 30.
w.
&
T.
Terra-cotta statuette from near Larissa (scale about 2
SI
5).
CHAPTER
IV
SOUTH-EASTERN THESSALY
Sesklo.
A.
About an hour and a half north-west of Volos (Iolcus) amongst the hills,
that border the plain on the west, in a small upland valley lies the village of
At the lower end of this valley in the angle formed by the junction
Sesklo.
of two small torrents stands a mound (p. 8, no. 3) called Kastraki
This mound was first noticed by Leake who conjectured that
ancient Aesonia a view afterwards accepted by Lolling 2
be
the
it
might
The mound, which is of the high type, stands on
but rejected by Tsundas 3
a natural rise projecting like a cape between the two torrents, and is about
The prehistoric deposit varies from three
100 metres long and 45 broad.
to six metres in depth, and was excavated by Tsundas in 1901 and 1902.
Remains of all the four prehistoric Thessalian periods were found, but here
as on all Thessalian sites the change from period to period is gradual.
That
is to say there is no sharp line between any two periods or strata as at
The
Lianokladhi, and the different classes of pottery overlap one another.
excavator divides the deposit of the First Period into three layers, the Second
into two, and the Third and Fourth (regarded by him as one period) each
consist of one layer.
1
(Ka<TT/oaKi).
Pottery.
The pottery from Sesklo falls into four divisions corresponding with
the four periods, into which the prehistoric remains of Thessaly can be
There is no necessity for us to describe it at any length here
divided.
in view of the very full account given by Tsundas.
Ai.
Monochrome
red
ware.
Though
the
better specimens are red
and well made, inferior examples are blackish or yellowish in colour.

This variation is undoubtedly due to irregular firing, as would only be
The principal
expected seeing that the vases were baked in open kilns
4
shaped mugs with vertical ribbon handles, A-S, Fig. yy,

bowls
with raised bases: these are sometimes decorated
164,
p.
(d) open
with round knobs arranged in triangles, occasionally also the rims are
crinkled, A-2, Figs. 72-75, pp. 162, 163, (c) wide, open dishes on high
These
bases, the typical shape of this fine red ware, A-S, Fig. 76, p. 164.
are the three common shapes of this ware here, and the vases are as a rule
shapes are
(a) bell
1'
Leake, Northern Greece,

Ath. Mitt. 1887, pp. 103
IV, p. 399.
4
ff.
A-2,
See
p. 70.
p.
260.
Sesklo, Pottery
59
and well made. The only decoration, especially in the case of (c), is
the addition of round knobs to the sides or the handles.
The following
are
later
and
more
unusual
a
shallow
on
a high base
shapes
plate
(ci)
this
in
the
occurs
ware
of
this period
(A-S, Fig. 78, p. 165),
painted
shape
at Tsangli, Tsani, and Lianokladhi, (e) a tall well made vase of unknown
shape, which is ornamented with applied vertical ribs, A-2, Fig. 79, p. 166
Also
similarly decorated fragments have been found at Zerelia and Tsangli.
to be noted are pieces of medium sized store jars with horizontal handles
(A-2, Fig. 80, p. 166), spouts, and fragments of boxes on legs.
Incised ware, none was found.
A2.
The biscuit is usually red, but
White on red painted ware.
A3C1.
it
is sometimes
it
is often polished, but the
grey-black or yellow-brown
white paint is always matt.
the
red
surface was obtained by
Occasionally
the application of a thin red paint.
Only one shape is certain, a round
bodied jar with a high narrow neck and a raised base, A-2, Fig. 83, p. 75,
PI. 6. 1.
The patterns are simple and linear, and are usually belts of zigzag
thin
lines.
A 3/8.
the
but
Red on white painted
when
cream
slip.
ware.
This
is
When
very common.
to the surface,
yellow-buff, the paint is applied directly

reddish, the vase is covered with a white or
The commonest shape is that which is typical
biscuit
is
of this ware, (a) a wide, open dish with a flat bottom and
The special
almost vertical sides, painted inside and out.
form taken by this shape at Sesklo is seen in Fig. 31,
cf. A-2,
it
always occurs with the typical
Fig. 84 e, p. 79
Sesklo patterns.
Other shapes are rare, but we find,
necked jars,
(6) open bowls with raised bases, (c) narrow
A-S, Fig. 85, p. 181, also with raised bases, (d) four-sided
:
boxes on
varieties, A-2, Figs. 86-88, p. 182.

of
the Sesklo red on white ware are
typical patterns
combinations of wavy lines, usually arranged in the form
of triangles, which occasionally are solid, A-X, Figs. 91-94,
This of course is the commonest
pp. 184-186, PI. 15. 1.
but
are
also fragments of the Tsangli
there
style here,
legs,
many
The
Fig.
31.
Profile
KiiJ*
of
" ^ Aj3
At Sesklo this ware is contemporaneous

and
for
the fact that the lowest strata contained
A30;,
except
is nothing to determine their relative dates.
ware
there
hardly any painted
Further, in the lowest strata, where monochrome ware, Ai, predominates, it
is to be noted that it is usually grey rather than red.
style,
A-2, Fig. 95,
with both
p. 186, PI. 71. 2.
A and
1

This as remarked above, is an unimportant
cannot be distinguished from the plain ware
class,
A
notable shape is (a) a shallow bowl narrowing
of the succeeding period, F3.
which resembles the typical shape
base
rapidly to a flat
(cf. Fig. 7 a, p. 29)
Other
of B3C1, Fig. A-X, Fig. 106, p. 197.
shapes are (6) a narrow necked
handle
on
the
bowl with small vertical
rim, A-S, Fig. 107, p. 197, (c) small
on
the
vases with a loop handle
rim, A-S, Fig. 104, p. 197, and (d) ladles
Bi.
Monochrome
ware.
and when found by
itself
82
60
Sesklo, Pottery
with
p.
sometimes of
long handles,
shape,
phallic
A-2,
Figs.
101-103,
196.
With
this pottery
can be classed the pithoi, or store
jars.
One complete
specimen was found this is tall ( qo m.) and wide, narrowing in at top and
bottom.
Just above the widest part are four vertical handles, two with small
horns on top, and two with small cups. On the rim are four knobs, one above
each handle, and by them above the cupped handles are applied ribs of clay
in the shape of an <o.
The applied ornament on this and other fragments is
either pinched in with the fingers, or slashed across.
Sometimes the
ornament is spiral, A-2, Fig. 124, p. 230, and sometimes is in the form
of simple knobs, A-2, Fig. 128, p. 232.
Most of these applied patterns
-
suggest ropework.
Incised ware.
B2.
The
biscuit
usually grey, occasionally red-brown,
is
and rarely red. The patterns are all linear, and made by combining long
and short, curved and straight lines. The use of dots and semicircles is
This ware seems to have been commoner
rare, e.g. A-2, Fig. 116, p. 202.
The fragments are small, and the shapes are
at Dhimini than at this site
There are two complete vases, (a) a kind of scoop on
hard to determine.
a
a stand with
branching handle on top, A-2, PI. 16. 3, (b) a bowl with
fairly straight sides, and turning in abruptly below the handles (of a vertical
But a good many pieces seem to belong
ribbon type) to a small flat base.
to shallow bowls narrowing to a flattened base, with lugs (A-2, Fig. 1 1 2,
p. 201), or small ribbon handles on the shoulder, and occasionally without
handles. The patterns, usually a combination of geometric and spiral elements,
1
are often arranged in panels.

Dhimini ware, which at this site is the characteristic ware of this
B3a.
2
All
three categories are common
the principal shapes are:
period.
bowls
inside and out, often with
shallow
36,
painted
open
(Fig.
p. 76),
(a)
on
or
below
the
which
are sometimes bored for
knobs
rim,
just
projecting
and
into
animal
sometimes
or human heads,
holes,
developed
string
"
bowls
of
same
as
set
the
on tall, tapering
fruitstands,"
(a)
general type
(6)
stems, (c) two-handled jugs with wide, rounded bodies sloping in gradually to
neck and base there are two small vertical handles on the shoulder, and the
neck is often not sharply divided from the body, A-2, Fig. 118, p. 215,
As
(d) small mugs with vertical string holes, often in pairs, A-2, PI. 21. 3.
usual the first shape (a) is by far the commonest, and the patterns show the
It is to be
usual peculiar combinations of geometric and spiral elements.
also
noted that the string holes are often in pairs
occasionally
fragments
are found with holes bored along the edges, these are from vases broken and
;
mended
in antiquity.
Three-colour ware the patterns are in black and white on a red

The permanent feature
or
in black and red on a white ground.
ground,
is that the black is always a secondary colour used to outline white or red
This ware is fairly common, A-2, Pis. 8. 3-5; 10, and has three
designs.
B3/8.
principal
shapes
(a)
fruitstands,
A-2,
PI.
30.
1,
The only examples from Sesklo illustrated by

Tsundas are A-2, Figs. 112, 115, 116, 120, Pis. 16. 3,
24. 3, 5, 7, 8, 9;
17. 2, 18. 10,
29.
See A-2,
1, 3, 4, 6, 8.
2,
rectangular bases
(6)
21. 2, 3 ; 23. 1, 5, 6;
;
27. 2,3,4, 5. 7; 28. 1,3,6;
Pis. 20. 2, 3
25.2,6;
61
Sesklo, Pottery
these are hollow when large and solid when small

in
two of the sides at the top, opposite one another, there is a small groove, the
other two sides are crowned by a row of decorative knobs in the sides which
are grooved on top there are diamond shaped holes, occasionally also present
on the other sides as conjectured by Tsundas these objects were probably
meant to hold a spit to roast or grill meat on, like the somewhat similar objects
from House Q at Rakhmani there is no reason to connect them as Tsundas
does with religious customs, for they were probably merely for household
The patterns of this ware in general resemble those of B3a.
purposes.
Three
colour ware none was found.
B3y.
None
was
found.
Ti/8.
narrowing to the top
Third (Chalcolithic) Period.

None was found.
Tiai, Tia2, ria.3.
Crusted
ware
only one sherd was found.
Fiy.
Crusted ware: a little was found.
Tio.
This, as explained above, is
one
of
the
second
of
All the pieces come from
really
variety
category
T\y.
wide
dishes
with
thick
and
are
shallow,
rims,
painted only on the inside.
The paint is thick and hard, and only white is used. The patterns combine
both geometric and spiral designs, A-2, Figs. 148, 149, p. 247.
T2.
Incised ware.
No typical fragment of this ware was found here, but
:
Tsundas illustrates (A-2, Fig. 15 r, p. 250) a coarse fragment with rude incisions
that might perhaps be included in this class, and another (A-S, Fig. 152, p. 25 1)
which he assigns to this period because its incisions recall sherds from Eleusis.
In that case it seems more likely that it is contemporary with Minyan ware,
and should rather be assigned to the Fourth than to the Third Period.
With this we come to the end of the wares that are typical of the Third
Period.
Examples of Yt,, though they may belong both to the Third and
to the Fourth Periods, are best treated under one head.
We have therefore
discussed them under the Fourth Period.
Fourth Period (Bronze Age).

See Mattmalerei below, p. 62.
Tie.
Monochrome ware, hand-made.
Tt,.
The
varies from red or

Polished
and unpolished
grey-black according
firing.
found
were
occur.
At
Sesklo
the
specimens
following shapes
Two-handled cups, A-2, Figs. 161, 164, pp. 259 ff. Other examples
Tâ.
brown
to
to
biscuit
the
were found
Y^fi.
in
Tombs
Shallow
11, 22, 29, 55, 56.
two-handled
bowls
with
long,
raking
handles,
A-2,
189, 190, 192-195, pp. 271ft

T3y.
High wide bowls with small vertical handles with a long attachment
the
side of the vase below, A-2, Fig. 212, p. 279: it is not clear
against
whether this shape was found at Sesklo.
Shallow, wide bowls with horizontal suspension holes just below the
r$8.
Figs.
rim, A-S, Fig. 210, p. 278.

Narrow-necked bowls with ribbed bodies, A-S, Fig. 211, p. 278.
r$e.
Small one-handled cups, A-S, Figs. 203, 209, pp. 276, 278.
r$o.
Small
ladles or dippers with a triangular loop handle on the rim,
F$t.
apparently one specimen, A-S, Fig. 138,
p.
270.
62
Sesklo, Pottery
Amongst peculiar shapes we may note a strainer in the form of a onehandled jug, A-2, Fig. 198, p. 274. A common type of handle is in the form
of a rectangular horizontal lug, sometimes pierced and sometimes with two
Knobs of various forms, somesmall horns, A-2, Figs. 183, 186, pp. 268 ff.
times plain to serve as decoration and at other times bored for use as string
holes, are common, A-2, Fig. 171, p. 263.
These are the shapes recorded by Tsundas. Probably research amongst
the quantities of plain potsherds from this site in the National Museum at
Athens with the aid of the evidence from later excavations would reveal
other shapes.
Pithoi.
Large store jars decorated with raised belts of applied clay,
either pinched in with the fingers or slashed across, were in common use in
The form taken by the
these two periods, and many fragments were found.
varies, but as a rule it suggests ropework, A-S, Figs. 220, 222,
One almost spherical jar has horizontal tubular handles at the
281
ff.
pp.
widest part of the body, and above them the decoration is in wavy lines
reaching up to the neck, A-S, Fig. 222, p. 282.
Two probable specimens of this were found in Tombs 17 and 47.
A2a.
Mattmalerei. Ware of a yellow-buff colour with geometric patterns in matt
few sherds were found, and one specimen of a jar with a loop
black paint.
Four other examples of the same
handle on the rim was found in Tomb 9.
shape, but undecorated, were found in Tombs 2>2 35> 4 an d 51, and they may
be ranged with this ware. This ware is classed by Tsundas as Tie, and called
It is occasionally wheel made, and seems to be parallel with
Pre-Mycenean.
Minyan, since it occurs in the cist tombs it is thus analogous to the Mattmalerei
ware of the south, see Chapters IX, XII and XIV.
ornament
Fig. 32.
Minyan vases from
cist
tombs
b (scale
2)
at Sesklo,
from
a (scale 3
Tomb
5)
Tomb
from
36,
13.
fair amount was found in the tombs.

Minyan Ware.
good example
of the typical shape, a goblet with a ringed foot, comes in Tomb 28; three
specimens of another common shape, a cup with two handles standing high
above the rim (Fig. 32 a), were found in Tombs 10, 32 and 36 five examples
of another shape, a jug with horizontal flutings and two small handles just
under the rim (Fig. 32 b), were found in Tombs 13, 25, 36, 44 and 56 and a
;
pyxis and a kyathos come from Tombs
and
53.
Sesklo, Architecture
63
Architecture.
Although all the architectural remains are shown on the plan, Fig. 33, only
the more important and more complete buildings are described in the
following
account, and the large number of inorganic and fragmentary walls are omitted.
FIRST PERIOD
SECOND PERIOD
LATER WALLS
Fig. 33.
Sesklo
plan after Tsundas, A-2,
PI.
3.
evidence from Sesklo can be

remains
at Dhimini.
a
of
the
by
study
Fortunately the deficiencies

rectified to a great extent
in the architectural
64
First
Period.
At the
eastern end of the site are the remains of walls,

thicker than ordinary house walls (20, 2 1 on Plan),
which Tsundas conjectures to have been fortifications analogous to the later
This, though probable, cannot be
ring walls at Dhimini, A-S, pp. 75, 76.
as
the
evidence
is insufficient.
proved,
Houses.
Two different methods of construction can be noticed, both of
which continued in use side by side throughout the succeeding periods.
Numerous fragments
(A) Wattle and Daub on a wooden frame work.
of clay still showing the impressions of wooden poles and reeds were found and
from a study of these remains Tsundas has come to the conclusion that the roof
was sloped and perhaps of a gabled type, A-S, pp. 79 ff., Figs. 13-17. Apparently
this type of house stood directly upon the ground without any stone foundations.
In Sesklo itself there is only evidence for simple rectangular plans, but close
by are circular hut foundations, p. 74, and round wattle huts like those still
used by shepherds in the Thessalian plains were probably in vogue in all
Fortifications.
built of stones set in
mud and
periods.
(B) Stone Houses.

perhaps, judging from the
and daub. On this point
seems to consider that the
These were
built of stones laid in clay or mud, and,

sites had a superstructure of wattle
remains at other
Tsundas makes no definite pronouncement and he

stonework was carried up to the roof. The walls
true are often unusually strong, being frequently "6o m. thick, but neversome of the wattle and daub fragments may belong to this class. The
inner faces of the walls were at times smeared over with mud no wooden
it is
theless
beams were found inserted in these walls, nor in the fortification walls the
floors were in some cases roughly paved with cobbles and in others made of
;
beaten earth.
The plans of the stone built houses are also rectangular, but
The most important are a one roomed broad
only a few are well preserved.
fronted house with the door by the end of the wall (38 on Plan), a house only
partially preserved with a small porch, A-S, p. 84, and a two or three roomed
building
period.
(7,
8 and 9 on Plan), which was rebuilt and enlarged during the first
possible that this building also had a small porch, A-S, p. 86.
It is just
Second Period.
The methods of construction are the same as
in the First Period

rectangular
of
houses
still prevail and there is no sign of any innovation which cannot
types
be explained by natural development. As before there is evidence for fortifications in a thick wall at the east end of the site (17 and 16 on Plan) but the
precise form again cannot be determined with certainty, though it is extremely
probable it resembled the ring walls of Dhimini.
Houses. Only one house is really important, a large building of the
Megaron type (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 on Plan) which, according to Tsundas, comes at
the very beginning of the Second Period, A-2, p. 88.
separate plan of this
;
building, taken from Tsundas, A-S, p. 89, Fig. 18, is given in Fig. 34, where
The two wooden
it will be seen how much of the restored plan is conjectural.
columns in the shallow porch 2-50 mm. deep are inferred from a similar
building at Dhimini from this porch, which is not paved, a doorway 1-42 m.
;
65
wide leads into the main room the floor of which is a layer of reddish clay
This room is approximately square,
resting on a bed of small stones.
x
and
the
walls, which stand to a height of
measuring 825 850 metres,
are
6o
m.
thick.
The
bases
of
three wooden posts presumably to
i*3om.,
roof
were
and
the
to
the
discovered,
support
left of the door on entering was an oblong
The
hearth standing free from the wall.
which
is
entered
a
back room,
door
by
90 m. in width, contains two raised earthen
These are
platforms near the back wall.
semicircular in shape and are edged with
-
The earth in the centre is

upright slabs.
mixed with straw or potsherds and beaten
hard.
These platforms seem to have been
a kind of oven or hearth, and similar examples were found at Dhimini, p. 81, A-2,
Tsundas
p. 52, and at Rakhmani, p. i>7that
the
rooms
and
which,
6,
4,
5
suggests
taken together, form a building of a somewhat similar type, are a later addition made
for the benefit of the eldest married son of
the owner of the main building, which
before it was thus enlarged had a porch at
either end.
To support the view that the
original house had two porches, he refers to

another building at Sesklo, which he conjecturally restores, A-2, p. 99, Fig. 22, but
his restored plan differs so much from the
unrestored, that it is impossible to estimate
what this argument is worth. The doors
"
of the smaller " Megaron (4, 5, 6 on Plan)
were swung on pivots resting in hollowed
stone bases, A-%, p. 94, Fig. 20.
Sesklo plan of Megaron after
Fig. 34.
Several other hearths or ovens were
Tsundas (scale I 200).
found similar to those in the Megaron but
circular in shape, and because house remains were not always found near
;
number of wooden or wattle and daub buildings

have completely disappeared. This however is not a necessary inference for
them Tsundas
infers that a
In an interesting note on ovens, A-2,

ovens are frequently out of doors.
draws
an
illustration
from the Sarakatsani (SapaTsundas
apt
p. 106, note i,
and
have two hearths, one in
KaTadvoi) of Thessaly, who live in wattle huts
the middle for a fire and one at the side for glowing embers.
Third and Fourth Periods.
The house plans are

of these two periods are unimportant.
one however if perfect (36 on Plan) is interesting as showing
all rectangular
The occasional use of mud brick marks a new
the survival of an early type.
development in method of construction.
The remains
;
w.
&
t.
66
Sesklo,
Tombs
Tombs.
During the excavation no less than one hundred and sixty tombs were
found, 138 amongst the remains of the settlements, four at the foot of the
mound, six by the neolithic hut foundations, and twelve near the huts of the
The tombs, with the exception of three which were pithos
Third Period
burials, are all cist graves, as a rule about 1 -50 m. long, and built with four
slabs at the sides and roofed with a fifth, like the Zerelia tombs (Fig. 108 c).
Twelve however were built with small slabs, and eight with walls of unbaked
brick.
The skeletons as a rule lay on their left sides in a contracted attitude,
and though the majority of the tombs contained only one skeleton, in some
There were no signs of any burning of
two, three, or even four were found.
In many of the tombs nothing was found beyond the skeleton.
the bodies.
The following is a list of the principal tombs and their contents.
Tomb 7. The body lay on the right side. By it were a wheel-made
pyxis (with a lid) of Minyan ware decorated with an incised wavy line between
horizontal flutings, a terra-cotta spool bored longitudinally, and on the neck were
two small rings of bronze covered with gold leaf, cf. Dhimini, Tomb 61.
Tomb 9. This contained a hand-made vase of Mattmalerei ware with a
The pattern, which is on a cream surface, consists of
loop handle on the rim.
1
crossed lines in red-brown, A-2, Fig. 33, p. 133.

Tomb 10. This was of unbaked brick, and all the inside was smeared with
whitish clay.
The body lay on its right side. It contained a wheel-made cup
of Minyan ware with handles rising high above the rim (Fig. 32 a), A-X, Fig.
34, p. 134, cf. a vase from Zerelia, Fig. 103^.
Tomb 11. In this was a small two-handled, hand-made cup, A-2, Fig. 35,
which
probably to be classed as TT,a.

This contained a small Minyan jar, with flutings round the
13.
the
of
body and two small handles just below the rim (Fig. 32 b), A-X,
top
p.
134,
is
Tomb
Fig. 36,
135-
p-
Tomb
In this was a hand-made jug with a slight beak, A-X, Fig. 2,7,
and a bronze dagger ("117 m. long), which has a broad, flat blade and
p. 135,
17.
no socket or
Tomb
haft,
22.
A-X,
PI. 4.
11.
In this were a small bronze knife with a narrow, tapering

PI.
blade, A-2,
4. 9, and a hand-made two-handled cup (1^30.), A-X, Fig. 38,
the
handles
have raised edges, and on one side of the vase is a low,
p. 136
:
round knob.
Tomb 25. This was the largest tomb, and two metres long. It contained
three skeletons, one on the north side, one on the south, and a third, that of a
Near the head of the southern skeleton were three small
child, on the east.
rings of gold wire, probably from the hair, A-2, PL 5. 1, a steatite ring, A-2,
PI. 5. 1 5, a small bead of sard, A-2, PI. 5. 3, a terra-cotta conical whorl, A-2,
PI. 5. 17, and two semicircular pieces of gold leaf, possibly coverings for buttons.
Lower down were eighteen tubular bronze beads ("c^-'ios m. long) decorated
with embossed knobs either parallel or at right angles to the axis of the beads,
which were made by bending together thin bronze plates, A-2, PI. 5. 6, 7.
With these were eight solid bronze beads, A-2, PI. 5. 14, eleven paste beads,
1
P- 74-
Sesklo,
Tombs
67
four of which are tubular, A-S, PI. 5. 9-12

As suggested by Tsundas, these
beads probably hung on the chest in two or three rows with tubular and small
beads arranged alternately, A-2, PI. 5. 3, 4, 5.
By the other skeleton were
a bronze dagger similar to that from Tomb 17, A-S, PI. 5. 16, a bronze knife
like that in Tomb 22, A-S, PI. 4. 13, a wavy strip of bronze plate, A-S, PI. 5. 8,
and a Minyan vase like that from Tomb 13 (Fig. 32(5), A-2, Fig. 39, p. 138.
Tomb 28. In this, by the skull, were four rings of silver wire and two of
bronze, A-2, PI. 4. 6, ten small spherical and one round sard beads, and one
spherical bead of grey stone, and behind the head a Minyan goblet with a
ringed foot, A-S, Fig. 40, p. 139.
Tomb 29. In this were a two-handled cup (r3a), like that from Tomb 1,
a two-handled stamnos, A-%, Fig. 41, p. 140, and a small bronze chisel, *o8 m.
long, A-S, PI. 4. 12.
Tomb 32. This was built of mud brick and contained a Minyan cup, like
that from Tomb 10, with two handles rising high above the rim (Fig. 32 a), A-S,
Fig. 42, p. 140, and a pair of bronze tweezers, A-S, PI. 4. 2.
Tomb 33. In this was a small hand-made cup with a loop handle on the
rim, A-S, Fig. 43, p. 141.
Tomb 35. In this was a small, shallow cup with a loop handle with two
bored projections on either side, A-S, Fig. 44, p. 141.
Tomb 36. In this were two skeletons, a Minyan cup with handles rising
high above the rim (Fig. 32 a), A-, Fig. 45, p. 141, another Minyan vase, like
those from Tombs 13 and 25 (Fig. 32 b), and two terra-cotta whorls.
Tomb 2>7- This also contained two skeletons, one of which lay face
downwards. By them were two vases, a hand-made stamnos, like that from
Tomb 29, A-S, Fig. 46, p. 142, and a small hand-made skyphos.
Tomb 38. In this were three skeletons, one of which lay on its right
side.
By the head of this skeleton was a ring of bronze wire, on its hand a
steatite ring, A-S, PI. 4. 7, and at its feet a wheel-made cup decorated with
incised lines running obliquely downwards from the top, and with two holes
bored opposite one another in the lip, A-S, Fig. 46, p. 142. There were also
two conical whorls.
Tomb 40. This contained a pair of bronze tweezers, A-S, PI. 4. 1, a ring of
bronze wire, and a small vase with a loop handle on the rim, A-S, Fig. 47, p. 142.
Tomb 41. This contained three rings of silver wire, a terra-cotta whorl
and a hand-made two-handled cup (r3a), A-2, Fig. 48, p. 143.
Tomb 43. In this were ten cylindrical beads of semi-transparent white
stone, several small tubular paste beads and a one-handled hand-made mug with
a knob on the side opposite the handle, A-2, Fig. 49, p. 143.
Tomb 44. In this was a vase of a Minyan shape, A-2, Fig. 50, p. 144,
like those from Tombs 13, 25 and 36 (Fig. 32 b), but apparently hand-made.
It may be a local imitation of Minyan ware.
Tomb 47. This tomb was found at a depth of 2*50 mm. and is therefore
The floor was strewn with gravel. In it was a handapparently the earliest.
made and polished beaked jug with the back of the neck cut away by the handle,
1
A-2, Fig.
51, p. 144.
damaged
In this were a bronze knife, A-S, PI.

50.
small skyphos shaped vase.
Tomb
4.
14,
and a much
92
68
Sesklo,
Tombs, Figurines
Tomb 51. This was of unbaked brick, and contained a small hand-made
vase with a loop handle on the rim, A-2, Fig. 52, p. 145 it is similar to the
vase from Tomb 40.
Tomb 53. In this were four skeletons it contained a small, hand-made,
handleless, spherical vase ("084 m. high), a small kyathos of Minyan ware, a
ring of bronze wire, a terra-cotta whorl, and a bored terra-cotta spool, like that
:
Tomb 7.
Tomb 55.
in
In this were a conical terra-cotta whorl, a hand-made jug, A-S,

Fig. 54- P- H6, and a two-handled cup (r3a), A-2, Fig. 53, p. 145, covered
inside and out with a reddish slip, hand-made and polished.
Tomb 56. This contained a Minyan vase, like those in Tombs 13, 25,
36 and 44 (Fig. 32 b), a two-handled cup (r3a), A-S, Fig. 55, p. 147, and a
bronze spear head, A-S, PL 4. 10, similar to one from the fourth shaft grave at
1
2
Mycenae and another from Leukas
In addition to these cist tombs Tsundas found several tholos tombs.
One of these contained L. M. Ill vases, and the others primitive geometric vases,
3
like those from Marmariani.
Unfortunately he has not yet published them
.
Figurines of Terra-cotta and Stone.

Terra-cotta.
Forty-six figurines of this material were found, but unThe great majority are female,
fortunately all are more or less broken.
only two are male, and two animal. The female statuettes
may be divided into three main types. The first two types
belong to the First and Second Periods, and the third

occurs in the Third and Fourth Periods.
Standing steatopyg ous figures (cf. Fig^j}, To this
class the earliest and best figures, A-2, Pis. 32. 1, 3; 2>l- 3>
Several others are also illustrated by Tsundas,
belong.
The most noticeable point
A-t, Pis. 32. 3, 4-6 t,^. 1.
about this class is the steatopygy, the thighs and the
whole of the lower part of the body are represented as
Other points to note are the length of
excessively fat.
the necks, and the position of the hands on or just
below the breasts.
S eated figurines. These, like the first class, belong
in the main to the First (Neolithic) Period, though they
may not occur quite as early as the others. One of these
seated figures (A-2, PI. 33. 4) is described by Tsundas as
a centaur, because it has four legs.
But if we compare it Fig. 35. Restoration of
standing type of terrawith the figurines from Tsangli (Fig. 75 e) it is clearly a
cotta figurines from
seated figure as has been pointed out by Vassits and
Sesklo (scale 2 3).
6
Pfuhl
The " hind legs of the centaur " are either supports
to enable the figure to be placed in a sitting position, or else represent the
back legs of a stool, the front legs of which have been combined with the legs
;
'E<.
2
p.
'Ap X
1898, p. 191.
Doerpfeld, Vierter Brief iiber Leukas-Ithaka,
10,
Fig.
e.
3
4
A-2, pp. 115, 121.

B. S. A. xiv, p. 322.
G. G. A. 1910, p. 836.
69
Sesklo, Figurines
Two
others seem to belong to this class (A-S, PI. 33. 5, 6)

PI. 35.
4) seems to be a foot from one of these
These figurines are also steatopygous, but not to such a
seated figures.
The hands sometimes rest on the
great extent as the standing figures.
are
sometimes
on
the
breasts
as in the first class.
knees,
placed
Perhaps
one other rather shapeless fragment (A-S, PI. 35. 2) should also be assigned
The most remarkable seated figure, however, is one (A-S,
to this class.
which
PI. 31. 2)
by the style of its decoration belongs clearly to the Second
is
It
Period, for it
painted in the style of the second category of B3a.
It
represents a woman seated on a four-legged stool and nursing a baby.
is to be noted that the figure is steatopygous, and that the head was set
on separately, but whether it was of clay or not, we cannot tell.
As regards technique, the figurines of these two classes are well made
of refined clay, and though seldom painted, are as a rule well polished.
On the other hand, the figurines of the later periods of the shapeless type
are rarely polished.
When the early figurines are painted it is as a rule
in the red on white style, or some style akin to it.
Most remarkable in
these figurines is the careful attention to striking detail, for instance in the
The makers of them tried to represent
hair, as in A-S, Pis. 32. 1
t,t,.
4.
what they saw by rendering the most prominent details in a broad, vigorous
manner, and though the results are crude, they are exceedingly interesting
for the freshness and simplicity of their observation.
of the figure.
another fragment (A-S,
Standing shapeless type. These figurines all seem to be female, though

is not always
some are steatopygous. This class is
clearly indicated
much ruder than the other two, though later in date. The legs and bodies
are rendered by a flat plank-like piece from which the head and arms spring
out as rough excrescences, A-S, Pis. 34. 2-7, 10; 35. 3, 5.
There is a
of
this
of
which
were
found
four
class,
variety
(A-S, p. 285).
specimens
The heads which are missing were made of some other material, probably
stone, as in the case of the figures from House Q at Rakhmani, though
Tsundas thinks that they may have been in clay, and inserted into the
bodies.
Two examples from Sesklo are figured, A-S, Pis. 34. 1 35. I.
The so-called bone figurine (A-S, p. 306, Fig. 230 S) is possibly such a
head if so it is inverted in Tsundas' illustration.
Male figures. Of the two found, one (A-S, PI. Z2>- 2 ) i s remarkable
for its phallic character, and is well made
it represents a
standing man.
and
The other (A-S, PL 2>2>- 7) has no remarkable features,
might even be
the sex
female.
The two animal figures both represent, quadrupeds, but they are too
rude to enable us to determine what they are, A-S, PL 34. 10, II.
Amongst fragments there are to be noted a painted head (A-S, PL 34. 8)
which might well have belonged to a figurine of the first or second class,
at Tsangli
and a small figure (A-S, PL 34. 12) very like one from House
(Fig. 69/,
We
p.
120).
also mention here two other odd

an
of
anthropomorphic vase (A-S, p. 301,
part
end of a rod-like lug pinched with the fingers
The latter may be the head and neck
to a face.
may
fragments, one
Fig. 228)
to give it
is
apparently
and the other the
some resemblance
of a long-necked figure.
Sesklo, Figurines, Celts
70
Stone.
The most remarkable stone figure from Sesklo is a long plankshaped piece of marble, A-%, PI. 31. 1, of which unfortunately the middle is
On it are painted patterns in red and brown in the style of the
missing.
three colour ware, B3y.
A fragment of a similar figure was also found.
From their decoration they clearly belong to the Second Period.
Besides these there were found twenty other stone figurines
The
smallest and most perfect (A-S, PL 2>7- 1) is the only one not of marble.
It has a hole bored through its middle as though meant to be used as a
charm. The sex cannot be determined, though it seems likely that it is male.
Another figure (A-S, PL 37. 2) recalls the type of some terra-cotta specimens from Tsangli, and also the marble figure from Avaritsa, Figs. 73, 115.
It is short and very fat, and the details of the figure are very rudely rendered.
1
The
are
all
other four figures illustrated by

varieties of the fiddle-shaped type.
Tsundas (A-S,
One
is
Pis.
i>7-
3-6
seems
I
38. 8)
to be
primitive (it
two
a
more
represent
6),
down in Tsundas' illustration, A-% PL t>7advanced type, and another (A-% PL 37. 3) probably had a head like A-%,
PL 38. 8. In these the difference between the Thessalian and the Cycladic
The Thessalian figures have very long necks and
types is to be noted.
and
are
much
narrower
in proportion to their length than the Cycladic
heads,
upside
examples.
As regards the general question of the sequence of the figurines, Tsundas
is undoubtedly
Of
right in saying that they show a steady degeneration.
the terra-cotta figurines the best examples all belong to the First Period,
and those of the later periods are of the shapeless type. Similarly, he is
probably right in saying that the stone figures belong in the main to the
Second Period. But the evidence from Rakhmani (House Q) and Zerelia
shows that he was misled in saying that figurines practically died out after
But it seems likely that, though

the end of the Second (Neolithic) Period.
in
the
were
not much used in the Fourth
Third, they
apparently common
Period.
Stone
Axes and
other Implements.
At Sesklo and Dhimini together about 550 unbored celts were found,
but Tsundas does not say how many were found at each site.
At Sesklo
the following types occur
2
Type A. Tsundas illustrates the following examples, A-%, Pis. 39. 10
:
41.
1,
4,
6.
Type B. This seems to have been very common, there are many figured
A-%, Pis. 39. 4, 7, 9, 14, 16, 18; 40. 7, 9, 11, 24, 30-32.
Tsundas,
by
Tsundas figures the following, A-%, Pis. 39. 5, 12, 13 40. 6,
T.
Type
;
28
41. 8.
This occurred only in the deposits of the First Period the
A.
Type
40. 5,
following specimens are given by Tsundas, A-%, Pis. 39. 1-3, 15
10, 16, 20, 23; 41. 5.
Type E. Twelve specimens were found, but none are complete, and
8,
17,
1
Perhaps the two curious fragments of stone
figured by Tsundas (&-2, p. 338, Figs. 268, 269) are
also pieces of stone figurines.
He
shown
in
does not give the provenance of the celts

A-2, pp. 308 ff., Figs. 231-240.
Sesklo, Celts, etc.
71
there were five or six other pieces that may be from bored celts or from
club heads.
The most perfect specimen is unfinished (A-2, PI. 41. 2), all
the others are more or less broken (A-2, PI. 41. 7, 10).
The most
remarkable fragment is figured by Tsundas in A-2, PI. 41. 9: this, like

a similar fragment from Zerelia
has a thickening round the place where
it is bored through.
Celts of similar form occur in Bulgaria and at Troy'.
Possibly this specimen and the other from Zerelia are not of Thessalian
manufacture, but importations from the north.
Chisels.
Many were found, those illustrated by Tsundas may be classed
thus Type A, A-S, Pis. 39. 6, 8, 1 1, 17
40. 15, 25
Type B, A-2, PI. 40. 1,
PI.
A-S,
3, 4, 14, 19: Type A,
40. 13, 33.
As to the relative date of the various types it is to be noted that chisels
of Type T are very rare.
This is not surprising when we reflect that this is
one of the later types of celts, and that most probably when it was in use
bronze had already been introduced for the smaller cutting implements.
Club Heads. Ten were found of which only two are complete, A-2,
1
Figs.
249,
250, pp.
323,
324.
Three were found, all of flint. One is of the hafted

PI.
and
the other two of the barbed type, A-S, PI. 42. 11, 12.
42. 2,
type, A-2,
The hafted type Tsundas believes to belong to the Second (Neolithic) Period,
and the barbed type he assigns to the Bronze Age. This is probably right,
for barbed arrow heads of flint occur at Mycenae
one was found in Tomb F
at Zerelia and they have been found at Pylos and Leukas
But the hafted
type was found in a tomb, which seems to have contained Minyan ware,
on the Acropolis at Athens
Four were found, all of flint, A-S, PI. 42. 14, 15, 17, 18.
Spear Heads.
As at Rakhmani two types occur, long and narrow, A-2, PI. 42. 15, 17,
and short and broad, A-2, PI. 42. 14, 18. These seem to belong to the
Second Period.
Flint and Obsidian knives.
These were common in all strata. About
sixty knives and flakes of flint were found, and about three times the number
of obsidian flakes.
The obsidian knives (A-S, PI. 42. 19, 20) call for no
The flint used is not true
remark, as the obsidian seems to be Melian.
Tsundas
flint, but chert, and varies in colour from red to milky white.
We have observed
thinks that it was imported from Epirus and Albania.
that in Central and Southern Thessaly the flint (chert) knives are red, but
that in North Thessaly, as at Rakhmani, they are yellowish white.
Also
in the Spercheus valley and in Phocis the flint (chert) flakes are red, and
flint is to be found in rough lumps in the soil.
Of the flint implements from
Sesklo some are knives (A-2, PI. 42. 21-24), a d others seem to be saws
Arrow Heads.
from Lianokladhi (Fig. 139, p. 192, A-2, PI. 42. 25, 27, 28).
Rubbers, Pounders, and Polishers.
Many of various types were found,
ff.,
A-2, pp. 332
Figs. 261-263.
Eleven were found, A-S, p. 328, Figs. 252, 253. Tsundas
Sling Bullets.
like those
350
p. 164.
p.
Doerpfeld,
ff.,
cf. p.
Troja und
Ilion,
I,
p.
258.
p.
Schliemann, Mycenae, p. 272, Fig. 435

Excavations at Phylakopi, p. 223, 1.
cf.
161.
374, Figs.
Uoerpfeld, Fiinfler Brief iiber Leukas- 1thaka,

30 Ath. Mitt. 1909, p. 292, PI. xv.
;
"
'E<p.
'Apx- 1902, p. 128.
Sesklo, Miscellaneous Objects
72
says that it is not certain whether these are sling bullets or not, and suggests
But this is unlikely, since they are the same shape
that they may be weights.
as the terra-cotta sling bullets which cannot possibly have been weights.
Mill Stones.
Many saddle querns were found, A-S, p. 330, Fig. 256.
Whetstones. Several were found, A-2, p. 330, Figs. 254, 255.
Troughs. Three were found, two of which were near the supposed oven
in the Megaron
it is possible, as Tsundas
suggests, that they were used
for making bread or other food, A-S, p. 331, Fig. 257.
few were found, A-S, p. 331, Fig. 259 these resemble very
Mortars.
closely the stones in which the pivots of the doors turned.
Finally, we may note that a few fragments of well made stone vases
were found amongst the remains of the First Period.
1
Bone and Horn.
Pins and awls, about ninety were found 2 A-2, PI. 45. 1-7.
Gouges, about forty, A-S, PI. 45. 8-12 with these are to be classed two
gouges with heavy heads and decorated with horizontal flutings, one belongs
to the First Period
A-S, PL 46. 9, 10.
Bone tubes, of uncertain use, about eight, A-2, PI. 45. 13, 14.
Scrapers, made of rib bones and often bored at one end, A-2, Pis. 45.
,
17,
18; 46.
Bone
and
1-3.
chisel, one,
A-S,
PI.
46. 4.
Spoon, one, A-S, PI. 46. 8.

Bone whorls, three, A-2, PI. 46.
Fourth Periods.
14-16,
all
three belong to the Third
Club heads, of red deer antlers, three, A-S, PI. 47. 1, 2, 12 according
Tsundas' account of the circumstances in which they were found, they
seem to belong to the Third Period.
Hammers, bored, three, A-S, PI. 47. 6, 7, 13: they seem to belong
to the Fourth Period.
Hafts, one, A-2, p. 316, Fig. 242, see p. 24.
Pick (?), one, A-S, PI. 47. 4.
one is of the Second and the
Adzes, three, A-S, PI. 47. 8, 9, 11
others of the Third Period.
there
are
three inexplicable pieces of
Finally,
worked bone, A-S, Pis. 45. 16; 46. 11; 47. 14.
Stone, etc.
Buttons, Tsundas illustrates three, A-S, PI. 43. 3-5, which
:
to
belong to the First and Second Periods.

Pendants, bored and unbored, Tsundas figures several, one from Sesklo,
A-2, PI. 43. 7, and thirteen others of various shapes, but he does not give
their provenance, A-S, PI. 43. 11-21, 25, 31.
Pierced discs, there is one from Sesklo, A-2, PI. 43. 24, and two of
which the provenance is not given, A-S, PI. 43. 22, 23.
Beads, for necklaces, Tsundas figures four (A-2, PI. 43. 26-30) of the
Second Period, but does not give their provenance.
For various stone
beads of the Fourth Period see

1
Cf. p. 73-
The
so-called
bone
Tombs
25,
figurine (A-2, p. 306, Fig. 230 8)
28,
may
38,
43.
also be a
bone pin or scraper.
Sesklo, Miscellaneous Objects,
Metal
73
were found, and all belong to the First Period,

A-2, pp. 340 ff., Figs. 270-273. One of them both in shape and in design
resembles the stone button seal from Tsani.
Whorls, about five hundred were found at Sesklo and Dhimini, but Tsundas
does not say how many were found at each site.
He notes that the flat type
is early, and
belongs to the two Neolithic Periods, many of which are decorated
The smaller conoid types (A-2, PI. 44. 13, 14, 18)
(A-2, PI. 44. 3, 11, 12).
occur in all periods, but the taller and thicker conoid types, especially those
of double conoid shape, are typical of the Third and Fourth Periods (A-2,
PI. 44. 20-23)
for instance tall conical whorls occur in Tombs 25, 36, 41,
There are also two rather unusual varieties from this site, A-2,
53- 55Terra-cotta.
Seals, four
PI.
44.
17,
19.
Sling bullets, about no were found of the usual oval shape, and there
were also two or three of a spherical shape.
Red ochre, Tsundas figures (A-2, p. 342, Figs. 274, 275) two lumps.
Spit supports, two lumps of terra-cotta were found, which resemble
those from Rakhmani, A-2, p. 345, Figs. 276, 277.
Spools, two solid cylindrical spools are figured by Tsundas, A-2, p. 346,
and he says that many more were found
in deposits of the
remarks, these solid spools are to be clearly distinguished from those of the Fourth Period, which are bored longitudinally,
and splay widely at the ends, such as were found in Tombs 7 and 53,
see pp. 66 ff.
Many specimens of such bored spools were also found in
the deposit of the Third and Fourth Periods, as well as several plain
Figs. 278, 279,
Second Period.
As he
cylinders bored longitudinally.
Five
Anchor-shaped ornaments, A-2, pp. 346, 347, Figs. 280-282.
were found at Sesklo in the deposit of the Fourth Period one similar
specimen was found at Pagasae with L.M. II vases (cf. Fig. 140/", p. 198).
Spoon or scoop, one specimen, A-2, p. 348, Fig. 285.
Miniature altar (?) with three small basins on top, probably Neolithic,
one example, A-2, p. 348, Fig. 286.
Ring, or stand for round bottomed vases, one, A-2, p. 350, Fig. 290.
Oval plates, with holes bored at the ends, "io m. long by "07 m. wide,
three specimens, A-2, p. 348, Fig. 287.
Their use is unknown, but Tsundas
were
bowmen
to
that
used
by
protect their hands.
they
suggests
Glass paste.
Ornaments of this material were found in Tombs 25 and 43.
In deposit of the Second Period were found (A-2, p. 359)
Corn, etc.
wheat, barley, peas, acorns, almonds, and figs.
:
Metal
Objects.
Bronze and copper. Axes, two single-edged axes were found at a depth
r6o m. and near the wall of a neolithic house, where Tsundas thinks
They are not of bronze, but of almost
they had been purposejy buried.
of
In shape (A-2, pp. 352, 353, Figs. 292, 293) they seem very
and
approach closely to the shape of the celts of Type r, which
primitive
pure copper.
W.
&
T.
A th.
Mitt. 1889, p. 266
cf.
Chapter X.
10
Sesklo, Metal,
74
on other grounds we believe
A-%
Figs.
to
Huts
be one of the
latest
type of
celts,
cf.
292.
237,
these are very similar to the

Drills, two were found, A-2, PI. 4. 4, 5
bronze and bone drills from Rakhmani.
Pin, one broken specimen was found.
In addition there were found in the tombs many bronze beads, daggers,
knives, rings, etc.: these are detailed above under Tombs 7, 17, 22, 25,
:
28,
in
29,
32,
38,
40,
50,
53,
56.
With the actual bronze objects we may also class the implements used
making them of these the following were found at Sesklo
Moulds for double axes two were found in the deposit of the Fourth
:
Period, A-2, p.
^33>
Fi g-
26 4-
Moulds for spear heads, one for making a spear head like that from
Tomb 56, and in the same place two other moulds for making spear heads
These apparently also
of a simpler type, A-2, pp. 334, 335, Figs. 265-267.
All
the
moulds
are
of
stone.
the
Fourth
Period.
to
belong
Close to the moulds was found a terra-cotta ladle, which still contained
traces of bronze, A-2, p. 349, Fig. 288.
In the deposit of the Second Period a small gold pendant was
Gold.
It is in the shape of a ring with a bored attachment above, A-2,
found.
It resembles in shape a stone pendant from Dhimini,
other
A-2,
gold was found except in Tombs 7 and 25, which
Period.
This seems to show that gold, though known
to
the
Fourth
belong
earlier than bronze, was nevertheless very scarce.
Silver was found only in Tombs 28 and 41.
Lead, the only example found was a double axe, "15 m. long and
It seems to
054 wide, which was in the deposit of the Fourth Period.
have been cast in a mould similar to that already mentioned above.
p.
350,
Fig.
PI. 43. 8.
291.
No
B.
Hut Foundations near
Sesklo.
In the neighbourhood of the main settlement at Sesklo Tsundas found

the foundations of huts in two places.
Just beyond the neck which unites the cape on which the settlement
2
stands to the main slope of the hill, is a circular hut which has in front
This hut,
of the door a projecting foundation shaped like half an ellipse.
Here
to judge by the potsherds found within it, belonged to the First Period.
also was found a seated female figurine of terra-cotta with the legs stretched
Flint and obsidian flakes also occurred.
straight out in front, A-2, p. 294.
The other remains 3 lie on the slope of the hill beyond the torrent that
flows under the settlement on the south.
They consist of one hut roughly
circular in shape with three bothroi attached.
One bothros was full of ashes,
and Tsundas thinks it was a refuse pit. The other two bothroi he thinks
were store chambers. The potsherds found here indicate that these foundations belong to the Third Period.
Apart from a wedge-shaped celt nothing
The huts built on these foundations seem to have been
of note was found.
1
Not of the typical Cretan type, which has not
as yet been found in North Greece.
A-2,
A-2,
p.
16,
Fig. 25.
p. 117, Figs. 26, 27.
Dilimini, Pottery
75
of wattle and daub to judge by fragments found. Tsundas also thinks that the
twelve cist tombs built of small slabs found near belonged to the inhabitants
of the hut.
Dhimini.
C.
Three-quarters of an
bound the
hour west of Volos (Iolcus) at the foot of the
lies the village of Dhimini.

In
a
small
natural
mound
no.
plain
village
(p. 8,
2),
called Tumba (Tovftfia), on which stand the remains of prehistoric hamlets.
This mound first attracted the attention of Lolling who placed here the
Homeric Ormenion.
Later Stais", during the excavation of the tholos
tomb that had been found in the mound while searching for other tombs,
discovered the prehistoric settlements, which he immediately began to explore.
The excavations were completed by Tsundas in 1903. The mound is not
more than sixteen metres above the level of the plain, but the depth of the
The area
prehistoric deposit does not seem to have been ascertained.
the
is
1 10
settlements
about
metres
occupied by
prehistoric
long by 90 wide,
From the following description of the finds it will be seen that the settlements flourished during the Second, Third and Fourth Thessalian Prehistoric
hills
that
the
before
plain
in that direction
the
lies
Periods.
Pottery.
First {Neolithic) Period.

Not more than five sherds of A wares', as
call typical wares of this period, were found here.
Thus it may
be assumed that the settlement here was not founded till after the close
of that period.
Monochrome hand-made ware. As
Second {Neolithic) Period. Bi.
remarked above, this cannot be readily distinguished from r$, for it has
no marked characteristics of its own. The most usual shape is (a) a shallow
bowl narrowing in to a flat base (A-2, p. 197, Fig. 106), which is the typical
shape of the characteristic ware of the period, B3C1. Other shapes noted
by Tsundas are (b) small dippers with vertical loop handles on the rim,
A-2, p. 197, Fig. 105, (c) tall, deep bowls narrowing towards the base and
with knobs on the rim, A-2, p. 198, Fig. 108, and there is a fragment that
seems 4 to be part of a legged cooking pot like the Tsangli example, A-2,
we may
198,
Fig. 109.
Pithoi
fragments of large store jars decorated with bands of applied
across or pinched in with the fingers were common.
either
slashed
clay
The patterns, which sometimes run in belts (A-2, p. 232, Fig. 129), recall
p.
ropework, and curved lines are frequent (A-2, pp. 230

in large
pots like these the clay
Naturally,
coarse, and the firing
is
Incised ware.
B2.
is
very common.
Tsundas classes with these a vase

Mycenean in character (L. M. Ill), but
p.
125, Fig. 29).
The
biscuit
is
usually grey,
likely that it is of Mycenean date,

locally in Thessaly.
Ath. Mitt. 1884, pp. 99 ff.

UpaKTiKa 1901, pp. 2i7 ff
(A-2,
ff.,
Figs. 125-127).
not well refined, the fabric is
irregular.
This
made
is
It
seems
to
that
is
hand
us more
is
more
Tsundas admits
likely that
it
is
perhaps made
this possibility, but thinks
a horned lug.
10
it
76
Dhimini, Pottery
The incisions were filled with

occasionally red brown, and rarely reddish.
with
The
are
red.
linear, but rather elaborate, showing
white, rarely
patterns
various combinations of geometric and spiral elements, and are usually rendered
by short and long, curved and straight lines dots are rare.
They are often
in
18.
Pis.
and
another
1, 12;
17. 6;
19. 7),
arranged
panels (A-2,
great feature
is the
of
three
or
four
lines
another
16.
1
Pis.
17. 5; 18. 2
by
crossing
(A-2,
seems
to
a
bowl
common
have
been
shallow
19. 11).
shape
narrowing
to a flattened base, with lugs or small ribbon handles and occasionally
:
handleless, A-2, Pis. 18. 12; 19. 7; cf. Fig. 9, p. 30, from Rakhmani. Tsundas
also illustrates three more or less complete vases which are variants of the
same general type one is a bowl on a high raised base with a high neck
and pierced lugs on the shoulder (A-2, PI. 16. 2), another is a bowl with
a high neck to which are attached two small vertical handles by the rim
(A-2, PI. 17. 1), and the third is like the second, but has vertical
ribbon handles on the shoulders (A-2, PI. 16. 1, cf. PL 18. 8).
:
As is easily seen from the likeness of the patterns this incised ware
similar to the typical painted ware of the period, B3G1.
But this class of
incised ware is not common in Thessaly
it has been found at Sesklo, and
is
there are two specimens from Rakhmani, and a kindred ware occurs at
Phthiotic Thebes.
Dhimini ware. Enormous quantities of this painted ware have
B3C1.
been found
at this site,
Fig. 36.
which has
in
it
consequence given
Bowl (B3a) from Dhimini,
after
its
Tsundas, PL 9 (scale 3
three categories into which it

detailed above, so that there is no need to repeat
characteristics of the
is
name.
The
5).
divided have been
them
here.
As
usual,
the patterns present an infinite variety of combinations of geometric and

2
The commonest shape is (a) a shallow bowl narrowing in
spiral elements
to the base (Fig. 36).
This is painted inside and out, and has two or four
.
As seen
in the plate, part of the

in antiquity.
broken and mended
neck was
27.
A-2, Pis. 20. 1,4; 21.1,4; 25.1,3,5; 26.1-3;

8; 28. 4, 7
29. 2, 7.
I, 6,
Dhimini, Pottery
77
projections just below the rim in which are bored string holes, often as
many as three (A-S, PI. 24. 1-6). Again, as at Sesklo, these projections
are developed by painting or modelling into human heads (A-S, PI 23. 2-4).
Other shapes that occur are (6) " fruitstands," shallow bowls similar to
(a),
but set on a high tapering stem, A-S, Pis. 25. 4; 26. 4-6; 28. 2, 5; 29. 5, 9,
(c) two-handled jugs (cf. A-S, p. 215, Fig. 118 from Sesklo, PI. I from
Rakhmani) with wide round bodies sloping in gradually to neck and base,
(a) small mugs or cups (cf. A-S, PI. 21. 3 from Sesklo) with vertical string
It is hard to realise how much of this ware was found at Dhimini,
holes.
and how well made it is. Most of the fragments are of the first shape (a)
described above.
Three coloured ware.
B^fi.
Only two shapes can be determined,
"
fruitstands," (6) spit supports, rectangular bases narrowing to the top.
(a)
How much of this ware, in comparison with other wares of the Second
Period, was found is not clear in Tsundas' account, for he only illustrates
one piece (A-S, PI. 8. 6), and it does not appear that any fragments of the
But amongst sherds found at Dhimini
second shape (6) were found here.
since the excavation (now in the Volos Museum) fragments of this ware
are fairly common.
Three coloured ware.
Apart from the splendid complete vase
B3y.
found
m.
PI.
11, '25
by Stais, few pieces of this ware occurred.
(A-S,
high)
Most pieces (e.g. A-S, PI. 6. 3) seem to come from wide bowls, the exact
shape of which cannot be determined.
No sherds were found.
Tiai, Tia2, Tia3.
None was found.
TijS.
Crusted ware.
Fifteen sherds were found (A-S, PI. 12. 1-5, 7),
Fiy.
which belong to both categories. Of the sherds illustrated by Tsundas
two (A-S, PI. 12. 1, 2) are of the first, three (A-S, PI. 12. 3, 5, 7) of the
second category, and one combines the characteristics of both (A-S, PI. 1 2. 4).
The patterns include groups of short parallel lines, triangles, and crescents.
Most of the fragments come from bowls either open or narrow necked, but
one complete vase which seems to be of the first category (A-S, p. 276,
Fig. 204) is a small one-handled cup.
TiS.
None was found.
See Mattmalerei below.
Tie.
Tsundas assigns to this class a fragment of a handle found near
T2.
small isolated piece like this is hard
soil (A-S, p. 252, Fig. 153).
virgin
to place, and it should perhaps rather be assigned to B2 (cf. A-S, PI. 16. 2, 3).
Monochrome hand-made ware, usually polished.
The bulk of
T$.
the plain ware of the Third and Fourth Periods falls into this class.
At
Dhimini the following shapes occur
Two-handled cups apparently these were found here, although
T3a.
Tsundas does not definitely say so.
Shallow bowls with raking handles Tsundas does not make it
T^ft.
clear whether any pieces of these were found or not.
High, wide bowls with small vertical handles with a long attachT$y.
ment below against the side of the vase (A-S, p. 279, Figs. 212, 213, 215),
occasionally there is a horn on the top of the handle.
Dhimini, Pottery
78
Askoi, one example, A-S, p. 276, Fig. 206.

Deep bowls with slightly, rounded bottoms, and with vertical
ribbon handles or lugs, A-S, p. 277, Fig. 207.
The various types of
horizontal lugs, rectangular, horned, or pierced, that are figured by Tsundas
Tt,C-
T^d.
(A-S,. pp. 268
Figs.
ff.,
Conical lids
Tt,\.
182-185) ma y belong to this shape.

oblong peaks bored horizontally,
with
274, Fig. 199.

Small handleless cups, often with
T^v.
Figs. 165-167.
four,
A-S,
p.
knobbed decoration, A-S,
p. 261,
Small one-handled cups, A-S, p. 262, Fig. 168.

T^p.
Large beaked bowls with horseshoe bases (see Fig. 23 a, p. 64), to
this type several fragments apparently belong, A-S, p. 266,
Figs. 177-179.
Small ladles or dippers with vertical ribbon handles on the rim,
T^t.
A-S, p. 273, Fig. 197.
r$v.
Deep, open bowls narrowing in to a raised base one vase figured
Tsundas
by
may fall in this class (A-S, p. 277, Fig. 20), but it is not very
Tt,o.
Rakhmani specimen,
like the
T3<f>.
Tall,
deep,
open
Fig.
23^,
jars,
p.
47.
Tsundas
two
figures
varieties,
A-S,
pp. 262 ff., Figs. 169, 170.

T3^.
Deep bowls of coarse ware with rudimentary handles, Tsundas
three
vases that belong to this general type, A-S, pp. 275 ff.,
figures
Figs. 200-202, one of which is double in form.
Many varieties of handles, lugs, or projections pierced for string holes

figured by Tsundas (A-S, pp. 264 ff.,
Figs. 172-176; pp. 279 ff., Figs. 214-217),
but the shapes to which they belong cannot
are
be determined.
Pithoi fragments of these, decorated with
raised ornamentation slashed across or pinched
:
in
with
the fingers to recall ropework, are

as usual in the later strata, A-S,
common
p.
281,
Fig. 219.
This is the plain ware that corresponds to the painted primitive geometric ware
(Ala) of the kind found at Sesklo, Marmariani,
and Theotoku
Two specimens of the typical
a
beaked
shape,
jug with the back of the neck
above the handle cut away, were found at
Dhimini in Tombs 57 (Fig. 7,7) and 61.
Minyan ware only one definite specimen
was found in Tomb 57, a shallow cup with
FIG. 37. Jug from Tomb 57 at
Dhimini (scale
4).
two handles projecting high above the rim.
2
Mattmalerei.
A few sherds were found and also in Tomb 57 was
found a jar with a loop handle on the rim that may be considered as
belonging to this class.
3
Mycenean (L.M. Ill ?) ware. According to Bosanquet some sherds
A2a.
See Chapter XI
A-2,
p. 249.
/.
H.
S. 1901, p. 343.
D/iiiiiii/i,
Architecture
Mycenean ware were found

know nothing of them.
of ordinary
seems
to
in
79
the upper strata, but Tsundas'
To judge by the pottery alone, the prehistoric settlement at Dhimini

was most flourishing in the Second (Neolithic) Period, and was of comparatively little importance in the succeeding Third and Fourth Periods.
Though practically the whole site has been excavated, very few cist tombs
were found compared to those at Sesklo. On the other hand, the two tholos
and two cist graves with Mycenean (L.M. Ill) objects, especially the gold
ornaments from one tholos tomb (Tomb M4), seem to imply that there
was here in the Third Late Minoan Period a fairly prosperous settlement.
But even if the settlement was flourishing at the end of the Fourth Period
(Bronze Age), it does not at all events seem to have been prosperous
during the Third (Chalcolithic) Period or in the early part of the Fourth.
Further details of the stratification of the pottery would make this clearer,
for as will be seen by the summary given above there are many points
that are obscure.
Architecture.
The
Second Period,
and the remains of the last two
The methods of construction are
Periods are so meagre
as
at
the
same
Sesklo,
p. 64, excepting that no mud plastering was
precisely
observed on the inner faces of the stone walls. This, however, as Tsundas
says, was probably fortuitous.
The central and highest part of the town is an oval courtFortifications.
The whole
in
which
stands
a Megaron and a few smaller buildings.
yard,
is surrounded by a series of walls in some places fifteen metres and
courtyard
Between these walls are the smaller houses
in others barely one metre apart.
The remains of six or seven such circuit walls have been
of the settlement.
found, but it is impossible to say what the original number was.
They vary
in thickness from 6o m. to 1 '40 m. and are built of rough stones laid in mud or
The original height is naturally somewhat doubtful, but it does not seem
clay.
to have been more than 2-90 m. on the outside, for inside is a platform of
architectural remains are practically confined to the
for the First is naturally not
represented at
as to be of no use.
all,
beaten earth, obviously intended for the defenders to stand upon as they shot
over the top. There are no towers, nor any sharp angles, and the walls follow
The gates are not especially
the oval shape of the mound on which they stand.
there are only two
small
and
into
narrow
but
are
fortified,
alleys
open
there was a third
at
one
time
into
the
central
entrances
courtyard, though
blocked
which was afterwards
up.
The types of the smaller houses can be seen on the plan,
Houses.
two larger buildings of the Megaron type (2, 3, 4 and 26, 27, 28
Fig. 38
on plan, and Fig. 39 larger scale) need some description they are called by
;
Tsundas Megaron A and Megaron B respectively.

Megaron A, Fig. 39. This is made up of two rooms and a porch. The
and in length varies from 4-20 metres
larger room, 3, is 6*35 metres wide,
to 5-50 mm.; the smaller room, 4, is about the same width, and varies
1
A-2, p. 31.
Dhimini, Architecture
8o
/
SECOND PERIOD
I
LATER PERIOD
5
I
Fig. 38.
10
Dhimini
20
M.
plan after Tsundas, A-2,
PI.
2.
Dhimini, Architecture, Tombs

from
3*20111111.
to 4*50111111. in length.
The
81
walls have an average thickness
6om. and the door is paved with small stones. In the porch were two
wooden columns, and two others stood near the circular hearth in the front
room.
In the inner room was a semi-circular hole with built overhanging
sides, which Tsundas thinks was an oven, A-S, p. 54, Fig. 10; and also
more or less circular enclosure of upright slabs. This Tsundas thinks was
of
either a hearth or a store place for fruits, but
is not
quite certain that it is
not earlier than the main building.
Megaron B, Fig. 39, has been largely restored in the plan. It is similar
in type to Megaron A, but the hearth is placed
by the back wall of the front
room and the door leading into the back room is near the end of the wall.
Fig. 39.
Megara
at
Dhimini, after Tsundas (scale
200).
The back room also contains

The importance of
pivot.
a hearth, and the door leading to it swung on a

both these buildings is that they bear some
this point
Mycenean Megaron of Southern Greece
resemblance to the
is discussed below in Chapter XI.
The architectural remains from
provide the only evidence for the

general planning of a prehistoric North Greek village, which apparently was
very different from the usual scheme of an early Aegean settlement.
this site
Tombs.
At this site, during the excavation, twenty cist tombs were found, two of
which contained Mycenean vases. Also to be reckoned with the Dhimini
tombs are the two tholos tombs that had been excavated previously one is
built in the north side of the low natural rise on which the prehistoric settlements
stand (see Fig. 38), and the other is a few hundred yards away to the north:
west, at the foot of the

W.
&
T.
hills.
II
Dhimini, Tombs
82
Tomb
This contained a conical terra-cotta whorl, a small vase with

57
a loop handle on the rim (A-2, p. 147, Fig. 56) like that from Tomb 9 at
Sesklo, a beaked jug, Fig. 37 (A-2, p. 148, Fig. 57), similar to that
from Tomb 47 at Sesklo, also with the back of the neck cut away, and a
wheel-made Minyan vase with two handles projecting high above the rim,
A-2,
p.
148, Fig. 58.
Tomb 61. This contained two rings of

Tomb 7 at Sesklo, four silver and twenty-five
bronze wire, like those from

PI. 4. 3) from a
2
from
Tomb
similar
to
that
and
a
beaked
necklace,
57, A-S, p. 149, Fig. 59.
jug
Tomb 62. This contained a small hand-made vase (A-S, p. 149, Fig. 60)
which is possibly a local imitation of a common Minyan shape (cf. Tombs 13,
25, 36, 44 and 56 at Sesklo), and a small hand-made one-handled vase, A-2,
p.
gilt
sard beads (A-S,
150, Fig. 61.
Tomb Mi.
This
cist
grave contained two Mycenean terra-cotta figurines
of the ordinary type (A-S, p. 150, Figs. 62, 63), a long-spouted jug (A-S, p. 150,
Fig. 64), a small three-handled jar with a high neck (A-S, p. 151, Fig. 65), and
a small hand-made vase with a loop handle on the rim, and a simple geometric
An exactly similar vase to the
pattern in matt black (A-S, p. 151, Fig. 66).
last was found in a Mycenean (L. M. Ill) tholos tomb at Stiria (Srct/ata) in
3
Attica .
Tomb M2. This, also a cist grave, contained one terra-cotta figurine of
the usual type and two spouted jugs, A-2, p. 152, Fig. 67.
Tomb M3. This is the tholos tomb in the hillock on which the prehistoric
It had been robbed in antiquity, and contained nothing but
settlements stand.
some small beads and ornaments of gold and paste. The construction of the
tomb itself calls for no remark except that it is built of rough slabs, these being
more easily obtainable in the neighbourhood. Within the tomb, on the left, is
a small rectangular enclosure which was apparently roofed by large slabs resting
on wooden beams. Presumably this served as a kind of built coffin'
Tomb M4. This is the other tholos tomb, known locally as the Lamin6spito (AafjLivoo-n-LTo), which lies north-west of the prehistoric site at the foot of
5
and afterwards excavated
It was first explored by Lolling in 1884
the hills.
6
in
1886
In
construction
it resembles Tomb
the
Greek
Government
by
M3.
Within the tomb, all round against the wall, was a bank ("55 m. high) of
unbaked bricks laid in five regular rows on the right side this began about
2 "5 5 mm. from the door.
Apparently only inhumation took place within this
In the dromos were found a few fragments of gold leaf and several
tomb.
vase fragments, amongst which pieces of kylikes were common.
One kylix is
7
similar to one from Aegina and none of the fragments seem to be of earlier
date that L. M. III.
Inside the tomb the vase fragments found were mostly
But with these latter were many gold ornaments, and many of
undecorated.
glass paste, some bronze arrow heads, a gem of lapis lazuli and some other
In general, to judge by its contents, this tomb
stone and bone ornaments.
from
the
third
late
Minoan
dates
period.
1
We have kept Tsundas' numbering for the sake
of convenience.
8
The
'E(f>.
Tsundas-Manatt, Mycenean Age,
PL
385,
Ath. Mitt. 1884, p. 102.

Ath. Mitt. 1886, pp. 435 ff.
1887, pp. 136 ff.
Furtwaengler-Loeschcke, Mykenische Vasen,
;
'Apx- 1895, p. 201.
p.
163.
top of the spout has been restored in

plaster, and should, we think, be shorter.
3
Cf.
Fig.
xxi.
155.
Dhimini, Figurines
Terra-cotta
At Dhimini eighteen
and Stone
83
Figurines.
and twenty-one stone figurines were

of
them are of the First Period, but all belong
Naturally enough none
Second and succeeding Periods. Thus, it is interesting to note that the
terra-cotta figurines are much inferior to those from Sesklo, Tsangli and other
sites where figurines of the First Period were found.
Secondly, the high
proportion of stone figurines suggests that these were more common in the
Second and Third Periods. Of the terra-cotta figurines the following types
are to be noted.
Standing shapeless figures, with rudimentary arms and heads, Tsundas
The first of these shows traces of
figures several, A-2, Pis. 35. 6, 7, 36. 4.
decoration in red and white, which, since it resembles that of the vases of
class Tiy, suggest that it should be ascribed to the Third Period. A somewhat
similar fragment of a figurine, clearly marked as female, A-, PI. 35. 8, also
shows remains of similar painting and should probably be assigned to the same
terra-cotta
found.
to the
period.
Shapeless bodies with holes between the shoulders for the insertion of
heads of another material, probably of stone, like the Rakhmani examples.
Four of these were found, A-2, PI. 36. 1-3, 5. On the first of them, in which
the lower part of the head still survives, there are traces of the application of
white.
Probably all these, like the Rakhmani figurines, belonged to the Third
Period.
Animals, two were found, a bird (A-2, PL 36. 9) and a quadruped (A-2,
PL
36. 8).
Other fragments of less importance include a pair of legs, which, to

judge by their likeness to the seated figure from Zerelia, probably belong
to the Fourth Period, a peculiar head with a row of holes bored round the
top edge behind, and some decoration in red, and an odd shaped fragment
covered with white, and so probably of the Third Period, A-2, p. 302,
Figs. 226,
Stone
229.
figurines, these include the following types
Fiddle-shaped figures with long necks, A-2, Pis. $7- 7> 9 ll I2 3&. 1-3.
these
Of
only the last is of the Sesklo type, in which the head and neck are
In all the
represented together as one tapering member gradually widening.
others there is a marked division between the head and the neck.
Probably
the three heads figured by Tsundas (A-2, Pis. 3J. 7, 38. 6, 7) are of this type.
This type, though it has more resemblance to the Cycladic type than the
Sesklo type, is unlike that of the island figurines in that the neck is long
and the features are not plastically rendered. Most probably, as Tsundas
suggests, the features were painted.
In addition there are six examples of the stone heads intended for insertion
in terra-cotta bodies (A-2, Pis. t>7- 10, 38. 4, 5, Fig. 2300-7', p. 306), nearly all
of which, especially the first, show traces of painting in the style of the Yiy
ware.
These are very similar to the figurines from House <2at Rakhmani and
like them are to be assigned to the Third Period.
>
These three are inverted
in
the illustration.
Dhimini, Miscellaneous Objects
84
The only other two stone figurines figured by Tsundas (A-2,

are too small and broken to be of any importance.
Stone Axes
PI. 2>7- 8> 13)
and other Implements.
Tsundas says that about 550 stone axes and chisels were found at Sesklo
and Dhimini, but he does not state the number found at each site. At
Dhimini the following types were found
Type A. This occurred, but Tsundas does not figure any examples.
Type B. Of this Tsundas figures five specimens, A-2, PI. 40. 2, 21,
:
2 7,
29,
34.
Type
Type
Type
r.
Tsundas
figures four examples, A-2, Pis. 40. 12, 26, 41.
3,
12.
No
specimen was found.

E.
Bored celts, four fragments were found.
Chisels, these were found, but Tsundas does not say
belong and does not figure any.
A.
to
what classes they
Of the
various types of celts apparently the three types found were equally
common, but it would be interesting to know if Type B was less common than
the other two.
Club heads, twelve were found, of which only two are complete, A-2,
Figs. 246-248.
heads, ten were found, all of flint, A-, PI. 42. i, 3-10.
They
are all of the hafted type, which Tsundas thinks began in the Second Period,
but continued in use later.
Flint and Obsidian, many flakes of both apparently were found, but
Tsundas gives no details, except that he says four cores of flint from which
knives were struck off were found.
Sling bullets, two were found.
Other stone implements, such as pounders, rubbers, saddle querns, mortars,
etc., were apparently found during the excavations here, but no particulars about
pp.
322
ff.,
Arrow
them are given by Tsundas.

Bone and Horn.
Tsundas says
that implements of these materials were

than at Sesklo, but he does not give
two horn hafts, A-2, p. 316, Figs. 241,
found at Dhimini, though

any details. He only mentions
Some bone ornaments were found
243, see p. 24.
in less quantity
in
Tomb M4.
Buttons, Tsundas figures three (A-2, PI. 43. 1, 2, 6), the first
Second Period, while the date of the third is doubtful.
two
Pendants, three pierced pendants of stone are figured by Tsundas, A-S,
The first of them is noticeable, because it has the same shape as
PI. 43. 8-10.
the gold pendant from Sesklo, which belongs to the First Period.
Possibly
some of the other pendants, the provenance of which is not given by Tsundas,
are from Dhimini, A-%, PI. 43. 11-21, 25, 31. Similarly the beads (A-2, PI. 43.
26-30) and the pierced discs of stone, the provenance of which is not given,
may also have been found at Dhimini. But twenty-five sard beads were found
Some other stone beads, etc., were found in Tomb M4.
in Tomb 61.
Shell.
Bracelets, three fragments (A-S, PI. 46. 5-6).
Stone, etc.
are of the
Dhimini, Metal.
Terra-cotta.
Whorls, about 500
in
Pirghos
85
were found at Sesklo and Dhimini,
all,
As at Sesklo, the flat

each site.
which
are
often
PI.
decorated
44. I, 2, 4-10), belong to the
examples,
(A-2,
two Neolithic Periods, and the tall, conical (Tomb 57), or double conical
But some conical types (A-2,
belong to the Third and Fourth Periods.
PI. 44. 15) occur both in the Neolithic and in the Chalcolithic Periods.
10
Sling bullets, many were found, but not so many as at Sesklo, where
all
Tsundas
believes
that
to
the
in
were found. Consequently,
they belong
but
we do
not
know how many were found
at
two Neolithic Periods.

Glass paste, ornaments of
Corn,
etc.
found (A-2,
p.
were found in Tombs M3 and M4.

In deposit of the Second or the succeeding Period were
360) wheat, barley, figs, pears, peas, and an almond husk.
this material
Metal.
Bronze, a small piece of wire was found, A-2, p. 354.
Bronze arrow heads were found in Tomb M4, and some
in
Tomb
gilt
bronze wire
61.
Gold, apart from the gold ornaments found in
Tombs M3 and M4 none
was found.
Silver, four
beads were found
D.
in
Tomb
61.
Pirghos.
To the north of Sesklo, and on the hills that bound the valley to the north,
a peak on which are the remains of a square building of the classical period.
This was probably a watch tower and, to judge by the pottery found round it,
dates from the fifth or fourth century B.C.
The stratum belonging to it was
however only about 30 m. thick, and below it lay a prehistoric deposit (p. 8,
no. 4).
The upper part of this apparently belongs to the Third and Fourth
Periods, below which remains of the Second Period were found at a depth of
70 m. from the surface. Tsundas however did not carry his trial pits right
down to virgin soil, so that we do not know the earliest ware at this site, but
one specimen of A3C1 was found (A-2, p. 175). Other wares found here
include Bâ, B3/3 (a specimen of the four-sided spit supports), B3y, wheelmade pottery (Minyan ?), and two sherds with geometric patterns in matt
black.
Other prehistoric finds were a pierced boar's tooth (A-2, PI. 46. 13),
about forty clay whorls, twenty-three wedge-shaped celts (presumably of
Type B), and two spear heads of flint, which belong to the Second Period,
Six statuettes (A-2, pp. 283, 286, 300, Fig. 225) were
A-2, PI. 42. 16, p. 326.
The latter is of the shapeless
also found, five of stone and one of terra-cotta.
arms it is covered with
with
a
head
and
conventional
of
the
type
rendering
white paint and thus probably belongs to the Third Period, cf. Tiy, TiS.
Two of the stone examples are unpainted heads, like those from House Q at
is
Rakhmani (A-2,
p. 288).
CHAPTER V
CENTRAL THESSALY
A.
TSANGLI.
The mound
of Tsangli (p. 9, no. 38), which is locally known as Karaman

Maghula (Kapafiav Taaup MayovKa), lies in the centre of the valley
which runs along a small tributary of the Enipeus from Pharsalus towards
In the hills, half an hour to the south, lies the small mining village
Pherae.
of Tsangli, which is overshadowed by the Greek acropolis usually identified as
Eretria in Phthiotis 2
At the foot of the mound on the west rises a spring.
The discovery of prehistoric objects was first made here when the contractor,
who built the light line that runs down from the chrome mine at Tsangli to a
siding on the Thessalian Railway near Aivali station, dug away about an eighth
of the mound to obtain earth for the embankment.
Of the finds then made
the greater part have been presented by one of the owners of the estate,
Mr Margharitis Apostolidhis, to the Volos Museum, others are still in the
possession of the other owner, Mr Periklis Apostolidhis.
Subsequently, in
8
4
Tsundas
with
Mr
of
the
assistance
of
Almiros, made
1905,
Yiannopulos
some trial excavations here. The finds then made are in the National
Museum at Athens. In the Almiros Museum are other objects found on
the site by peasants.
excavated here in March and April 19 10, and the
finds are now in the Museum at Volos.
In addition to sinking a row of shafts through the deposit down to
virgin soil, we also cleared two small areas on the east side of the mound,
where earth had been dug away by the contractor, and found the remains of
houses of the First Period.
levelling instrument was in use throughout the
excavation.
The whole mound is over two hundred metres long and about two
hundred metres wide, and is one of the largest in the district. The deposit is
about ten metres thick, of which half is of the First Period.
In this mound
also, as in the others, successive layers of burnt rubbish appeared, which
indicated the remains of settlements destroyed by fire.
The study of these
was rendered easier by the examination of the sides of the excavation where
the contractor had dug earth away, and also by the discovery of the houses.
Consequently we are enabled to divide the total deposit into eight strata, which
enable the sequence of the pottery to be more clearly shown.
None of the
excavations
at
the
down
to
mound
had
been
carried
previous
virgin soil.
Tsaiir
We
This name
is
the Turkish
(conqueror's meadow).
2
Ath. Mitt. 1906, p.
Qahraman
chayir
3
4
18.
A-2, p. 9.
Ath. Mitt. 19 10, pp. 61
ff.
Tsaiig/i,
Pottery
87
I
60
9!
>
i
Tsangli, Pottery
88
Fig. 41.
Vases (Ai) from House
a-e
T, Tsangli (scale
4,
Tsangh, Pottery
FIG. 42.
Vases from Tsangli, a

(A 3 a), b-d {M) from House P, e (A 3 /3) from House
(scale
W.
&
a-d
4,
89
2).
T.
12
90
Tsangli, Pottery
Pottery.
Ai.
Monochrome red ware: the biscuit is usually red, sometimes the
red
colour
of the surface seems to be due to the application of some pigdeep
ment.
The small vases are well made, thin, and polished. The only decoration
consists of round or oblong knobs on the handles or on the body, which do not
seem to have any definite scheme or arrangement. Large coarse pots, probably
store jars, since pithoi did not exist in the First Period, were found in Houses
and T, see Figs. 41, 42. The typical shape of the fine red variety of this
ware is (a) a wide, open dish with incurving sides and splayed lips on high
bases and tubular ribbon handles (Fig. 40 e-g).
Fragments of this type were
very common, and the only decoration consists of the knobs mentioned, but
some fragments are partly decorated in the style of Aê. Other shapes are,
(6) bell-shaped mugs with ribbon handles set low down (Fig. 40 c), some have
a raised base like the best specimen from House
(Fig. 40^), which also is
partly decorated in the A3C style, but as a rule there is no raised base, (c) open
bowls with round bodies and, rarely, a raised rim, there are many varieties, and
the majority probably had a raised base (Fig. 40 6), (d) small, narrow-necked
bowls with low rims (Fig. 41 a, c) and possibly raised bases, there are several
sizes, cf. Fig. 40a, from I, and Fig. 4.2 c, from House
(IV), fragments from
III seem to show a larger and wider body, and one from IV seems to have had
a ribbon handle on the shoulder, (e) jugs, with large bodies and high necks, and
occasionally with spouts, (_/") rectangular dishes on four legs
legs only found
in I-III, but from IV, House P, there is a perfect example, Fig. 42 d, in I
there is a large piece of a plate on three legs which seem to have been set
towards the centre underneath and not on the edge, (g) small, handleless cups,
one in I, several in III, and none in IV, (k) wide, open dishes with almost
2
vertical sides (Fig. 41 d), this resembles the typical shape of A3/8, (i) large
bodied jars (unpolished) with tall narrow necks, five of different shapes found
in House T, another from House P, see
Figs. 41 e,f, 426, 6oj, these were
store
box-like
there
were three fragments, the true
vases,
probably
jars, (k)
of
which
one
has
slashed
ornament on a projecting
cannot
be
determined,
shape
rim, (/) dippers or ladles, several from III, see Fig. 40 d.
Amongst odds and ends there are a fragment of an open jar from IV with
a loop handle on the rim, and from 1 1 a small handle, little larger than a string
hole, with the ends slashed to make it bite when applied to the body of the
vase.
It must be remembered that raised bases, such as are
are
Figs. 40-42,
typical of this ware, and that most of the above
are
to
be
found, except of course (/), both with and without them. On
shapes
two such bases, one from IV and the other given by Mr M. Apostolidhis, are
the incised marks seen in Fig. 43.
This ware is very common in I, II, III and IV, but rare in V.
Pithoi.
As a rule, pithoi do not occur in the First Period, but in III we
found one, and in IV, in House T, five fragments of them with raised, slashed
General remarks.
seen
in
ornament round the neck.

1
Two examples given by Mr M. Apostolidhis
have round saucer-like bodies.
One specimen
house
in
found in the remains of a burnt
IV contained a quantity
of red ochre.
Tsangli, Pottery
9i
Incised ware.
None was found, but from II there is a piece of a
with
a narrow neck.
This has a row of slashes round the body, cf.
large jar
the fragments from Tsani, p. 136, and is unpolished.
White on red ware. The fabric is fine, and the patterns are applied
Aâ.
in matt white paint
The
directly to the biscuit, which is usually polished.
shapes are (a) bell-shaped mugs, corresponding to shape (6) of Ai, the most
important fragment is decorated with round knobs around which are circles
with projecting rays in white, (6) large jars decorated with raised ribs along
which run white lines. All the other fragments are small and seem to be from
bowls or jars. With this ware may also be classed the large vase from
A2.
Fig. 43.
Tsangli
incised
marks on vases
(scale
2).
T (IV), since it was found with Ai and A^fi vases. This is a large
which
jar
probably had a high narrow neck: the vase has been burnt, and so
the surface now varies in colour from red-brown to black (Fig. 44 a).
The
in
is an elaborate
matt
cf.
from
white,
A-2, p. 175, Fig. 83,
pattern
zigzag
Another burnt jug from House
Sesklo.
(IV), see Fig. 42 a, may also be
classed with this, although its surface is now grey-black, for it has no likeness
to Tiai.
Of this ware there was one piece in I, none in II, nine pieces in
III, several in IV, three in V, and one in VI.
Red on white ware. The bulk of the ware of this class from
A3/8.
Tsangli belongs to the first or south-east Thessalian category, and is closely
The principal shape is (a) the typical
related to that from Sesklo and Zerelia.
wide, open dish with a flat bottom and almost vertical sides, which tend to
The patterns fall into three
splay out towards the rim, see Figs. 44 b, 45.
groups, (1) irregular wavy lines drawn rather at random, cf. A-S, Fig. 92,
84 not much of this type of pattern, which is characteristic of Sesklo, was
p.
The slip varies from yellowish-white to pale orangefound (Fig. 47 l,m,p).
red in colour, and in some fragments the paint seems to be applied directly
Such fragments
to the biscuit, which varies in colour according to the firing.
should be grouped rather under A3y. It is to be noted that the vases with this
pattern are usually of one shape, see Fig. 31, p. 59, cf. A-2, p. 180, Fig. 84 c
The second group, the commonest and most typical of Tsangli, consists of
These resemble the common
patterns like Figs. 44-46, and varieties of them.
be
but
can
Zerelia
of
always
distinguished from them, in
pattern
(Fig. 47/', n),
House
Cf.
A-2,
p. 187.
12
92
Tsangli, Pottery
mm
Tsangli, Pottery
FIG. 45.
Vase (A 3/3) from Tsangli, House
T, restored (scale 4
93
9).
Tsangli, Pottery
94
FIG. 46.
Sherds
(A3/S)
from Tsangli (scale 2
3).
Tsangli, Pottery
Fig. 47.
Sherds (A 3/3) from Tsangli (scale 2
95
3).
Tsangli, Pottery
96
Fig. 48
Sherds (A3*) from Tsangli (scale 2
3).
97
Tsang/i, Pottery
* S
I
ft
<,
ift
V
s
>
c
W.
&
T.
'3
98
Tsangli, Pottery
jiuJ>*rif1Ct*V
i
a (B2
b (r3 ).
C (B 3 ).
99
Tsangli, Pottery
that here the projecting rays are spiked and curved.

The last group consists
of miscellaneous linear patterns, typical examples are shown in Figs. 46 k, n,
47 a h, k. Other rarer shapes are (b) shallow plates on high feet, like those
from Lianokladhi (Fig. 120, p. 176) and Tsani, a few pieces in 1 1 1 and one in
IV, (c) wide bowls with narrow necks and low rims, a few examples in III and
IV, (d) vases on three or four legs, no complete example was found, but a
restored drawing of one is shown in Fig. 57^, they occur in III and IV.
Exceptional shapes are the following
(e) a tall, narrow-necked jug with a
small, ribbon handle on each side, and a loop handle running from the shoulder
right above the neck, from House T, IV (Fig. 42 e), (/) wide, open, shallow
bowls with a splayed lip and on the body a small, vertical, ribbon handle, there
is one from House
(IV), and the example shown in Fig. 44^ was given by
Mr M. Apostolidhis, (g) large bowl with a high base, see Fig. 44 c, the only
:
specimen known, which was given by Mr M. Apostolidhis, (A) large, open

bowl on a high foot, covered outside with a plain white slip, from House T
(IV), this is of the same shape as a plain bowl from V, see Figs. 41 b, $$d.
Amongst odds and ends there are a triangular spout, a loop handle from
the rim of a vase, and two or three pieces of a peculiar box-shaped vase all
are from III.
This category of A^fi was rare in I, less rare in II, very common in III,
less common in iV, rare in V, and there were twenty-one sherds in VI, five in
VII, and six in VIII. The sherds of this ware found in the later strata are
probably only casual finds, for when, as in this case, a ware is so common in
any one stratum it is only to be expected that stray sherds of it would be found
:
the
of all later strata.

the second, or West Thessalian, category there was one sherd of the
solid style in II and three in III, and two of the linear style in IV.
Red on red ware. Two small sherds in III from jugs and bowls,
A3y.
but see above under A3)8, first category, Sesklo style.
Red on white ware, Lianokladhi style. In III there were two
A38.
small pieces and a ribbon handle, in IV two pieces of rims and one odd piece
with the Lianokladhi wavy line pattern inside in the scraped technique, and
outside a linear pattern like those on the later red on white ware from
in
soil
Of
Tsani.
Red-brown on buff ware, Figs. 48, 49. The technique of this has
A3e.
In it we find the following shapes:
been described above in Chapter II.
like
the
typical shape of Ai (Fig. ^&c,d,l),
(a) wide dishes on high bases,
narrow
with
necks and raised bases, the three
or
wide-bodied bowls
jars
\b)
were given by Mr M. Apostolidhis, (c) bell-shaped

Fig. 49 b from House P, (d) wide, open, shallow
mugs with ribbon handles,
ribbon handles, like shape (/) of A 3/?, several
and
bowls with a splayed lip
This ware is
pieces of these were found in House P, Fig. 48 b, h, k.
moderately common in III and IV, there are ten sherds in V and five in VI,
and none in any other stratum.
See Y$.
Bi.
Incised ware.
B2.
Very few sherds were found that could be classed as
There were three such sherds in V and three
this and in every case with T2.
in VIII.
The peculiar legged vase found in V, Fig. 500, and two fragments
examples
in Fig. <\<)a,c,d,
cf.
132
IOO
Tsangli, Pottery
of legs from the same stratum do not seem to belong either to B2 or V2.
On
the other hand they resemble the legged vases which Dr Sotiriadhis has found
It is possible then that they may be
in Phocis, see Chapter IX, Fig. 142/!
south.
from
the
importations
Dhimini ware. Very little was found
Some was found in V, VI
B3C1.
and VII, and there were about twenty stray sherds in VIII. There is one
piece of the first category in VI, but otherwise it is all of the second category,
and with three exceptions, one each in V, VI and VII, of the black on red
style.
Only two shapes occur, (a) the commonest, the typical, wide, deep bowl
narrowing to a small, flat base, painted inside and out, and with projecting
knobs bored for string holes, (b) a shallow dish on a tall, tapering stand which
has diamond-shaped holes cut in its sides, the so-called fruitstand type, of this
there were two specimens in V, Fig. 50^.
Three-colour ware.
Very little was found, there being six sherds
B3^S.
The only fragments
in V, thirteen in VI, seven in VII and three in VIII.
the shape of which can be determined are pieces of fruitstands.
The better
sherds are illustrated in PI. II 1-3.
1
Fig. 51.
Tsangli; fruitstand fragment (B3y), (scale 2:3).
Three-colour ware with black and orange-red patterns on a white

B3y.
Four shapes are distinguishable, (a) fruitstands, unfortunately
or cream slip.
there is no complete example, but the fragments in PI. II 5, Fig. S/>J g' ve
2
a good idea of this class the fine piece from the top of a fruitstand painted
inside and out was given by Mr M. Apostolidhis (Fig. 51), (b) wide, handleless
dishes with tall, outcurving sides and apparently concave bottoms, cf. Fig. $jf,
small cups with loop handles and painted inside and out, PI. II 4, (d) open
(c)
bowls with low rims and curving in sharply to the bottom, this is like A-2,
PI. 6. 3.
Some few pieces with black patterns on a white slip probably belong
to this class, since it is not to be expected that every small fragment would
show patterns both in red and black. This ware was rare in V, common
,
VI, rare in VII and VIII.

Black on red ware. Only small fragments of this ware have any
B38.
likeness to the second category of B3C1. The biscuit varies in colour from red to
in
Tsundas found very little, A-2, p. 221.

Tsundas also illustrates a good piece from
this site,
A-2,
p. 227, Fig. 122.
101
Tsangli, Pottery
pale red-brown or buff.
The
patterns are linear, comprising triangles, belts of

lines.
can determine three main shapes,
with
necks
and
handles
(a) large-bodied jugs
high
rising from the neck to the
shoulder, see Fig. 54 c, d, (6) wide, handleless bowls with tall, outcurving sides
parallel lines in zigzags,
We
and wavy
and apparently concave bottoms, Fig. 57/j (c) fruitstands, Fig. 50^. When the
clay is true deep red the ware is well polished, but the specimens with pale redbrown clay are not polished and are decorated with matt paint. It is to be
noted that spirals never occur, and that the vases are as a rule painted outside
there are seven sherds in III, nineteen
only. This ware is common in V and VI
in IV and eight in VIII.
B3C Black on buff ware. The black paint, usually matt, is applied
directly to the biscuit, which varies much in colour, and sometimes approaches
There are the following shapes, (a) tumblers,
closely to the paler shades of B38.
the
two
from
V
VI are shown in Fig. 54 a, b, the former
best
and
many pieces,
is remarkable for the
to
render
a human face, (6) fruitstands, which
attempt
sometimes have a hollow and sometimes a solid stem, Figs. 50 c, 53 a, d,
:
wide, open mugs or jugs, similar to shape (a) of B38, there is a vertical
ribbon handle reaching from the rim to the point where the body bends in
sharply to the bottom, Figs. 53 6, e,j, $/\c,d,(d) small dishes with almost
vertical sides and a flat bottom.
The patterns are usually linear isolated
lines
are
wavy
very prominent, chequer work patterns and belts of zigzag
lines
bordered
parallel
by broad lines commonly occur (Fig. 53). It is to
be noted that the patterns, like those of B38, do not by any means cover the
whole surface of the vase. The tumbler with the representation of a human
face on both sides is a unique example.
There are six sherds of this ware in IV it is common in V and VI, rare
(c)
in
VII and very
rare in VIII.
Three-colour ware with black and red patterns on a white slip.

closely allied to A 3/?, especially the later style of the West Thessalian
category, and is to be separated from B3y by the fact that the patterns are
designs in red on white helped out by the addition of a little black, PI. III.
There are the following shapes (a) small jars, see PI. Ill 1 from V, (6) small
B3.
This
is
cups with splaying sides and flat bottoms, (c) wide, open bowls, (d) narrownecked jars with high splayed lips, the only example is Fig. 52, given by
Mr M. Apostolidhis, (e) vases on legs, there is one fragment of a leg. The
majority of the fragments are too small for any degree of certainty as to the
exact shape.
It is to be noted that in some cases a red line is crossed
by a
wavy black line or outlined by thin black lines. The black usually has rather
a brown shade.
Some pieces which clearly seem to belong to this class only
show one of the two colours, noticeably two sherds from 1 1 1 with patterns in
brown-black.
This ware was commonest in V there are two sherds from III, ten from
IV, six from VI and two each from VII and VIII.
White on black or brown polished ware
The principal shapes
Tiai.
are (a) fruitstands, Fig. 50 e, (6) wide-lipped bowls narrowing sharply towards
the bottom, Fig. 58 e from V, (c) wide-necked and low-rimmed jars narrowing
sharply towards the bottom, cf. A-2, p. 238, Fig. 133, occasionally with handles
;
Tsundas found some
here, A-2, pp. 238
ff.,
Figs.
134-136,
p.
242, Fig.
142.
102
Tsangli, Pottery
on the shoulder, (d) jugs (?) with vertical handles running from lip to shoulder
But since the bowl shown in Fig. 58^ is the most complete
(Fig. 55 ).
example it is not easy to determine the shapes. The patterns (Fig. 55 a-l)
are always linear, usually parallel lines arranged in triangles or zigzags but
The pieces which have
wavy lines and star or circle designs also occur
a black surface are well made and polished, but those which have a brown
surface are coarser.
This ware was rare in IV, moderately common in V, less common in VI,
rare in VII and very rare in VIII.
Polished ware with black patterns on a grey ground rendered by
ria.2.
;
scraping.
The few
2
sherds found ranged from IV-VI.
Vase (B3f) from Tsangli
FIG. 52.
Tiaj.
(scale
Rippled or ribbed ware, see Fig. 55 m.
See Fig. 55 n-p.
2).
The
patterns are linear
and do not include curved lines or circles. This is very rare there were three
There is a bowl of shape (b) of rial, given by
sherds each in V, VI and VII.
Mr M. Apostolidhis, which is partly decorated in this style, and Tsundas also
found a few fragments here, A-S, p. 239, Figs. 137 -139.
TifS.
Grey on grey ware (cf. PI. IV 5, 6). There are two shapes
(a) bell-shaped mugs with vertical ribbon handles set low down, Fig. 57 a, c,e,
(b) bowls with wide bodies
high narrow necks and low bases (Fig. 57 b, d),
Two
these may have had handles extending from the rim to the shoulder.
:
The
white to
graphed.
patterns were painted over with Chinese
make them show
clearly
when photo-
Figs.
3
Tsundas found a few sherds, A-2,

140, 141.
Cf. A-2, p. 243, Fig. 144-
p.
240,
Tsangli, Pottery
Fig. 53.
Tsangli
sherds of B3 ware (scale 2
103
3).
Tsangli, Pottery
ic>4
Fig. 54.
Vases (B3*) from Tsangli (scale
5).
105
Tsang/i, Pottery
Fig. 55.
w.
&
t.
Sherds {a-l rial
n-p Y\ai
V\aft from Tsangli (scale 2
3).
'4
io6
Tsangli, Pottery
Fig. 56.
Incised ware (r2) from Tsangli (scale 2
3).
Tsangli, Pottery
Fig. 57.
Tsangli
a-e rtf (scale
2),
/ B38
(scale
4),
g a3
107
(scale
3)
is
from House T.
142
io8
Tsangli, Pottery
be
109
Tsangli, Pottery
Fig. 59.
Vases from Tsangli, T3 (scale
4).
Tsangli, Pottery
IO
Fig. 60.
Vases
(r.3)
from Tsangli (scale a-h
4,
6,
k about
8).
Tsangli, Pottery
large fragments of the second shape were found in House

together with
red on white ware, a fact that confirms the relative date of this ware as shown
by the stratification at Tsani and here. The patterns are simple and linear,
usually consisting of oblique and vertical lines, but a chessboard pattern
occurs and there are several instances of a straight line covered by a wavy
The better patterns are seen in Fig. 57 a-e. The polishing of this ware
one.
It seems to have been popular and valued, for
is slight.
many pieces, e.g.
It thus
Fig. 57 c, have holes bored along the edges of old breaks.
appears
that they were broken and mended in antiquity by tying together with strings
few pieces show pairs of string holes in the lip.
or sinews.
This ware is common in IV and V, and rare in VI, there are ten sherds
in III and about twelve in VII.
Tsundas says he found this ware only here
and
Mesiani Maghula.
Crusted ware.
Tsundas (A-S,
Black and brown incised ware.
at
244) found one sherd here.

Like B2, with which it occurred,
The principal shapes are (a) fruitstands
always polished, but not very well.
brimless
bowls narrowing in to the base, which is
wide,
50
open,
g ), (6)
(Fig.
fiat, (c ) wide, open, rimless bowls bending in sharply to a flat base, some of these
have necks and vertical ribbon handles on the shoulder.
Unfortunately the
small size of the fragments makes it impossible to determine the shape with
any accuracy. The patterns consist of combinations of lines and dots, see
Curved lines are not common, and it should be noted that only a
Fig. 56
small
part of the surface is decorated, and that the pattern often divides
very
The incisions were filled with white. Odd fragments
the surface into panels.
of this ware include a two-handled cup and a fragment from the leg of a legged
vase from VI I, and from VI part of an oblong vase with legs and on top some
round receptacle, which might be called a "table of offerings."
This ware was fairly common in V, VI and VII, but there were only
nine sherds in VIII.
Tsundas found a fair amount of this ware here, A-S, pp 251 ff., Figs. 154Tiy.
T2.
p.
160.
These two groups are classed together, since Bi has no

Also
characteristics to separate it from any other monochrome ware.
with the monochrome ware hereafter described we found sherds of all the B
T3 and Bi.
marked
wares and of rial, Tia2, Tia3 and Tiy8. The only piece that can really be
classed as Bi is a fragment of a bowl with a horned projection on the rim, like
those so common in B3a, cf. also the pottery of the Second Period from
Rakhmani. In general the monochrome ware of the later strata at Tsangli
is coarse and not often polished, and large, thick pots are common, especially
in VIII.
Two-handled cups, these occurred only in VIII, where several were
T3a.
In some examples the handles are much longer and project higher
found.
above the rim than usual. There are also some examples given by Mr M.
Apostolidhis.
T3)8.
1
A-2,
Shallow bowls with raking handles, a few examples from VIII.
p. 243.
For the purposes of photography the incisions

were painted over with Chinese white where the
original filling had fallen out, in order to bring out

the patterns dearly,
1 1
Tsangli, Pottery
Askoi, there is one example amongst the pots given by Mr M.

T3.
Apostolidhis, but, of course, we do not know to what stratum it belongs,
Fig. 60 h.
T^8.
Large-bodied jars with narrow necks and bases, see Fig. 58 a from
VII, and there is another example from the same stratum.
Just above the
widest part of the body are two vertical ribbon handles and two horned lugs
placed alternately.
Wide, open bowls with flat bottoms, splayed lips and loop handles
T^t,.
one or two examples from VIII.
Small jars with narrow necks and sometimes string holes on the lip
T^k.
or body, complete examples from VI and VII, Fig. 61 b.
Dishes with flat bottoms and straight sides splaying out, and someT^fi.
times with horns or knobs on the rim, a common shape from V-VIII.
Small, handleless cups, examples from V, VI and VII, Figs. 60^,
r$v.
:
61 a.
Fruitstands, shallow round dishes on high, tapering stands.

Very
large examples, in V, common in VI, rare in
VII, and only two fragments in VIII. Fig. scj/shows the restored shape, and
r$.
common, including some very
Fig. 61.
Vases (r^) from Tsangli (scale
c
I
3).
in Fig. 59^,^".
One example in V had had its stem
and the broken part then cut flat to enable it still to stand.
Small, one-handled cups, one in VI and two or three given by
T30.
Mr M. Apostolidhis, Fig. 60 b, c, e.
Small jars with flat bottoms and almost vertical sides, we found
Y^tt.
none, but there are three specimens, given by Mr M. Apostolidhis, probably
from the later strata, Fig. 60 a,f,g.
Deep bowls with thick walls and slightly concave bottoms, these
T3xhave vertical ribbon handles, often rudimentary, or lugs pieces of this shape
other pieces are seen
broken
in antiquity
In Fig. 59 a, b a complete variety of this from VII

occurred from V-VIII.
and a broken example from V are shown, there are also other specimens given
by
Mr M.
The
Apostolidhis.
handles of this ware are always small and so rudimentary as to serve

no practical purpose. Two-horned lugs are very common from V-VIII, cf.
A-S, Figs. 184, 185, p. 269, and occur with painted ware as well.
Tsangli, Pottery
1 1
One
point of special note in the monochrome ware at Tsangli is the

of
a large number of pieces of three- or four-legged pots. There seem
presence
to be two main types
(1) large pots on four legs (see Fig. 58 b), probably for
which
occur in
and VI, (2) small and well-made box-like
cooking purposes,
vases, one of which from VI, like the fragment of T2 mentioned above, is a kind
of table with a round cup on top, perhaps a table of offerings.
Exceptional shapes are a shallow bowl with a splayed lip on a high foot,
Fig. 58^, a small lamp from VII, Fig. 6ir, a jug, Fig. 50^, cf. A-2, p. 146,
The shape is very
Fig. 54, and the two-mouthed pot (Fig. 59 c) from VI.
both
mouths
into
the
same
As
since
it
has
a
hole in the bottom
odd,
go
body.
workmen
as
a
of
it was hailed
our
binoculars.
by
pair
Pieces of strainers were found in V-VIII, and there is one given by
Mr M. Apostolidhis. There is also a peculiar trough or boat-shaped vase from
this site in the Almiros Museum
Fig. 74 .
In
and VI there was a large quantity of plain, polished black ware
it is rare in VII and
closely akin to rial, but undecorated
very rare in VIII.
The shapes seem to correspond with those of rial, of which it is probably an
There were also a few sherds in IV.
undecorated variety.
and VI, and occasionally in VI I, we found many sherds of coarse
Also in
The discs are of
pots chipped round into rough discs, probably for a game.
various sizes and some of them are painted.
Also amongst the vases given by Mr M. Apostolidhis are several pots
There are
very like those found by Tsundas in the cist tombs at Sesklo.
four jugs (Fig. 59^) similar to A-2, p. 146, Fig. 54, a two-handled cup (râ),
like A-2, p. 145, Fig. 53, and a two-handled pot similar to the Minyan vase
A-S, p. 135, Fig. 36, but not wheel-made and without flutings on the body,
perhaps a local imitation of Minyan ware. Probably a good many of the vases
came from cist tombs, several of which are said to have been found during
:
the contractor's digging
2
.
Pithoi.
We
have already noticed in IV, under Ai, the early occurrence of

large pithoi with applied and slashed ornament, although the fragments
In V-VIII many pithoi fragments occurred, but
mentioned are very few.
few with applied ornament: and even when applied ornament exists it consists
of raised bands pinched in at intervals with the finger to produce a row of
This is commonest in VIII.
But in VIII there was an
shallow, round holes.
enormous quantity of large, coarse pieces from store jars or similar vessels quite
In V was found an almost complete pithos (Fig. 60^), which
undecorated.
It has four horizontal handles
is
unfortunately broken towards the bottom.
round the middle of its body and, for its large size, is well made.
A 1/8. Primitive, hand-made, geometric ware with patterns in thin matt
black.
We found none of this, which is the typical ware of Lianokladhi III,
but amongst the sherds found by Tsundas here, and now in the National
Museum at Athens, there are two sherds of this ware, the pattern of the
larger
w.
is
&
x.
shown
in
Fig. 62.
Ath. Mitt.
Tsundas says
9 10,
p. 61,
cist
Fig.
3, p.
63.
tombs were found here, A -2,
p.
131.
15
ii4
Tsaugli, Pottery
Minyan ware. In VIII we found four fragments of the typical ringstemmed goblets, and there is another similar fragment from this site in the
Mr P. Apostolidhis. Further, amongst

the vases given by Mr M. Apostolidhis there is a
one-handled Minyan cup with a fluted body, Fig.
This latter probably came from a cist tomb.
$%c.
collection of
Mycenean ware, L. M. III. We have seen

one small sherd supposed to have come from this
MinimiiMiMH
site.
The principal details of the stratification are

best explained by the accompanying diagram (Fig.
63), which shows how the different kinds of wares
It will be seen that this site
overlap one another.
must have been thickly occupied during the First Fi<;. 62. Patternof fragment of AijS
ware, Tsangli (scale
2).
and Second Periods, but that towards the end of
the Third it seems to have been only partially inhabited, if not deserted. In the
Fourth Period also it does not seem to have been occupied except towards the
end thereof. At all events it cannot have been thickly inhabited during this
period, for the deposit that belongs to it is very thin, compared to that at
Tsani or Zerelia.
Further, the mound is not of the characteristic shape, like
other sites which seem to have flourished during the Fourth Period, e.g.
Rini, Zerelia and Tsani.
Finally, it is only by assuming a complete or partial
desertion of the site during the greater part of the Third and Fourth Periods
that we can account for the telescoping of the later strata and the appearance
of painted wares so close to the surface, unless of course this site continued to
I
produce painted pottery long after
Strata
all
the others yet excavated.
Tsangli, Architecture
115
Architecture.
Except for a few disconnected walls of the Third, or Fourth Period,

which were found not far below the surface, all the buildings excavated
belong to the
latter part of the F"irst Period.

in all were discovered
three,
Four houses'
of another, and a
P, Q and R, are one on top

stands
alone
far
not
fourth, T,
away.
House
(see the plan in Fig. 64) which measures 775 x 675 metres
is the best
The walls, which are built of small stones set in mud
preserved.
or clay, stand to a height of '6o m.
The upper structure was apparently
of sun dried bricks, for many fragments of these were found baked hard by
the conflagration that had destroyed the house.
The most interesting
feature of the plan is the system of internal buttresses of which there are
;
Fig. 64.
two on each
Tsangli
plan of
House
T.
These were presumably
to support the roof beams,

In this case the roof beams
not clear.
might have run right across the house from buttress to buttress, the
object of which would have been to support the walls and so enable
them to carry the weight of the beams. Across the middle of the house
stood a straight line of four thick posts (A on plan), the charred ends of
which were found still imbedded to a depth of "20 m. in the floor of beaten
These seem to have formed a partition and may also have helped
earth.
In the inner half of the house, and just where
to carry the main roof beam.
the partition should join the wall was a raised platform (B on the plan).
It was made of clay smeared over a framework of light poles, some split
but
wall.
how they were arranged
The houses were
left
is
uncovered
at the
end of the excavation.
'52
u6
Tsangli, Architecture
The preservation of this

the rough.
was also due to the fire, which had carbonised the
woodwork and turned the clay into brick. The three posts (C on plan)
combined with it to support this platform,
adjoining the buttress probably
longitudinally, and
interesting object
others
in
left
SECTION ON LINE
HOUSE
ggggggg
V/Z'
I
*-
HOUSE
JJsi
w
D
mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmsm
i
&
HOUSE
HOUSE
Q
P
HOUSE
m
o
H
o
z
Fig. 65.
Tsangli
plan of Houses P, Q, R.
may have been used as a bed despite its small size. The two
buttresses in the south-east corner were connected by a single row of small
The space thus enclosed may have been used for
stones (D on plan).
stores, although nothing was found there.
Just outside the line of stones
which
Tsang/i, Architecture
117
was the lower part of a small pithos very much decomposed by burning.
The
position of the hearth could not be discovered.

other houses (see Figs. 65, 66) are of the
The
same general
type,
The number of the internal

partition down the middle.
varies.
In House R, the earliest, only five were found, but
although none have a
buttresses also
if these buttresses were of
any structural value,
it
seems probable that five
would be an impossible number, and we may therefore restore a sixth on
the northern wall, where only the bare foundations are now left.
The other
P
The
break
Houses
and
to
have
had
buttresses
each.
two,
Q, seem
eight
in the southern wall of House R is only '50 m. wide, and the two gaps in
the south wall of House P only "40 m. at most, thus it seems unlikely that
these should have been doorways.
We might therefore infer that the doors
were in the opposite, northern walls.
But in Houses
and Q the north
n8
Tsangli, Celts,
etc.
;i(,
'.:,
><.
**w
I
'
I
h
k
Fig. 67.
Tsangli
*'A
celts (a-q)
and bone scrapers
(r,
s),
(scale 2
3).
Tsangii, Celts,
etc.
119
I'M..
68.
Tsangii
celts,
and bone
pins, etc.,
from House
(scale 2
3).
Tsangli, Celts, Figurines,
120
etc.
Fig. 69.
Tsangli
celts, figurines, etc.,
from House
(scale 9
10).
Tombs, Celts
Tsangli,
The
wall
which adjoins three sides of House
121
seems
to be intended
to strengthen the foundations, but it is possible that it belongs to another

earlier building of which no other traces are visible.
If such exist they could
Houses
only be found by destroying the other houses above.
to have been abandoned, while House
was destroyed by fire.
and
seem
Tombs.
We
found one cist tomb built of slabs on the top of the mound, which was
not more than "50 m. below the surface.
In it we found nothing but one
skeleton buried in a contracted posture, and lying on its left side.
Tsundas
says that other cist tombs have been found here, and we were told that such
have been found and that some of them were built of unbaked brick like those
at Sesklo.
Further, some of the vases given by Mr M. Apostolidhis to the
Volos Museum seem from their likeness to vases from the cist tombs at
Sesklo, and from the fact that they are complete, to have come from such
tombs.
However, though we dug several trenches along the southern side
of the mound, we were unable to find any other tombs.
large number of celts were found, which may be classified as follows

Type A, fourteen complete, and nineteen fragments: the largest is '14 m.
:
long, Figs. 67
c, d,
68
e,
/, k,
I,
69
a.
four specimens of a triangular shape, and six that are like

Type
but
unbevelled,
A,
Figs. 67/, k, 68 h,j.
Type
twelve
T,
Type
complete, three unfinished (cf. Fig. 69 c), and sixteen
fragments, they vary in length from 125 m. to "04 m., Fig. 67 b, m, n.
Type A, ten complete specimens, Figs. 67 e-h, &&g, 69 b, d.
B,
Type
bored
E,
celts,
we have seen two fragments from
this site.
and
Chisels, eight, of these three are of Type A and five of Type A
68
it is to be noted that all occurred in strata I IV,
a-d,
69 <?.
Figs. 67 o-q,
There is also one other of Type A in the Volos Museum given by
:
Mr M.
Apostolidhis.
There were also six other fragments of celts too broken to be classified.
Other stone implements are
Hammers, oblong with rounded ends and sides, twenty-five specimens,
:
cf.
Fig. 67 a,
I.
Pounders, round, seventeen examples, Fig. 68 ;;/.

Grinders, or polishers, three, two have handles, and the third is flat
and oval (Fig. 70). The latter and one of the others are of vesicular lava.
and
Pestles, two, very long and large from Houses
(Fig. 70),
and one other given by Mr M. Apostolidhis.
Sling bullets, one.

Mortars, one with
the bottom
worn
out,
and one given by
Mr M.
Apostolidhis, Fig. 70.

Millstones, a large
number were found, and are usually of vesicular lava.

two
types, (a) saddle querns (Fig. 70), (b) broad, flat stones
They
of irregular shape worn flat on both sides both types are equally common,
fall
into
w.
&
16
122
Tsa/igli,
Figurines
Stone disc, one example, probably a cover for a vase there are similar
but larger discs in the Almiros Museum from prehistoric sites in the district,
which probably served as covers for pithoi.
The celts of Types B and A were all found in the lower strata, I-IV,
and in general the celts from the lower strata are better made, more
highly polished, and smaller than those from the later.
:
Fig. 70.
Tsangli
millstone and grinder, pestles and mortars.
and obsidian, chips and knives of both were common in all strata
flint (chert) knives were found (Fig. 78 m-o,
q-l), and also a small
which
head
indeed
is
so
small
that
it
spear
(Fig. 78/),
may have been
an arrow head, though it is neither of the hafted nor of the barbed type.
Flint
some good
Terra-cotta
and Stone Figurines.
We
found a large number of terra-cotta figurines

all
the better
in
in
III
occurred
the
and
IV.
strata,
early
especially
examples
To I belong the lower part of a seated steatopygous figure with crossed
legs, Fig. 71 a, cf. A-2, pp. 294-295 from Mesiani Maghula, the lower parts of
the bodies of two seated steatopygous figures (all of these are apparently
female), and part of the body of a quadruped, perhaps a pig.
To
belong only two, the bird-like torso shown in Fig. jy h, and the
head (the features are unfortunately defaced), Fig. yj g, with
long
which we may compare the heads from Sesklo (A-X, PI. 32. 1) and Tsani,
1 1
haired
Fig. 91 d, p.
147.
III
we found twenty-four figurines,

unimportant fragments. The others can be
In stratum
of which
twelve are
as follows.
are seated male figures, one of which is painted in the red on white
style, with long necks and the hands resting on the knees, Fig. 75 d, e (cf. the
fragments from Rakhmani I) in these we may note the good workmanship,
for though unpainted, the figures are well made and polished, the addition of
two extra legs behind to enable the figure to sit down (cf. the figures from
Sesklo and Tsani), the long necks, and the fact that the hands have only
four fingers each.
Two are large female figures, both painted in the red on
white style, one of which has pendant breasts, Fig. 75 a, c. Two are female
small,
Two
classified
123
Tsangli, Figurines
and with the hands placed below the breasts (Fig.

seems
to wear a necklace, and there is a small head
one
of
them
76 a, b),
Three are small female figurines
similar
from
a
figurine (Fig. 76 c).
probably
figures with long necks
b (-Fig. 76/).
Fig. 71.
Tsangli; terra-cotta figurines (scale 9
= Fig.
77 d).
10).
These may be thought to be wearing skirts

with the arms below the breasts.
but
it
seems
more
probable, seeing that the sex is indicated,
(Figs. *ji, 76 d),
The only other two
that the legs are represented together as one solid mass.
and
foot
the
from
the
this
stratum
are
phallus painted in the
large
figurines
must
which
have
of
the
red
on
white
ware
belonged to very
style
(Fig. 76/, k),
were
found
close
for
the
one
to
same
they
together.
large figures, perhaps
FlG. 72.
Tsangli
(scale
terra-cotta
head
2).
FlG. 73.
(
= Fig.
Tsangli figurine
ybd), (scaie 1:1).
;
In IV we may first take the six figurines found in House T: two of

these are beaked figures like Fig. 69 A,/, which hold some object in front of
them, a third is a smaller and ruder figure of the same type (Fig. 69^), the
fourth is a large head painted in the red on white style wearing a kind of
The
turban, Fig. 72, and the other two are merely fragments of legs.
IV
include
with
from
a
female
torso
breasts
other figurines
pendant
large
(Fig.
77 a) similar to that from
III,
an extraordinary steatopygous female

16
124
Tsangli, Figurines
neck and very small legs (Fig. 77 c), a peculiar pearin

the red on white style (Figs. 71 c, 77 d), a quadruped
head
shaped
painted
and a head apparently male with a very long neck
a
77
perhaps
pig (Fig.
b),
at this site, Fig. 77 e, A-%, p. 299, Fig. 224.
like
Tsundas
one
found
exactly
by
In this last the hair at the back of the head is rendered by incisions, and
so the similar incisions in front on the neck may represent a beard.
The
other figurines from this stratum are merely fragments of legs or arms, one
of which is painted in the red on white style.
From V there are eight figurines. The most interesting is the complete
steatopygous, female figure with a bird-like face (Figs. 71 b, 76 /). The next is
the torso of a large female figure with the right arm raised and with the
left hand with four fingers resting on the waist (Fig. 75 b); this is
steatopygous
and covered with a white slip, and similar to the figurines from III. The
others are a head with a long neck, a large nose, and no mouth (Fig. 76/),
figure with a very long
a female torso with a necklace represented by incisions (Fig. 76 e), a small

bearded head of bad work (Fig. 76 g), two small pieces of legs, and a large
--Â
r~a
b
Fig. 74.
Tsangli
^*i i^titr
-Jfc
c
;
figurines, etc. (scale
about 3
5).
and peculiar object perhaps the upper part of a steatopygous, female
figure,
75/
Fig-
VI
only three were found, the lower part of a steatopygous figure

complete one from V, and two small fragments, one of
(Fig.
which is from a seated figure.
In VII only two occurred, a female figure (Fig. 77 /) like the skirted type
from III, and a leg.
In VIII only three were found, part of a large, steatopygous, female
figure, the leg of another similar, but smaller, and a small example of the
skirted type like those from III and VII.
In the Almiros Museum there are four terra-cotta figurines from this
site
Of two heads which seem to belong to the First Period one has a
prominent nose and the eyes, mouth, and hair rendered by incisions, the
2
other (Fig. 74 b) has no mouth, but very prominent eyes and nose.
The
other two are an animal head perhaps from the handle of a vase, and a human
figure of the late shapeless type, cf. A-2, PI. 35.
In
76/?) like the
Ath. Mitt. 1910,
p. 62.
Ath. Mitt. 1910,
p. 61,
Fig.
2.
Tsangli, Miscellaneous Objects
125
Stone figurines.
In the Volos Museum there is a stone head from this
Mr
M.
given by
Apostolidhis which though unpainted is like those from
House Q at Rakhmani, and was doubtless intended to set in a rude terra-cotta
torso.
There is also a fiddle-shaped stone figurine from this site in the
Museum at Almiros (Fig. 74 a), which is similar to those from Sesklo and
Dhimini, but has no likeness to Cycladic types.
site
Miscellaneous Objects'1
Horn and
Pins and awls, sixty-two specimens of different sizes,

Figs. 6%0-q, s, 69/, g, 92 c-/.
Bone needle, one, very well polished, long and broad with a hole at
the end, from House P, Fig. 68 11.
Bone gouges, fourteen, three from House T, and one from House P,
Figs. 68 r, 92 a, b.
Scrapers, six, one which is made from a rib bone has a hole bored
through the blunt end, Figs. 67 r, s, 92 g.
four from
bone.
House jTand seven from House P,
Bone ring,
Deer horn
one.
one, this probably like the specimens from Dhimini

(A-2, p. 316, Figs. 241, 242) probably had a small celt inserted in one end.
Deer horn picks (?), two.
Deer horn hammer, one, which is bored through for fixing on a shaft:
at the end opposite to the hammer end there seems to be a socket for
inserting a celt, cf. A-2, p. 317, Fig. 243.
Stone.
Pendants, five, all of which are pierced, and come from strata
I-IV the smallest is of bright green stone, and only one is worked at all,
haft,
Fig. 7%b,j-l.
Bead, one, of crystal, bored.
Ring, one, of red stone, Fig. 78 h.
Bracelets, three, all fragments, one of which has a hole bored through
it,
Fig. 78 c, d.
Also among the objects given by Mr M. Apostolidhis to the Volos
Museum is a stone rubbed into the shape of a human leg and with a
hole bored through the top.
Shell.
Bracelets, four fragments, Fig. 78 a, e-g.
There are also one cowrie, and one cockle shell from this site which
are pierced for suspension.
we found over
130, of which at least sixty

are
Q.
They
very badly baked, and when first found
are liable to crumble away.
One has a large gash on one side, another is
of a double conoid shape, and a third merely a rough lump of clay.
Mr
M. Apostolidhis also has given to the Volos Museum a large number of
Terra-cotta.
were found
in
Sling bullets,
House
sling bullets from this site.

Whorls, flat, thirteen, one is very thick, another very wide, and seven
made of potsherds conical two double conoid eleven. There is also a
;
Ath. Mitt. 1910, p. 61, Fig. !.

Various miscellaneous objects from this
are described by Yiannopulos in Ath. Mitt. 1910,

site
p.
63.
Tsangli, Figurines
126
FIG. 75.
9
Tsangli; terra-cotta figurines (scale
10).
Tsangli,
FlG. 76.
Tsangli
Figurines
terra-cotta figurines (scale
127
10).
128
Tsangli, Figurines
FlG. 77.
Tsangli; terra-cotta figurines (scale 9
10).
Tsangli, Miscellaneous Objects
Flu. 78.
w.
&
T.
Tsangli
ornaments of
shell
and
stone, flint knives, etc. (scale 9
129
10).
17
Rini, Pottery
130
given by Mr M. Apostolidhis to the Volos Museum.

double conoid whorls seem to occur earlier here than at other sites,
and R, and one in House T.
for there were two each in Houses
Weights for looms (?), two, large, roughly made and pyramidal, and
bored at the top.
Spools, two large examples with splayed ends, and bored lengthways.
on top, another has two pairs of
Discs, five flat, one has a dotted
There is also a large disc with a hole
holes bored on opposite edges.
bored through the edge on one side.
conical stone whorl
The
B.
Rini.
The Maghula of Rini (p.

name at the foot of the hills on
10, no. 82) lies near the village of that

the south side of the valley that stretches
up from Pharsalus towards Pherae, and is about three-quarters of an hour
east of the Greek acropolis at Tsangli which is usually called Eretria in
The mound itself stands on a low foothill, and below it is an
Phthiotis
2
excellent spring.
trial excavation was made here in 1904 by Dr Kuruniotis,
and he has most courteously allowed us to publish the results, and has given
us every facility for the examination of the pottery found, which is now in
In addition, we ourselves have visited
the National Museum at Athens.
The
the mound three times, and planned the house found on the top.
1
mound, which is about six metres

long and thirty-five wide.
high,
is
on top approximately
fifty
metres
Pottery.
As the trial pits and trenches were not dug more than three metres
deep, and the mound is at least six metres high, it will be seen that all
the pottery found comes from the later and upper strata, and that the lower
and earlier strata are untouched.
Further, except in the case of a few
no
detailed
notes
of
the stratification were made.
But
sherds,
painted
since the pottery all comes from the upper part of the mound, we know
that it is late rather than early, and must in consequence be compared with
the later wares from other prehistoric sites in Thessaly, i.e. with the pottery
of the Third and Fourth Periods.
The sherds found may be classified as follows
Monochrome red ware, five sherds of the typical shape, and four
Ai.
coarse
vases of less refined clay, Fig. 79 n.
of
pieces
B2. (?) Incised ware, one fragment, showing part of a large key pattern
the incisions were filled with white, Fig. 79/.
Dhimini ware two fragments of the first category were found,
B3C1.
and twenty of the second. Three of the latter were of the chocolate on
cream style, and the rest, one being found at a depth of nearly three
metres, of the black on red style.
Three-colour ware, one piece found at a depth of three metres.
B3y.
:
Ath. Mitt. 1906, pp. 18
Tsundas also examined the
flF.
site,
A-2,
p.
131, note
3.
Rini, Pott cry
Fie;.
79.
3'
Pottery, etc., from Rini (scale
172
Rini, Pottery, Architecture
132
White on black polished ware, three sherds, but one is of

Tiai.
coarse red-brown clay and resembles the sherd from Tsangli figured by
Tsundas, A-S, p. 242, Fig. 142.
Crusted ware, five sherds covered with dusty pink paint. Tsundas
Tiy.
also found one sherd here, A-S, p. 244.
Incised ware, two small pieces, Fig. 79 r,s.
T2.
Coarse monochrome ware the great bulk of the pottery, in fact
Tt,.
all of it except the fragments of other wares here mentioned, belongs to
this class.
Amongst it we may note several fragments of Tâ, two-handled
and
cups,
T^y, high, wide bowls with small vertical handles with a long
attachment below against the side of
Most of this
the vase (Fig. 79 /, 0).
coarse ware, which varies in colour
:
from reddish-brown to black, seems to

consist of pieces of large dishes and
bowls, and the better made examples
are generally
pieces have a
the rim, and
of handles in
One or two
polished.
row of holes bored along
there are five examples
the form of false spouts,
Fig. 79 m.
Pithoi.
Fragments of these were
common.
Many pieces are decorated

with raised belts of applied clay either
slashed across or pinched in with the
fingers some of the patterns are curvi:
linear.
Minyan ware, two fragments of

the ring-stemmed goblets were found,
Fig. 79 .
and-made geometric ware,
A 1 /J.
the typical pottery of the third stratum
Lianokladhi (see Chapter VIII):

f
f ,f
one fragment was found, part of a
r
,
s
.
Fig. 80.
Rim plan
two-handled cup with a rude geometric pattern in thin matt black on a reddish biscuit.
at
,*
,
of house.
Architecture.
In the top stratum, and not far below the surface, an oval house was
It is somewhat irregular in plan (Figs. 80, 81), and the walls,
found.
which stand about '6o m. high, are carelessly built of small, rough stones.
The upper structure, of which nothing now remains, was probably of wattle
and daub, or perhaps of unbaked brick. This house is divided into three
rooms a large central room rectangular in plan with a small, semicircular
chamber at each end. It is difficult to fix the position of the doors
probably the main entrance led directly into the central room from the
1
This
is
still
(1910) uncovered,
and well preserved.
Rini, Architecture,
Tombs
33
is now
There is also a narrow
destroyed.
room into the south
a
from
the
main
doorway, leading
gap, presumably
This presents a difficulty, and we can only
room, but none into the north.
offer the following conjectural solutions.
The semicircular chambers, which
are very small, may be only places for stores, in which case the division
walls need not have been carried up to the roof, and so no entrance from
There may, however, have
the ground level would have been required.
been an entrance at a higher level, or the floor of the house may have
east side
where the outer wall
FIG. 8i.
Rini
the prehistoric house in winter, from the south-west.
been on a level with the top of the walls, or finally, the end divisions may
It must also be remembered
have been nothing more than raised platforms.
that it is possible that there was no direct entrance into the central room,
In that case the gap
and the gap in its eastern wall may be accidental.
in the south-east corner of the southern room would have to be considered
as the main door of the house, and so that room would have been a sort
of ante-chamber to the central room.
A contemporary house at Rakhmani (House P), with one curved end,
is
the nearest parallel to this type.
Tombs.
In the same stratum as the house two cist tombs were found.
One is
shown on the plan close to the door of the house, and the other is toward
the southern end of the mound.
They are built of slabs, and in every
the
tombs
at
Zerelia.
resemble
They contained nothing but the
way
buried in a contracted attitude.

Also on a hill to the west,
from
narrow
ravine
the
a
mound, peasants have recently (1910)
separated by
similar
tombs.
Apparently all these tombs, like those at Sesklo
opened some
latter
to
the
and Zerelia, belong
part of the Fourth Period.
skeletons
Rini, Figurines, Celts,
134
etc.
Terra-cotta Figurines.
One of these, the head and upper part of the

of
a
rude
columnar
It
body
figure, was found at a depth of three metres.
seems to be female (Fig. 79 g), and recalls a figurine from Zerelia (p. 217,
The other two figurines are covered with thick dusty white
Fig. 109 g).
in
Both belong to the
the
style of the Tiy ware (Fig. 79^,7).
paint
in any case, to judge
class of shapeless figurines, so common at Dhimini
by the painting on them, they date from the Third Period, cf. one of the
Zerelia examples, Fig. 109^, p. 162.
Only three were found.
These may be classed
as follows
One specimen
been partly sawn in half, Fig. 79 a.

one fragment which was found about '50 m. from the surface,
Celts,
Type
Type
E,
A.
that has
Fig. 79 e.
Millstones, seven fragments of saddle querns.
Pounders, or grinders, four of the former, and one of the latter, round
in
shape.
There were also four good knives and many flakes of obsidian, and
one small knife and three fragments of flint, Fig. 79 b-d.
Under
head
the terra-cotta whorls, of which four were conical,

two flat, three made of broken potsherds, and four of a double conoid type.
There was also a conical steatite whorl, a bead (Fig. 79/), seven bone awls
or pins, a pierced cockle shell, and a small terra-cotta seal similar in shape
to those from Sesklo, Fig. 79^, A-2, pp. 340 ff., Figs. 270-273.
The finds from Rini in general correspond very well with the last four
Few painted sherds were found,
settlements at Zerelia (Zerelia V-VIII).
and those to judge by Dr Kuruniotis' notes were deep down. Thus it seems
that only the Third (Chalcolithic) and Fourth Periods are represented by
this excavation, a conclusion which the great number of conical whorls
But it must be remembered that the lower strata have not yet
supports.
this
been explored.
fall
CHAPTKR
VI
WESTERN THESSALY, TSANI MAGHULA
The mound known as Tsani Maghula (p. 11, no. 96) lies three-quarters
of an hour east of Sophhades just to the north of the railway line, and about
the same distance from the site of Cierium by Pirghos Mataranga (I\vpyo<:
The mound
105 metres long by y$ wide, and is

and tested the mound
July 1909
The largest shaft driven down on the
north-east side struck virgin soil at a depth of 9^45 metres.
Another sunk
in the highest part of the mound reached the second settlement at nine metres,
and as the first and second settlements in the large shaft are together over
four metres thick, the deposit at the highest part of the mound must be
In any case it extends to a depth
between twelve and thirteen metres thick.
of four metres below the present ground level at the foot of the mound.
As
the shafts were sunk, successive horizontal layers of burnt rubbish, similar
to those at Zerelia, appeared, which seem to mark the limits of settlements
destroyed by fire.
Taking these layers, which probably are the remains of
wattle and daub huts, as convenient though perhaps arbitrary divisions, we
divide the whole deposit into eight successive settlements or strata, on
which the following description of the finds is based. The first and lowest
and C, for it is very thick,
settlement is subdivided into three layers, A,
and the development of the pottery that takes place in it is very important.
The finds are now in the Volos Museum.
is about
excavated here
by shafts sunk at its northern end.
MarapdyKa).
8*50 m. high.
We
in
Pottery.
Monochrome
red ware, similar to that from Sesklo, Tsangli and

or
well made and less often polished.
but
not
so
The following
fine,
Zerelia,
determined
with
a
can
be
flat
base and a
(a) bell-shaped mugs,
shapes
low
82
handle
set
of
which
ribbon
there are
down, (b) open bowls, Fig.
c, d,
two sizes, small and large, with sides that splay out at the top these are
usually polished, and the best specimen shown in Fig. 82 d is decorated
with low round knobs, (c) narrow-necked bowls with low lips, only a few
certain pieces, Fig. 82 b, (d) jugs with large bodies, high necks, and a raised
base, Fig. 82 a, (e) rectangular dishes on four legs, many legs from such vases
found.
Amongst odds and ends there are to be noted, two loop handles
(Fig. 82 e), from the rims of bowls, two ribbon handles with small cups
attached to them (Fig. 82 /, g), a ladle with a loop handle, and two spouts
from jugs probably of shape (d).
Ai.
See Liverpool Annals, 1909, pp. 152
ff.
Tsani, Pottery
136
certain number of pieces of this ware are much paler in colour than
and roughly formed and badly baked.
There are two pieces with
black smears on the surface, which are only important because this variety
usual,
is
in
fairly
common
This ware
II, and rare
at
Tsangli.
common
is
in
in
all
three layers of
I,
is
moderately
common
III.
A2.
Incised ware, two pieces totally unlike the true pieces of A 2 from
North Thessaly, see Chapter III.
They are unpolished, have no added
colour, and are decorated with rough slashes on the surface, cf. A-2, PI. 13. 3.
One piece from I and two from II.
White on red ware, this was moderately common in I B and C,
A3a.
but there were only seven sherds in II, and none in III.
It seems possible
to distinguish three shapes, (a) bell-shaped
(Fig. 86
a, b),
(6)
mugs
bowls, one fragment only,
Fig. 82.
Tsani Maghula
(c)
shape of A3/8
small cups, only one piece,
like the typical
shapes of Ai ware (scale
2).
large-bodied jugs with tall, narrow necks, and ribbon handles on the
The patterns (Fig. 83 a-d) are usually linear, except for
shoulder, Fig. 83 a.
The zigzag is common
a row of solid triangles round the neck of a jug.
some pieces
one piece of a mug seems to have a stepped linear design
have white dots sprinkled between the lines, and one has a star pattern.
The paint is matt, and laid on thickly. Otherwise the ware is polished
(d)
and well made.
Red on white ware, this belongs to the second or West Thessalian

subdivides into two periods according to the styles of the
and
category,
The earlier style has solid patterns, and the later linear
patterns used.
A3/6.
Contrast Figs. 84 and 85.
Tsani, Pottery
Fig. 83.
w &
T.
Tsani Maghula
sherds of A311 {ci-d) and
'37
A30
(e-o)
ware
(scale 2
3).
18
Tsani, Pottery
138
r*
Fig. 84.
Tsani Maghula; red on white ware
(A3/3), earlier style (scale 2
3).
Tsani, Pottery
Fid. 85.
Tsani Maghula
red on white ware (A3), later style (scale 2
39
3).
182
Tsani, Pottery
140
f
Fig. 86.
Tsani Maghula
complete vases,
K
a,
A 3/3, c-g
Vt,
(scale
3).
Tsani, Pottery
141
is common in I B, and less common in I C

there is one
The linear style
A, eighteen in II, six in III and two in IV.
is common in I C, and in II
it is rare in I B, and there are nine sherds
in III and one in IV.
In the solid style the typical shape of this category is
very common, (a) a bell-shaped mug with a wide ribbon handle set low down
and a flat base (Fig. 86 a, b). The only other shape is a bowl (Fig. 83/, 0)
The
solid style
sherd
in
with a low, narrow neck, sometimes a raised base, and vertical loop handles
Of the later, or linear style, the
low down it is, however, very rare.
principal shapes are (c) a wide dish with tall sides that splay out towards the
top, this is the shape so common in A3/8 at Sesklo, Tsangli, and Zerelia,
(a) narrow-necked bowls, (1?) shallow plates on high feet like those from
Of these three shapes the first is the commonest.
Tsangli and Lianokladhi.
of
a
shallow
bowl
with a tall lip may also be noted, Fig. 85 h.
fragment
As will be readily seen from the illustrations, the two styles differ very
much in the patterns employed (Figs. 84, 85). The solid style delights in
a regular step pattern, while the linear patterns of the other include combinations of plain and wavy lines, and triangular chessboard patterns like
those from Lianokladhi and Chaeronea.
few pieces seem to show a combination of the two styles.
Both wares are apparently local, and it is to be
remarked that the later, or linear style, resembles to some extent the early
three-colour ware classed as Bt,.
Two small, unimportant fragments were found in IB: the paint
A3y.
has a distinctly blackish tinge like the examples from North Thessaly, e.g.
set
Argissa and Rakhmani.
A3C
in III, but
Red-brown on buff ware, three probable sherds
of this
were found
they are not very like the specimens from Tsangli.
See T3.
B2 or T2. Incised ware. In III there were three fragments that might
be classed under this head, though they also show considerable likeness to
the incised ware from Phthiotic Thebes which might be classed as Y2.
One
is
from
the
of
from
the
of
a
a
another
bowl
bowl,
piece
lip
body
by the
handle which has white filled incisions, but on the handle is a crust of
Bi.
It will be thus seen that these sherds

paint in the style of Yiy.
neither
with
B2
nor
with
wares.
ConseT2, yet they occur with
agree
as
class
are
so
few
in
number
it is
difficult
to
them.
quently
they
very
Dhimini ware. This was common in III two sherds were found
B3C1.
in II, and three in IV.
All, but one piece, belong to the black on red style
of the second category.
They all seem to be pieces of the typical shape.
red
Three-colour ware.
There is one piece from II which shows
B3/8.
a red pattern outlined with black on a ground that was perhaps once white.
With this we may class two sherds from III which show the technique
and patterns of A3y or A3e with linear designs in black surcharged over
them.
can compare with these one or two somewhat similar sherds
from the top of Lianokladhi I.
There are also a large piece of a bowl
of
the
of
B3a, and one small fragment, which are
(Fig. 87)
typical shape
outside
in
the style of B3/3 and inside in the style of the second
painted
of
Both inside and out the patterns are the same as those
B3a.
category
of
B3a.
typical
We
Tsaui, Pottery
142
Three-colour ware, four pieces of fruitstands and six other

B3y.
were
found in III.
fragments
Black
on red ware, this is common in III: there are sixteen
B38.
sherds in II and two sherds in IV.
This differs from the second category
of B3a in the character of the patterns and in the shapes of the vases.
The
and
a
small
the
surface
of
the
are
cover
of
linear,
patterns
always
only
part
vase, and sometimes in blank spaces crosses or wavy lines are put in to fill
up the field. There are two main shapes, (a) large-bodied jugs with high
necks and handles running from the shoulder to the neck, (6) wide dishes,
Other
handleless, with tall incurving sides and apparently concave bottoms.
small fragments do not seem to belong to either of these shapes, but are too
minute to enable their true shape to be decided.
Fig. 87.
Tsani Maghula
fragment of B3/3 ware (scale
2).
Brown on buff ware, several pieces were found in III, and only
B3C.
Three pieces are from small jugs like those from Tsangli,
four sherds in II.
others come from large bowls or jugs, the exact shape of which cannot be
This
determined, though they were perhaps like Fig. 54 c, d from Tsangli.
ware is closely related to B38, the main difference being the colour of the
The
clay.
B3.
T\fS.
paint
is
usually matt.
Three-colour ware, three fragments were found in III.

Grey on grey ware, there were seven fragments in I C, and
was fairly common in II and III. The biscuit, which is

is most often silver grey, but occasionally pink in colour,
On
with simple linear patterns in deep grey (PI. IV 5, 6).
The commonest shape is (a) a
the paint is almost black.
it
usually polished,
and
is
decorated
better specimens
bell-shaped mug,
similar to the typical shape of the second or West Thessalian category of
The sides are
A3j8, with a ribbon handle set low down and a flat base.
The only other shape, which is very rare,

but the bottoms are thick.
to be a bowl with a high neck and a foot, cf. Fig. 57 b, d, p. 107,
A few fragments have holes bored along the broken
A-2, Fig. 144, p. 243.
thin,
seems
Tsani, Pottery
43
These holes are due to the method of mending broken vases in

antiquity, by tying them together with thread or sinew.
Possibly this ware
was highly prized.
edges.
Crusted ware, seven sherds of both categories were found in IV.

Tiy.
Five sherds show patterns in pink applied to black polished ware, and the
other two patterns in white on a red polished ground.
One piece of the
former is part of the lip of a cup with a handle like A -2, Fig. 146, p. 245.
Fig. 88.
Tsani Maghula
fragments of
Yt,
ware (scale
2).
T3 and Bi. Coarse monochrome ware. Since there are no characteristic

shapes of Bi it is impossible to keep these two classes of Tsundas' apart, and
From the end of the third settlement
so it is better to take them together.
It
the eighth practically all the pottery is coarse monochrome ware.
becomes
the
fabric
the
vases
are
less
often
coarser,
gradually degenerates,
Also in III fragments of pithoi first
polished, and are large and clumsy.
IV and V together with the few
is that in
The
only exception
appear.
to
Tsani, Pottery
144
Urfirnis ware a few

following shapes occur
sherds of
The
vases
of superior technique
were found.
Two-handled cups, common in VII and VIII, and there were

TT,a.
It should be noted that in some examples
two doubtful fragments in VI.
the handles project high above the rim, Fig. 88 d.
Shallow bowls with raking handles, a few pieces in VIII.
Tt,/3.
In V two
Shallow wide bowls with horizontal suspension holes.
T3S.
complete specimens of a variety of this type were found (Fig. 86 c, d) they
have incurving rims and a projection at the point where the rim curves in.
There were also several fragments of this type. A larger example has two
:
instead of projections (Fig. 88 a).

From still
tubular
some
ribbon
are
which, it
handles,
larger specimens probably
long
is to be
These
noted, also occur in the Urfirnis ware at Lianokladhi.
vases are remarkable for their excellent technique, and are usually polished.
Since they occur in the same stratum as the Urfirnis ware they should be
compared with vases of similar shape in that ware. There was one fragment
small, vertical ribbon handles
and one in VI.

Narrow-necked
bowls, one good specimen from
Tê.
the two projections on the shoulder are noteworthy.
in III, five in IV,
(Fig. 86/")
dishes, several large fragments with splaying sides from

Rugosity also occurs on sherds the exact shape of which is
Rugose
T^tj.
IV and
V.
unknown.
T$i.
with flat bottoms and splayed lips, common in

there are two fragments in IV and a few in V.
Wide open bowls
VI, VII and VIII
one example in III (Fig. 86^), two in IV, one very

(Fig. 86^), and one in VI.
Conical
lids, one example in IV.
Tt,\.
A very common shape with
bowls
with handles or lugs.
T$<f).
Deep
number
of
in
an
varieties
fact
enormous
many
fragments seem to belong
to this shape.
Two small pieces were found in II, and it is common from
III to VIII.
Amongst oddities that fall into no class there are several pieces with
isolated knobs on the rims or sides (II I VII I), and one piece from III has
An unusual form of spout was found
a round knob with a sunken centre.
From VII there is part of the neck of a large jug with
in IV (Fig. 88^).
a ribbon handle running from the lip to the shoulder (Fig. 88 c).
Several
pieces from VIII have a sunken circle on the bottom, though as a rule the
bottoms of the monochrome, coarse ware are flat. Also from the same
stratum come two pieces of strainers.
Suspension holes, we may note a piece from III with a pair of vertical
suspension holes in a projection, and in IV a piece with a horizontal
r$K.
good one
Small
in
jars,
suspension hole, but in general these are rare.

Ornaments or handles consisting of a projection ending
are
common from III to VIII.

Though the colour of the
in
two knobs
biscuit of this ware varies from reddish to

blackish according to the clay and the firing, yet it is to be noted that black
polished ware occurs in III and IV, is rare in V, and does not appear
in
VI.
Tsani, Pottery
145
there is one almost complete (originally probably 1 '30 mm. high

As a
diameter), but undecorated specimen from VII, Fig. 89.
rule they seem to have been unornamented here.
But one or two pieces
are decorated with rows of knobs pinched up with the fingers.
In IV there
is one fragment with a slashed applied rib, and another with an
applied
spiral by the handle.
Fragments of these occur from III to VIII.
In IV there were five pieces, an askos handle and
Urfirnis ware.
In V there were eleven fragments, one askos
four bits of uncertain shapes.
handle, three pieces of bowls with incurving rims, four fragments of ribbon
handles from jugs or deep bowls, and three doubtful pieces.
Pithoi
and '80
in
Fig. 89.
Tsani Maghula
pithos (scale
14).
In VIII there were two fragments of the ring-stemmed

goblets, and many fragments of shallow cups with handles projecting high
above the rim. There were also many pieces which do not seem to be true
Minyan ware.
Minyan
ware,
for
they are apparently hand-made.
They may be
local
imitations.
Mycenean (L.M. Ill) ware. From VIII comes part of a plain kylix stem.
All the principal details of the stratification that can be derived from a
study of the pottery are visible in the accompanying diagram (Fig. 90), and
seem unnecessary. It is only important to note that
further
any
explanations
makes its appearance in the Third Period after the end of

the painted wares in the Second.
This, as we shall see below, is exactly
at
Lianokladhi.
the
stratification
to
parallel
Urfirnis ware
w.
& t.
19
146
Settlements
Tsani, Celts, Figurines
Tsani, Figurines
'47
The flat, female figure (Fig. 91 c) is remarkable, for it is decorated in

the white on red style, A30:.
The left hand was apparently on the breast,
and where the navel should be there is a hole pierced right through the
The legs seem to have been moulded in relief on a background
figure.
of terra-cotta.
There is a white stripe down the back. This was found
in
I
C.
The other figurines are merely fragments two are legs from
:
Fig. 91.
Tsani Maghula
terra-cotta figurines (scale a-c 2
3,
d
d
1).
steatopygous figures, another is the left leg of a seated figure like the
Sesklo (A-2, PI. $$. 4) and Tsangli examples.
It is perhaps from a male
with
knee.
the
hand
Two others are
on
the
side
of
the
figure
resting
a piece of a leg, and an animal's head, and the last is a rude lump of terracotta with rows of oval knobs applied to its surface.
To the second stratum belongs the almost perfect female figure (Fig. 91 b),
the body and legs of which are hollow.
Noticeable is the effort to show
anatomical detail in the ankle and knee bones.
The projections at the side
of the head are probably arms.
The incised rolls above the waist may be
Other remarkable
the breasts, or more probably rolls of fat on the hips.
are
the
the
omission
of
the
of
the
navel, the emphatic
points
body,
telescoping
of
Here
the
and
the
sex,
rendering
steatopygy.
again the nose is very
192
48
Tsani,
Tsangli,
Bone Implements
'
:
FIG. 92.
Bone implements
a-g from Tsangli, h-m from Tsani Maghula
(scale 9
.:'j&
10).
W-"v
Tsani, Miscellaneous Objects
149
prominent and large. To the same stratum also belong a hollow foot, which
may be part of an anthropomorphic vase, and a very small leg.
The lower part of a standing steatopygous female figure like A-S, PI. 32. 3,
was found on the surface of the south slope of the mound. This is polished,
but unpainted however, it probably belongs to the period of painted pottery,
and most likely to the First Period.
The only other figurine is a broken fragment of no value from IV.
:
Bone and horn.
Pins and awls, twelve, all
except one from I IV.
Fig. 92 h-k.
Gouges, four from IV, and one from I, Fig. 92 /, m.

Bored Hammer, one burnt specimen was found in VI together with
This confirms Tsundas' suggestion that deer horn hammers were
barley.
used for thrashing corn, etc., compare also the finds from House Q at
Rakhmani, and Marmariani.
FlG. 93.
Impression of stone seal from Tsani Maghula (scale
i).
II was found the remarkable stone button seal shown in

the
F'g- 93upper side it has a bored knob in the centre. The
recalls
those
on the terracotta seals from Sesklo (A-S, pp. 340 ff.,
pattern
like
them belongs to the First Period.
.and
Figs. 270 ff.)
In VIII a small white stone of a flat conoid shape with two holes bored
in the rim was found, cf. A-S, PI. 43. 23.
Terra-cotta.
Whorls, eight flat, eight flat conical, four high conical,
and eight double conoid were found. The high conical and double conoid
whorls were common in V-VIII, and the others in I-V.
all in
Spools, four solid with splayed ends, and one bored vertically
In
Stone.
early strata.
(cf.
Cylinders, six, bored vertically.

Tall, oblong weights, five, bored horizontally at the top, from I VI 1 1.
Anchor ornament, one, cf. Fig. 140/! p. 198.
There were also from I and III two small conical lumps like seals
A-S, p. 340), and an oval lump bored at one end.
Sling bullets, nine.
CHAPTER
VII
SOUTH THESSALY
A.
The mound known
Zerelia.
(p. 10, no. 61) stands on a hill between two

Almiros in Phthiotis (Fig. 94). Recent writers
on the topography of the district have conjectured that this was the site of Itonos
and the famous temple of Athena Itonia. But the excavations of VollgrafP,
as well as our own, have shown that this view is incorrect, and that the site of
In our excavations 3 we found
the classical Itonos must be sought elsewhere.
on the top of the mound a thin Greek layer, which nowhere goes deeper than
In this many fragments of late black, glazed vases
one metre from the surface.
as Zerelia
small lakes to the south-west of
Fig. 94.
Zerelia from the south.
were found, which cannot be earlier than the late fourth century B.C.
Directly
below the Greek layer we found a rich prehistoric deposit from six to eight
metres thick, of which the mound is built up.
In this we dug a series of shafts
down to virgin soil, along a line drawn across the mound, in order to
determine the stratification of the deposit and to draw up the section shown
in Fig. 95.
The shafts were sunk on a system of levels, each of which was
on an average about "30 m. thick, and the pottery and other finds from each
level were kept separate.
Thus, when each shaft reached virgin soil, a comwas
record
obtained
of
the objects found in it.
A levelling instrument
plete
was
use throughout the excavation.

In the sides of the shafts successive
of
reddish
earth
These, which are without doubt the remains
layers
appeared.
1
in
Ath. Mitt. 1906, pp. 15
PP- 473
2
ff.
B. S. A. xiv,
ff.
B.
C.
H. 1892,
Ath. Mitt. 1908, pp. 289 ff. ; Class. Review,

1908, pp. 234 ff. ; Liverpool Annals, 1908, pp. 1 i8ff.
B. S. A. XIV, pp. 197 ff.
p.
224.
Zcrelia
15'
of huts of wattle and daub destroyed by fire, divide the mound into eight
strata.
They were not obvious at first during the excavation, but the system
of levels enabled us afterwards to correlate the settlements with the pottery and
lib
<
%*"
X w
ZERELIA
SKETCH PLAN
a
SCALt
IH
10
'""
Fig. 95.
Zerelia
built
>
plan and section of the mound,
M-R
Greek
walls,
A-H
cist
tombs.
We thus assume that on this site eight successive settlements

one on top of another. These provide a convenient basis for the
other objects.
were
#
#
<#
'///
so
WETRE3
.v\
Zerelia, Pottery
152
description of the finds and a discussion of the differences observed in them at

various levels.
But it must be remembered that these settlements, like those
at Tsani and Tsangli, are to be regarded mainly as methodological conveniences.
excavated here in June 1908, and the finds are now in the Museum at
Almiros and a selection of duplicates in the Volos Museum.
We
Pottery.
Unfortunately the pottery found at Zerelia, which is nearly all hand-made

ware, is 'very much broken and, though it was possible to divide it into the
various classes, it was very difficult to determine with any certainty the shapes
of the vases.
V.
\
C
f\.;: V:
Fig. 96.
Zerelia
shapes of pottery (scale
4).
Ai.
Monochrome red ware. The clay is well purified and, as a result,
the biscuit is thin, often only -002 m. thick.
The vases are as a rule well
Zerelia, Pottery
153
polished, and the surface is of a deep red colour, which is perhaps to some
extent clue to the application of a red pigment.
Low, round (Fig. 96/, on the
or
knobs
form
the
sole
decoration.
The commonest shape is
handle)
oblong
that typical of this ware, (a) a wide, open dish with incurving sides and splayed
on a high base, and tubular ribbon handles (big. 962)'. Other shapes
(6) bell shaped mugs, (c) wide-bodied, narrow-necked bowls, and (d) deep,
Raised bases, as usual, are common (Fig. 96 A).
open bowls (Fig. 96 /, n, p, q).
There is also of this class a group of larger vases of less well refined clay. The
biscuit is thick, full of white granulations, of a dull red colour and not much
The principal shapes are (e) narrow-necked bowls, Fig. 96 /, 0, p,
polished.
some of which have vertical suspension holes, (/") wide, open dishes with flat
bottoms and almost vertical sides, Fig. 96 k.
Raised bases occur, and there
is one example of a sieved
from
a
There are also
spout
jug, Fig. 96 g, m.
of
ribbed
like
from
one
166,
vases,
Sesklo, A-S, p.
fragments
F"ig. 79.
White on red ware, with patterns in matt white on a polished red
A3t.
ground a very few sherds were found in I and II.
Red on white ware. The biscuit, which is pinkish and full of white
A3/8.
granulations, is covered by a slip that varies in colour from cream to white.
Most of the fragments belong to the first or South Thessalian category, and
lips
are
resemble the Tsangli style.

They differ from the Tsangli style in that the rays
that branch off from the main zigzag pattern have rounded and not spiked
Other common patterns are shown in
ends, Figs. 97 c, e, h, 98 m, n.
and
There
are
two
98.
Figs. 97
shapes, the commonest is (a) the typical
of
this
a
dish
with a flat bottom and almost vertical
wide, open
ware,
shape
the
other
is
a
narrow-necked bowl or jug, Fig. 96 f, g, o.
sides, Fig. 96/6;
The vases of shape (a) are painted inside and out as usual, and samples of the
patterns on the bottoms are shown in Fig. 98 a, b, c, d, h, i, k, I, 0, p, q, r, s, t,
while the other patterns are from the sides.
Of the earlier, or solid style, of the second or West Thessalian category
there was one sherd in I.
Red painted ware. The fabric is similar to that of the finer vases
A3y.
of A
and the patterns are similar to those of A3/8, but they are painted
Not many pieces were
directly on the clay without any intervening slip.
found, the most important is part of a jug. Fig. 98 e, and other fragments seem
to come from bowls.
1
These four
wares of the
still
classes of pottery are
rarer in VI,
See
Bi.
contemporary and are the characteristic
They abound
earlier settlements.
in
the
first four,
and a few sherds of A3/3 were found even
Tt,
below.
ware.
Dhimini
B3C1.
sherds in II, two in
Of
the
III, three in
in
are rare in V,
VII.
category (Fig. 99) there were three

in VI.
Of the chocolate on
found five sherds, and of the black on
first
and three
style of the second category we

red style fifty-six, distributed from II to VII, the greatest quantity being
found in III.
Of the third category we found a few sherds in III. The
sherds are so small that it is hard to determine what shapes are represented.
Most seem to be pieces of the typical shape deep, wide bowls narrowing in to
cream
The shape shown

w.
&
t.
in the illustration is
incomplete
it
should have a high base like that seen in Fig. yog.
20
154
Zerelia, Pottery
*s4*
<
CO.-
<
"^
.2
Zerelia, Pottery
'55
20 2
156
Zerelia, Pottery
*<
fa
Zerelia, Pottery
a small
flat
Some
base and painted inside and out.
157
fragments seem to be from
fruitstands.
Three-colour ware, a few sherds were found from III to VII,

Most of the sherds seem to be from deep bowls which have a
tongue pattern hanging down from the lip inside. A few pieces seem to be
from fruitstands, e.g. Fig. \oog.
Incised ware.
Some fragments are of rough, unpolished clay, but
Y2.
most have a blackish-brown surface more or less polished. All the incisions
show traces of white filling. The patterns, which resemble the incised ware of
One sherd
Tsangli, are rendered by lines and dots
spirals do not occur.
shows traces of red paint in the blank spaces between the incisions. The
only shape that can be recognised is an open bowl with one or more lugs,
cf.
The sherds found were distributed from IV to VII, with
Fig. 101 f.
a slight predominance in IV.
Thus, here also we see that this ware occurs
with B wares.
Coarse monochrome ware. As the pottery classed by Tsundas as
Yt,.
Bi is indistinguishable from any other coarse hand-made ware, we may consider
all the coarse monochrome ware from Zerelia as
belonging to F^, especially
since nearly all of it is later than the painted pottery.
The biscuit is grey at
B3y.
Fig.
100.
the fracture and on the outside is reddish, black or yellow-brown, perhaps most
often the latter.
In general the ware is coarse and the vases large, but some
made. The black and yellowand

the
reddish
usually polished
Amongst this
variety is not.
pieces, particularly of the black variety, are well
brown kinds are
ware we can distinguish the following shapes

Two-handled cups, Fig. 103 f,g. Many were found in VIII.
T3a.
Shallow bowls with raking handles, a few doubtful pieces were
T^ft.
:
found.
T3y.
High, wide bowls with small vertical handles with a long attachment
below against the body of the vase, Fig. 10 1 n. The biscuit varies in colour
from brick-red to black and is as a rule polished.
Shallow bowls with straight or incurving rims and horizontal
T^8.
A complete example of this shape (Fig. 104 a) was found
suspension holes.
in VII with the peculiar vase
(Fig. 104 b) and the complete male figurine
Other
which
(Fig.
10).
fragments
perhaps belong to this shape are shown
in Fig. 96 a, b, c, d.
Narrow-necked bowls.
This shape seems to have been very
rê.
common and to have had many varieties. An example with vertical suspension holes in the thickness of the clay is shown in Fig. 96 e and there
were some pieces of well-polished specimens with the upper part of the body
decorated with oblique ripples, cf. A-2, p. 278, Fig. 211 from Sesklo.
Wide, open bowls with flat bottoms and splayed lips, and horizontal
F3<,.
loop handles, we found an almost perfect example (Fig. 102) in VIII of grey
There are also other pieces that seem to be of this
clay, not much polished.
1
shape.
An
exceptional shape is shown by the other vase found in the burnt and
decomposed mud-brick of a hut of the seventh settlement, together with the
It is of brick-red
bowl of shape r$8 and the terra-cotta figurine, Fig. 104 b.
1
This measures about
'28
m. across.
Zerelia, Pottery
158
and highly polished, and stands about
'40 m. high with a neck that is

in front than behind.
about
m.
more
with
The
raised, probably
intention,
'04
small lugs on either side of the neck are pierced with two holes, either for the
attachment of a lid or more probably in view of the shape of the neck to make
An odd point about the two flat handles is that
it
easy to hang up the vase.
The photograph does not show this
are
in
a
attached
they
slanting position.
and
backwards
from the body.
but
slant
very well,
upwards
they
Some pieces seem to come from broad, flat plates with a low rim, like the
typical shape of TiS, to which class they may, indeed, belong.
No other shapes can be determined with any certainty. The majority of
the vases of this class were probably large bowls, flat-bottomed dishes and
perhaps also jugs. They are very occasionally decorated with one or two
incised lines, and a dish with crossed lines incised on the bottom inside is to be
noted.
The handles are often very rudimentary (Fig. 10 1 c, d, h, i, m, n, o,p),
seldom large enough for the insertion of a finger but sometimes of a more
practical type (Fig. 101 e, g, k).
This ware is plentiful in V, VI, VII and VIII, it is rare in IV, very rare
in III, and two or three sherds were even found in II.
clay
a
Fig. 104.
Zerelia
b
;
T3 vases from the seventh settlement.
Pithoi.
These are fragments of large, thick, store jars. They are decorated
with raised lines of applied clay, either slashed across, Fig. 101 /, or pinched in
with the fingers, Fig. 101 a, and sometimes a raised spiral is found, Fig. 101 b,
which is at times slashed.
Fragments of these were common in IV-VIII, but
do not occur in I, II or III. This agrees with the conclusions derived from
other sites that pithoi do not occur in the First Period.
ZereUa Pottery
x
159
Three sherds, which resemble the ware of this class from Marmariuni,
Theotoku and Skyros, were found in VIII.
They are not exactly
alike, but the similarity between them is indisputable.
Minyan ware. Many pieces of this ware were found in VIII. Three
Ala.
Sesklo,
shapes can be distinguished

(a) ring-stemmed goblets (Fig. 103 a, b, c, e),
wide
with
handles
shallow,
cups
projecting high above the rim (Fig. 103 d),
(b)
small
one-handled
mugs (Fig. 103 h), only one of which was found in
(c)
:
Tomb
D. It is noticeable that of the pieces of the first shape some are highly
Such fragments are common
polished and of yellow-brown and not grey clay.
from
in the Chaeronea Museum
the
Orchomenos
amongst
unpublished pottery
and
possible that they are earlier than the sherds of grey ware.
Mycenean ware. Fifteen sherds of Late Minoan III pottery were found
well mixed with the ware of the eighth settlement.
Some of these are pieces
of the kylikes typical of this ware.
it
is
The evidence given by
the stratification at Zerelia seems to show that

its use gradually died out.
It is true that in the later strata the evidence consists of one or two isolated
sherds and that after the fifth settlement painted pottery was very scarce.
Consequently it would be quite allowable to take a broad view and say that for
all practical purposes painted pottery was not in use after the fifth settlement.
At all events it is certain that from the end of the fourth settlement onwards
the bulk of the pottery in use at Zerelia was of the class called r$.
Further,
it must be noticed that there is no clear break between the
ware
of the
plain
and
the
monochrome
strata
ware
of
the
later
Also
coarse,
early
(Ai)
(T^).
it seems that after the end of the First Period no later
ware
was
ever
painted
common here, for few sherds of painted wares of the Second Period were
found.
The succession of the different wares may be shown in tabular form thus:
painted pottery was not abruptly abandoned, but that
Settlements
II
II!
i6o
Zerelia,. Architecture,
Tombs,
etc.
c<5
.a
e
o
[;
-o
c
o
bo
Tombs
Zerelia, Architecture,
161
Architecture.
Of the actual huts which composed the settlements beyond the remains of
mud-brick and wattle and daub already mentioned, we found no traces to
enable us to determine their shape.
The bricks were made of coarse, unpurified
But in the second settlement, towards
clay well mixed with grass or straw.
the south-east corner of the mound, we found the remains of a well-preserved
Thick walls of mud-brick (65 m. thick) were still standing
building (Plan L).
to a height of '80 m. on a dry course of slabs (Fig. 106), and at the ground
level outside were faced with
upright slabs to prevent injury from rain and
damp. We were not able to lay bare all this building, but from the part
excavated it is clear that it is angular and not round. On the opposite side
of the mound (Plan /) we found remains of walls of mud brick very badly
burnt and decomposed, which also belonged to the second settlement. A little
below this, and in the field at the foot of the mound, we discovered traces
of a round building (Plan K) with an opening to the north.
The purpose
and date of this building are obscure. Some human bones were found in it,
which, to judge by some coarse, presumably Byzantine sherds with them, are
It is, however, possible that this is the ruin of a
apparently of late date.
tholos tomb like those at Marmariani and Sesklo.
Tombs.
In the top of the remains of the eighth settlement
we found
eight cist
tombs (Plan A-H). These were built with four slabs for the sides (Fig. 108 c),
and roofed with a fifth, but one tomb (//) had two slabs on one side.
In
case
the
were
in
a
which
on
their
left
contracted
sides,
skeletons,
every
lay
attitude.
Of the eight tombs three, C,
and G, contained nothing but
one skeleton each.
Tomb A, in this was a conical terra-cotta whorl.
Tomb B, in this beneath half a wheel-made pithos (Fig. 107) of coarse red
ware with two holes bored in the bottom, was the skeleton of a child, whose
head and chest were covered by the vase. With the bones were four largish
glass beads, five small paste beads, one bronze bead, and a piece of twine
with a small piece of bronze attached.
These probably come from a string
of beads hung round the neck of the body when it was buried.
Tomb
contained a small mug of Minyan ware, the handle of which
had been broken off before it was placed in the tomb. The skeleton was
probably that of a woman.
Tomb
F contained
(Fig. 108 b) a bronze knife ("085 m. long) with a flat

tang for a wooden handle and bent up slightly at the end, a barbed flint
arrow head, and a bored celt of Type E (Fig. 1 1 1 f).
The skeleton
seemed to be that of a full grown man.
Tomb H, this contained only a flint chip the skeleton was probably
:
that of a
woman,
There is no
Fig. 108 a.
definite evidence to
show whether the people who made

these cist tombs lived on the spot or not, but the presence of Minyan ware
both in the tombs and in the eighth settlement at least suggests that the
tombs are contemporary with part of that settlement.
w.
&
T.
62
Zerelia, Figurines
Terra-cotta Figurines.
One (Fig. 109 d) is a fiddle-shaped figure:

In I only two were found.
The other is
the head and legs are missing, but it was apparently female.
a leg (Fig. 109 ") from a seated steatopygous figure like those from Sesklo,
A-X, PL 33-
4-
6.
In II there was only one, the head of an animal (Fig.

example from Sesklo, A-S, PI. 34. 11.
109
/)
like
an
1
Fig. log.
Zerelia
terra-cotta figurines (scale
2)
we found a fragment of a steatopygous figure like those from

two rude female figures (Fig. 109 c, e), one of which recalls an
example from Sesklo, A-2, PI. S3- J an ^ two shapeless figures which recall
In III
Sesklo,
>
the ruder statuettes from Dhimini, A-S, Pis. 35. 6, 7

36. 1-5.
To IV belongs a very good example of the steatopygous type, unfortuIt is of the same clay as the red on
nately much damaged (Fig. 109 a).
white ware (A3/3), and shows the same style of decoration.
The whole figure
;
Zerelia, Figurines
163
was covered with a white slip, on which patterns were painted in red those
preserved on the thigh represent chevrons.
In VI was found a rude female figure (Fig. 109/) similar to an
example
:
still
from Sesklo, A-2,
PI. 35.
1.
To VII
belongs a columnar statuette (Fig. 109 <$), which was painted

in the red on white style, a
shapeless torso (cf. Fig. 109/6) with hole in
the top for the insertion of a head like the examples from Rakhmani
(Fig. 25, p. 49) and Dhimini, A-2, PL 36. 1-3, and the seated male figure
shown in Fig. no. This remarkable statuette, which is -12 m. high, is
practically perfect, and represents a seated ithyphallic man with his hands
on his knees and looking upwards. The feet are flat and pointed, the nose
and ears are prominent, and the top of the head runs up into an odd peak.
FlG.
10.
Zerelia; terra-cotta figurine (scale about'
2).
The
figure is hand-made, and though the technique is rude, its execution

This is the first prehistoric figure of the kind
vigorous and decided.
found in Greece and its phallic character stamps it as the work of a people
alien to that which made the Mycenean terra-cotta figurines.
To VIII belongs one figurine (Fig. 109/2) with rudimentary arms and
almost exactly like the shapeless figures from Dhimini, A-2, PI. 35. 6, 7.
In addition we found on the slopes of the mound five other figurines
of which the stratification is uncertain: one is like Fig. 109^, two like
Fig. 109 k, one like Fig. 109 h, and the other (Fig. 109 i) is a small head
similar to a head from Sesklo, A-2, PI. 34. 8.
The stratification of these figurines, as far as it goes, agrees with the
results obtained at Sesklo and other sites, that the well made steatopygous
figures are early (First Period) while the rude, shapeless type is late (Third
and Fourth Periods). Even the seated male figure from VII, when compared
with the steatopygous figures, though rather more freely handled, has a rough
and not a smooth surface, and seems less carefully modelled as regards details.
In VI there are two fiddle-shaped figures.
Stone figurines.
is
21-
Zerelia, Celts
164
Stone Axes
and
other Implements.
large number of celts were found which fall into the following classes
Type A, eleven specimens, and thirteen fragments, Fig. 1 1 1 g, k.
Type B, six specimens, one of which is very large and thick, Fig. 1 1 1 a, d.
Type T, six specimens, and three fragments, Fig.
:
mm.
Type
A,
two specimens, both from
Fig. ill.
II,
Fig.
Zerelia; celts (scale
/.
3).
bored celts (Fig. 111 e,f), three complete, one of which is only
With one exception all are from VIII,
partly bored, and nine fragments.
Of the fragments one is very highly polished
including one from Tomb F.
and widens round the bore hole, Fig. 1 1 1 //, like one example from Sesklo,
A-S, PI. 41. 9
Chisels, there were three of Type A, Fig. 1 1 b, and one of Type A,
Type
E,
Fig.
1 1 1
c.
1
Cf. pp.
71, 233.
Zerelia, Miscellaneous Objects
165
In addition there were fifteen fragments of celts too
much broken
to
classify.
Club heads, bored, three of a spherical shape, cf. A-2, p. 322, Fig. 246.
are from VII, and the other was found in the surface earth at the
bottom of the mound.
Hammers, oblong with rounded ends, one complete, and five broken.
Two
Fig.
111
i.
Round pounders, twenty-two.

Grinders, seven oblong, and six
flat and round.

and
one
two
small,
Whetstones,
large.
Polishers, two flat and round, and one oval with a handle possibly
for
polishing pottery.
Millstones, about fifty, as a rule of vesicular lava which is found near
Phthiotic Thebes
they are usually saddle querns, but a few are broad,
:
flat,
and irregular
Here again
in
the
First
it
in shape,
and worn on both
sides.
Type A occur
to be noted that the bevelled celts of
is
Period, while the bored celts of
Type E
are found only in
the Fourth Period.

In all the settlements obsidian knives and chips were found, but those
of flint were scarce, though there was an arrow head in Tomb H.
Bone and
Pins or awls, seventeen.

a
deer
horn pierced at one end.
(?),
Stone.
Pendants, five small pebbles with holes through them, either
natural or artificial, a small pendant with a hole bored at one end.
Bead, one cubical bead of crystal, partly bored through.
horn.
Needle
a
Fig. 112.
Steatite
gems
a from
Zerelia,
b,
from Melos (scale
l).
This has on
bored along its diameter.
112
This
one side in intaglio a kind of cross surrounded by rays (Fig.
a).
1
12
which
seem
in design is very similar to steatite gems from Melos (Fig.
b, c)
Thus the Zerelia gem
to have been found with Cycladic marble statuettes.
probably dates from the early Cycladic period, but unfortunately it was
Gems, one
lentoid steatite
gem
66
Zerelia, Metal.
found
Phthiotic Thebes
on the north slope of the mound so that
we do not know
its
stratification.
Glass
Tomb
and
Whorls,
Terra-cotta.
from
is
four beads of the former,
paste,
and
five of the latter
from
B.
twenty-two
and two
flat,
conical,
one of which
Tomb A.
Sling bullet, one.
Metal.
Bronze.
There is in the Museum at Almiros a double axe of bronze,
which was found on the surface by a peasant.
Knife, one from Tomb F, this resembles a little those from the tombs
at Sesklo, A-2, PI. 4. 9, 13, 14.
there was one bronze bead and another small
Beads, in Tomb
fragment of the same metal.
Phthiotic Thebes.
B.
The
of the city of Phthiotic Thebes lies on the southern slopes of

the hills that bound the Krokian plain on the north, about an hour from the
*
sea where the modern village of Nea Ankhialos (Nea K.yyiako%) has been
In 1907 and 1908 Dr Arvanitopullos, working
built by the site of Pyrasos.
for the Greek Archaeological Society, made trial excavations here, especially
The acropolis (p. 10, no. 68) is built on a rocky knob
on the acropolis 2
which slopes sharply to the east, and is surrounded by a wall of large rough
In his excavation Dr Arvanitopullos
stones, the date of which is uncertain*.
found four strata, which he numbers from the top downwards the first and
second which he calls Byzantine and Graeco-Roman need not detain us. The
The
third is the Hellenic stratum to which belong the ruins of a temple.
foundations of this on the west rest on the natural rock, and on the east
on an earlier deposit held up on the sloping rock by the wall already
mentioned.
At the bottom of this third stratum was a thin layer, which
In it,
to judge by the finds dates from the period of Geometric pottery.
in addition to later and archaic Greek objects, were numerous bronzes, and
some sherds of Geometric (Dipylon) and Mycenean (L.M. Ill) pottery.
The fourth or prehistoric stratum the excavator divides into four layers
numbered from the top downwards. The whole prehistoric deposit varies
4
owing to the sloping of the rock from r65 mm. to 2"20 mm. in depth. In the
first layer was a cist tomb like those at Sesklo, Dhimini and Zerelia
it
The pottery was mostly
contained only a skeleton in a contracted attitude.
The next layer, '45 m. to
unpainted, and apparently belongs to class Ft,.
60 m. thick, yielded painted and incised pottery, especially of classes T2 and
In it also is a wall built of small stones, which seems to have formed
Fiy.
1
site
Staehlin, Ath. Mitt. 1906, pp. 5 fif., PI. 1.

1908, pp. 163 ff.
TlpaKTiKa, 1907, pp. 66 ff.
3
Ath. Mitt. 1906, PL 2, p. 6, Fig. 1 B. S.
xiv, p. 224.
2
Arvanitopullos gives
,
r9o-2 20 mm., but
A.
to 1-65-2-20
mm.
(Ji.pwc.TiKa,
his figures for
1908, p. 180)
each layer add up
Phthiotic Thebes, Pottery
167
The third layer, "30 m. to '40 m. thick, does

part of a prehistoric house
not differ as regards the pottery from the second.
The fourth and lowest
layer, '30 m. to '50 m. thick, was rich in painted ware of the Dhimini style
1
This
category were the commonest.
The
most
bronzes,
finds,
report.
important
figurines, and pottery are in the Volos Museum, but there are some duplicates
in the Almiros Museum, which include the few Mycenean sherds found.
It
must be admitted that a study of the finds as displayed according to their
in
stratification
the Volos Museum does not justify us in basing any
conclusions on them unsupported by evidence from other Thessalian sites.
This is not surprising when we reflect that the prehistoric deposit is very
thin ( 1 "65-2 20 mm. thick) and rests, not on a level surface as at Sesklo,
Tsani or Tsangli, but on a sloping rock.
Thus the stratification seems
much confused', and consequently conclusions drawn from it do not rest
(B3a),
is
in
amongst which sherds of the
brief the excavator's
on firm ground 3
first
own
Pottery.
The
Ai.
principal kinds of pottery found are as follows

Not more than six sherds.
A3/?.
Very rare, most of the sherds are in the Sesklo style of the first
category, and there is one small fragment of the earlier style of the second
or West Thessalian category.
B2.
See T2.
Dhimini ware, common, but the majority of the sherds belong
B3a.
to the first category.
Rare.
B3/3.
Rare.
B3y.
Tiy.
Moderately common.
The variety of this

Incised ware, Fig. 113, moderately common.
ware discovered here presents some difficulties. As seen in the illustration
the patterns resemble those of B2 and B3a, but the coarseness of the incisions
Also a few sherds like others from Tsani
recalls the T2 ware from Tsangli.
and Zerelia are painted in the style of the Tiy ware in the blank spaces
between the incised belts. Further, the ware here seems to have been found
with Viy sherds, and therefore should belong to the Third Period, but the
must wait for further excavation to throw
stratification is confused.
these
incised
wares.
on
the
of
sequence
light
T2.
We
Very common.
Minyan, one sherd in the first or latest layer.
Mycenean (L.M. Ill), about half a dozen sherds.
T$.
TIpctKTiKa, 1908, p. 179, Fig. 5: this is
presum-
ably "the Mycenean palace, which occupied the site

of another palace of the neolithic age" announced
by Arvanitopullos
in
Memnon
11
(1908), p. 99.
Cf.
N. Yiannopulos
in
the
newspaper
5/28th Feb. 191a

Cf. Pfuhl, G. G. A. 1910, p. 843, note
<ra\la,
1.
Ofo--
68
Phthiotic Thebes, Pottery
Fig. 113.
Phthiotic
Thebes; incised ware, Yz
(scale 2
3).
Phthiotic Thebes.
Terra-cotta
There are
Aidhin.
and Stone
Daudza,
etc.
169
Figurines.
figurines from this site, all of the later

from
Dhimini
those
and Rini they were mostly found
shapeless types
With these in the Volos Museum are two
in the first or latest layer.
fragments of ordinary Mycenean figurines.
Six fiddle-shaped stone figurines were found, which are similar to those
from Dhimini and Sesklo, but have little resemblance to Cycladic types.
terra-cotta
fifteen
like
Stone Axes
and Miscellaneous Finds.
or latest layer there are several bored celts of Type E, in the

second and third one each.
Other implements common to all strata include
celts of the usual types except Type A, terra-cotta whorls, flint and obsidian
In the
knives,
first
and bored deer horn
hafts
and hammers.
From a survey
of the finds as exposed in the Museums at Volos and

Almiros it appears that the prehistoric settlement on this acropolis began in
the Second (Neolithic) Period, and lasted through the Third (Chalcolithic)
Period to the end of the Fourth Period (Bronze Age) as shown by the
cist tomb, and the fragments of Minyan and L. M. Ill
pottery.
Maghula
C.
Aidhiniotiki.
This mound (p. 10, no. 60, A-S, p. 11, Fig. 2) lies in the lower part of
the Krokian plain about half an hour from the sea, and midway between
Almiros and Phthiotic Thebes. Tsundas made some trial pits here in 1905,
and sank them about five metres from the surface, but did not reach virgin
In 1907 Dr Arvanitopullos dug some pits here but reached no depth.
soil.
The mound is very large and high, and would probably repay systematic and
Most of the sherds found were apparently r$, but one
patient excavation.
sherd of rial, three of Fly, and one of TiS have been found here 5
Matt3
malerei and Minyan ware also occur here.
1
Tsundas
illustrates
Karatsadaghli.
D.
4
one vase of A3/8 found

E.
At the
at this
head shown
in Fig.
63) near this village,
W.
&
T.
p. 171-
where
similar
to other heads of the period from Sesklo

(A-S, PL 34- 8). Tsangli (Figs. 740, 76 c),
and Zerelia (Fig. 109 i), has a marked
The nose as usual
character of its own.
and
the eyes are made
is very prominent,
of applied blobs of clay with a gash in the
Most odd, however, is the headmiddle.
On the top is a round cap-like
dress.
UpaKTiKa, 1907,
10, no. 62).
114 has recently
been found. This, though somewhat
(p.
Daudza.
called Yiuzlar
10, no.
(p.
place
a
settlement
of
the
of
remains
are
the
there
First (Neolithic) Period, the small terra-
cotta
mound
A-2, pp. 241, 244, 247.
FlG
A-2,
^^ô
p. 249.
A-2,
p. 181,
Fig. 85.
22
Avaritsa, Statuette
170
Whether this is really intended

object which is pierced all over with holes.
as a hat or not is uncertain.
Since the mound is of the low type, and only
sherds of Ai and
are to be found on the surface, this head probably
to
the
First
Period.
belongs
K^
F.
There
which
is
in
Marble Statuette from Avaritsa (Melitaea).

the Fitzwilliam Museum at Cambridge the marble
statuette,
This was found at Avaritsa, the ancient

Melitaea.
The figure is urn. high, and of coarse-grained marble. The
arms are folded across the breast, and the fituire seems to be nude, and
is
illustrated
in
Fig. 115.
Fig.
Marble
115.
statuette
from Avaritsa (scale about 2:3).
In the neck is a small hole for the attachment of

without doubt female.
The
a head, whether of stone or of some othei material is not obvious.
lower part of the legs and the feet are rendered in a very summary manner.
But most noticeable of all is the steatopygy, which is more developed in this
From its provenance, and from its
than in any other figure yet known.
character there is little doubt that this figure belongs to the Thessalian
group, for nothing could be more unlike the Cycladic figurines.
CHAPTER
VIII
THE SPERCHEUS VALLEY, LIANOKLADHI
The mound (Fig. 116) known as Paleomilos (p. 11, no. 108) lies half
an hour west of Lianokladhi village close to the left bank of the Spercheus,
and opposite the site of Hypate.
tested the mound, which is about
two hundred metres long and a hundred and forty wide at its greatest width,
These shafts showed three
by sinking a line of shafts down to virgin soil.
We
Fig. 116.
Lianokladhi from the south-west, the
mound shows dark
in the
middle distance.
sharply divided from one another by a complete and sudden change

which is very plentiful.
In addition, on the north-east slope
of the mound we cleared a small area in the third or uppermost stratum,
where we found the remains of a three-roomed house.
excavated here
in June 1909
The finds are in the National Museum at Athens. The
greatest depth of the deposit is 5*50 metres.
strata,
in the pottery
We
Pottery.
Stratum
I.
This
consequence varies in
an abundance of fine,
on an undulating surface of river drift, and in

It is marked by
thickness from "94 m. to 3*55 mm.
red
on
white designs,
elaborate
with
painted pottery
rests
Liverpool Annals, 1909, pp. 149
ff.
Lianokladhi, Pottery
172
Two
A3/8, A38.
or earlier part
subdivisions can be
made
in
this
common and
stratum
in
the lower
but
plain ware rare
and
the
ware
commoner,
painted
is
very
painted pottery
the upper or later part plain ware is
That is to say that in the last part of the stratum
is rarer, and coarser.
The pottery falls into the following classes:
there is a distinct degeneration.
A 1. Monochrome red ware. The bulk of the plain ware of I belongs
to this class, but, though polished, it is paler in colour and coarser in fabric
This variety
Often the biscuit is of a purple shade.
than the Thessalian.
in
Two shapes can be recognised, (a) large-bodied bowls

not often polished.
There are also several fragments
with narrow necks, and (6) open bowls.
of horizontal loop handles, Fig. 121.
Further, under this class we may include many pieces of large, coarse
vases in dull red, grey, or grey-black clay, some polished, and some not.
None of these call for any remark, except two small handleless cups in
polished black clay.
White on red ware, two sherds were found.
A3a.
Red on white ware. Of the first or South- East Thessalian
A3/8.
more than a dozen sherds were found.
not
They all seem to
category
and
be
of
the
to
the
Zerelia
to
pieces
typical shape, Fig. 1 17 g-j.
style,
belong
The bulk of the ware of this class, however, belongs to the third
category, of which it is to be regarded as a variety that seems to stand
midway between the second, or West Thessalian, and the third category.
Some pieces have inside the lip decoration in the style of A3S, and thus
seem to show that this variety of A3/8 is also local. The principal shapes
are
(a) bowls with narrow necks and rims, only one certain example
(Fig. 119^), {b) bell-shaped mugs with ribbon handles, several pieces, (c) open
bowls, (d) plates on high feet (Fig. 120) like those from Tsangli and Tsani,
decorated inside and out, (e) large-bodied bowls with low, narrow rims, which
differ from shape (a) in that the body is wider and rounder, and the fabric
coarser.
It is to be noted that the first three of these shapes occur also
The vases of the last shape (e)
in A38, but the last two are peculiar to A3/?.
also are very thick and were mostly found towards the top of the stratum.
Reference to the illustrations (Figs. 117, 118, 120) shows clearly that the
patterns of this variety of A 3/3 differ very much from those of the others.
They are usually formed by broad belts of parallel lines in zigzags, and the
spaces between them are often filled with a chessboard pattern.
Large
diamonds either filled with a chessboard pattern or else composed of simple
lines also occur, as well as a pattern of simple crossed lines.
One of the
plates is decorated with the chessboard pattern only, and another shows a
plain design of diamonds, the bounding lines of which are crossed with
These patterns generally speaking suggest both those
irregular wavy lines.
typical of the Chaeronea category of A3/J, and the later style of the second,
or West Thessalian, category.
Red on white ware, this is the typical ware of stratum I. The
A38.
biscuit is usually pink, and full of white granulations, and in some specimens
is dull purple.
The peculiar technique of this ware has been fully described
above
The white slip is rather friable, and liable to flake off altogether.
is
P-
'5-
'73
S
Fig. 117.
Lianokladhi
red on white ware, a-f A 38, g-j

third category (scale 2
3).
k-m A 3$
A39
first
category,
174
Fig.
8.
Lianokladhi
red on white (A3/3) ware (scale
2).
Liauokltullii,
Pottery
175
V
*
^ <
-a
JZ
=
re
176
The
vases are thin, few sherds being more than "005 m. thick, well polished,
rule painted on the outside only.
The principal shapes are
Bowls
with
a
narrow
found
neck
and
a
rim a rare shape.
low
(a)
one
vases
other
which
in
contrast
of
the
to
most
only
example, Fig. 119a,
of this class has a flat and not a raised base.
The pattern round the rim
is common, but usually confined to rims and handles.
Bell-shaped mugs (Fig. 119 c,d), a common type which occurs also
(6)
and as a
We
Thessaly in Ai, Fig. 96/; A-S, p. 164, Fig. JJ, in A3/? at Tsani, and
This kind of vase probably had only one handle, but there is no
as
to this.
In contrast to the Thessalian examples, the Lianokladhi
certainty
vases always seem to have a low base.
A large number of fragments of this
were
and
the two best specimens are shown in Fig. 119 c, d, but
found,
type
unfortunately one of these is so broken that it is not possible to restore it.
On both the arrangement of the patterns is practically identical. On the
inside of the lip the decoration always extends downwards for a short
distance.
Other fragments of these vases are seen in Fig. 1 1 7 a-f.
in
in Ti/8.
Fig. 120.
Lianokladhi
plates of
A 3/3 ware
(scale
3).
Open bowls. The exact shape cannot be determined, but they must
diminished
have
directly from the rim downwards, since the inside is decorated
almost to the bottom.
In a sense this is a variant of (a) with the sides splayed
out.
They seem to have had a low base, and are common.
Beaked jugs, the exact shape of these also is unknown, although
(d)
many pieces of their necks were found. The beak is slight, and amounts
to little more than a rim higher on one side than the other.
In addition we found two types of handles, which cannot with any
These are thickish
certainty be classed with any of those described above.
loop handles (Fig. 121): one type, which sometimes has a serrated edge, was
probably placed along or across the lips of bowls or cups, and the other is
a vertical type from the sides of mugs.
The first of these types occurs
also in the unpainted ware Ai.
Finally, we may note a portion of an
Some sherds with holes
oblong box lid with the typical zigzag pattern.
bored through them were also found.
(c)
This
composed
177
class of pottery has three typical patterns, one a zigzag, another

of belts of sweeping curved lines, and the third resembles a rail
fence.
In appearance most of this ware seems to have a white pattern on
a red ground, the great prominence of the red paint being a natural result
of the curious technique.
Two sherds were found.
B3a.
One
sherd was found.
B3y.
Two small pieces were found.

Other peculiar sherds include two with thin red and white linear patterns
painted directly on the dull red clay, and a similar fragment with the pattern
in red and black.
These, which seem to be pieces of large, flat-bottomed
bowls with vertical sides, do not fit into any known class of pottery, and
resemble to some extent two sherds from Tsani.
The finding of Thessalian ware (A3/8) here is important as showing that
it was
contemporary with the local Lianokladhi red on white ware (A38),
B3C.
Fig. 131,
Lianokladhi I; fragments of handles (scale
3).
fact that receives confirmation from the finding of a few sherds of A38
mixed with A3/8 ware at Tsangli. Also the presence of the few fragments
of B wares of the Second (Neolithic) Period shows that the first stratum
here did not come to an end before the beginning of the second great
group of neolithic wares in Thessaly.
Stratum II. The division between this stratum and the first is quite
abrupt, and marked by a complete change in the pottery which belongs
"
"
Black Lustre
to the class known as
Urfirnis," which may be rendered
Ware." A very similar ware was found in the second stratum at Orchomenos where Furtwaengler first gave it the name Urfirnis, and a kindred
ware occurs in the lowest strata at Tiryns. All the vases are handmade and polished. The whole surface was covered with a wash of slightly
A great
lustrous paint that varies in colour from brown to deep black.
in inferior examples the paint is little more
variety in quality is noticeable
W.
&
T.
23
78
than a number of dark smears on the body of the vase, and in better
specimens the paint has a uniform colour throughout. The biscuit is ashengrey, firing to buff towards the exterior, and thin sherds are buff right
All the pottery from this stratum is unfortunately much broken,
through.
and consequently it is difficult to reconstruct the shapes with any degree
of certainty, but the following list probably includes the most important.
There are three main shapes
Urfirnis ware.
with incurved rims, Fig. 86 c, d. It may be possible to
Shallow
bowls
(a)
subdivide these into a high (Fig. \22 g, h,j) and a low type (Fig. 122 d,e,f),
but the evidence is incomplete to show how the bowls to which these rims
Only one example with a horizontal handle
belonged should be restored.
was found (Fig. 123^), and the majority have slight projections where the
rim starts to curve inwards.
It is noticeable that nearly all these examples
are brown, and that only one has a matt red-brown surface.
:
Fig. 122.
{b)
is
shape
seem
to
(c)
Lianokladhi II; sections of rims of Urfirnis ware (scale
j
l
2).
Round-bodied bowls with narrow necks and outcurving rims. This

and all the examples are covered with good black paint. They
have had small, vertical ribbon handles, Figs. 122 a, b, c, 123 a.
This shape is largely conjectural, and rests on the following
Askoi.
rare,
evidence.
The
this shape,
and there
large fragments
is a
large
shown in Fig. 124 by themselves suggest

number of long ribbon handles with a very
Some
of these join directly on to the rim, and

suitable
for an askoid type of vase.
most,
all,
Further,
especially
If the ribbon handles
this is a shape common in the Urfirnis ware at Tiryns.
are really from askoi, their numbers make it evident that this was a common
slight curve,
if
not
Fig.
1236-/.
seem
shape.
No
other definite shapes can be recognised.

of the vases are merely flattened, and there is no sign
of a raised base in this fabric.
Although the evidence of the flat, shallow
bowls suggests that different shapes go with a different shade of the paint,
The bottoms
179
is not borne out

by other evidence. Brown and black seem to have
been used indiscriminately. The only attempt at decoration is an occasional
raised central rib on some of the askoi handles.
Dull red ware, unpolished
a few sherds were found
amongst them
this
is
a small piece of a raised base.
FlG. 123.
Lianokladhi
II
handles of Urfirnis ware (scale
2).
Black ware, coarse, but polished very little was found.

sherds of these two classes found in II are probably to be
as
leakages from III.
regarded
One sherd with a linear pattern in pale
Painted ware, Mattmalerei (?).
brown on a smooth creamy surface was found. This resembles the Mattmalerei
ware from Aegina and Argos, and is clearly imported, but it is small, and
A somewhat similar sherd from Orchomenos is in
not in good condition.
the National Museum at Athens.
;
The few
232
i8o
Several pieces of large, coarse store jars were found.
All are
One piece is decorated with a raised boss, and another has
Pithoi.
unpolished.
a rope pattern in
Thus
relief.
be seen that as far as the pottery is concerned there is no

of
connection
between 1 1 and the strata that precede and succeed it.
any
sign
The shapes, technique, and decoration of the vases are entirely different.
will
it
Fig. 124.
Lianokladhi II; Urfirnis ware (scale
This again
3).
separated from II by another sudden and

Most of the vases that belong to it were
complete change
found in the three-roomed house which is described below. The following
Stratum
III.
is
in the pottery.
may be distinguished.
A i/3. Hand-made ware with geometric patterns in thin, matt black on
a reddish biscuit (Figs. 125, 126)
The fabric is thick, and badly made, and
the patterns are painted directly on the clay.
The surface is as a rule
but
there
are
some
which
are
The characteristics
unpolished,
pieces
polished.
classes
are, the large number of big vases, including even pithoi

that
are painted, the absence of bases, the bottoms being only
(Fig. 128),
and
the
In the latter the following
flattened,
irregularity of the patterns.
of this
class
points should be noted, the frequent introduction of rude spirals on either

side of the handles, while the rest of the pattern is purely linear, and the
The decoration is usually in
presence of a crossed circle on the bottom.
horizontal zones, but unfilled panels also occur.
It is possible to determine
five
main shapes
Short, round-bodied pithoi with tapering necks, and small vertical

ribbon handles on the body.
Below the handles the vase narrows in rapidly
In the complete example shown in Fig. 125
to a small flattened bottom.
2
the remarkable points of the pattern are its division into panels, and the
Several fragments of
placing of spirals at the top of the vertical bands.
vases of this shape were found all have a crossed circle on the bottom.
(a)
The photographs have been
Cf.
retouched, as the patterns are indistinct.

restored pattern in Fig. 131 a.
181
9&H&fiStt
Fig. 125.
"ST
Lianokladhi III
pithos of Ai/3 ware,
cf.
Fig.
131
a (scale about
2).
82
Liauok-ladhi,
K
>
Pottery
183
V
1
13.
<
Si
T3
o
B
..
-1
84
Vases of a skyphos type, specimens are shown in Fig. 126 c, d,g,k,

(b)
and a restored pattern in Fig. 132. The decoration is usually confined to
the upper part of the body, and is in horizontal zones.
All the examples
of this shape have spirals by the handles as seen in the illustrations, and
in one case spirals are introduced into the interspaces between the triangles
in the main zone.
Nearly all the examples of this shape, which is common,
have a crossed circle on the bottom.
Lianokladhi III a pattern on pithos

b fragment of bowl, c false spout (scale
Fig. 131.
(cf.
1
Fig.
125),
2).
The
Shallow, open bowls with loop handles on the rim, Fig. 131^.
which is simple and linear, is confined to the rim, but one
fragment has part of a curvilinear design on the outside.
The better made
(d) Amphorae, of these only fragments were found.
126
show
no
of
but
one
coarse
a,
handles,
pieces (Fig.
piece has
6)
sign
a broken vertical ribbon handle on the shoulder.
found
Handleless, round-bodied jars with a tall, narrow neck.
(e)
one
is
for
which
noticeable
the
only
specimen (Fig. 133)
great inferiority
of its patterns, its rough shape, and the presence of two small lugs on
(c)
decoration,
We
185
There is a crossed circle on the bottom. Notable is a fragment

side.
of a pithos painted in this style, Fig. 128.
This ware seems to be peculiar to Lianokladhi, for outside the Spercheus
valley only four sherds have been found, two at Tsangli, one at Rini, and
one at Orchomenos, now in the Chaeronea Museum.
In addition to the style described there is one sherd of the same fabric
with a white slip.
Aiy and Y^fi, of these two classes the second is the unpainted variety
The biscuit is brick red, and polished. The painted examples
of the first.
are decorated in thin matt black like Ai/8.
The patterns are simple and
There are two shapes
linear.
each
^
zszszszszs;
imiimiiiiiiiiini
Lianokladhi III; pattern on vase

Fig. 132.
of A 1/3 ware, cf. Fig. 126 c (scale 1
2).
Fig. 133.
Lianokladhi III
(scale
vase of
<ii/3
ware
3).
Shallow bowls with a flattened bottom and raking handles (Figs. 1 27 b,

iâ-e). Unpainted specimens of this shape are common in Thessaly at
Sesklo (A-2, pp. 271 ff., Figs. 189, 190, 192-195), Tsangli, Tsani, and
It is in all probability an importation from the north, for similar
Zerelia.
The painted examples are proin Macedonia and at Troy
occur
handles
The
handle
in
imitation.
Fig. 134/ is probably from the
bably a local
(a)
same type of bowl.

1
w.
&
T.
See H. Schmidt,
Zeil. f. Ethnologic,
1905, p. 98, Figs. 6-18.
24
86
with long vertical loop handles, Fig. 127 a,

(6) Tallish narrow-necked jugs
one example only.
Minyan ware. This was common. It is all wheel-made, of fine grey
The shapes are
clay, and the better specimens are polished.
a
hollow
foot ornamented with raised
with
Wide,
high,
deep goblets
(a)
This is the typical and commonest shape, Fig. 135.
horizontal rings.
not
Shallow, wide bowls with a low spreading foot, Fig. 130 a, c
(6)
were
found.
many pieces
Shallow, wide bowls with a flattened bottom.
Only one was found
(c)
:
in the house,
Fig.
This ware
is
1306.
probably
Fig. 134.
imported from Orchomenos and the south.
all
Lianokladhi III
Coarse monochrome ware

polished and sometimes not.
a rude hand-made fabric, sometimes

varies in colour from dull red
to black according to the firing.
vases seem to have been rough vessels
for cooking, and other household purposes.
Only two shapes can be diswith
to
the
tinguished
any certainty owing
irregularity of the vases
the handles, which are missing
Two-handled
of
ware
cups
polished
(a)
in the most complete example (Fig. 129 a), seem to have stood some distance
above the rim, and to have been of the ribbon type.
;
this is
The
The
biscuit
Lianokladhi, Pottery, Architecture
187
round-bodied pithoi with a small solid base to set in the

sketch reconstruction of the shape is seen in the section in
found six of these in the central room of the house, five
Tall,
(6)
ground.
We
F'g- l 37of them being
still
in situ.
To
these we can add the following odd pieces, the handle and neck
of an amphora (Fig. 129^), the handle of a bowl in the form of a false spout
(Fig. 131 b), and the bottom of a large jar with a mat impression on the
under side (Fig. 136). The latter is most interesting, since it shows how
the jar was made.
round slab of clay was laid on a large wicker mat,
Fig. 135.
Lianokladhi III
goblet of
Minyan wave
(scale
3).
as can be seen from the photograph.

Then the lower part of the wall of
the jar was fastened on to the edge of the bottom, and the potter proceeded
to build it up by turning the mat round for convenience in working so
large a vase
1
.
Architecture.
The
first two strata contained no remains of buildings excepting a certain

of
stones presumably from fallen walls, but in the third and uppermost
quantity
stratum a large house was discovered in a state of fair preservation.
plan
of this is given in Fig. 137, and a view looking into the central room in
For other examples of mat impressions
pp. 94
ff.,
PI.
in
Greece and elsewhere, see Excavations at Phylakopi,
VI.
24
Lianokladhi, Architecture
88
It is clear at once from the plan alone that this

Fig. 138.
building is not
of
one
but
is
a
combination
of
two
date,
entirely
separate houses, or else
to
which
an
extra
or
have
been added. This
a single house,
room,
rooms,
methods of construction have

eastern portion, hatched on the plan, is built of small
been employed.
stones, collected from the bed of the Spercheus which flows close to the site,
and set in mud or clay. These walls, which have an average thickness of
and probably the stone work
50 m., stand to-day to the height of 70 m.
was never continued higher, for judging from the debris found within the
is
also borne out
by the
fact that
two
different
The
Fig. 136.
Lianokladhi III
mat impression
(scale
2).
building, the roof and upper portion of the walls were built of wattle and
daub.
The western portion, which includes two small chambers, has a
foundation composed of a single layer of somewhat larger stones, the whole
of the upper structure being again of wattle and daub.
formerly
suggested that this western portion, and the large east room were originally
two separate buildings, and that the central room was a later addition
This we now believe to be erroneous, and it seems
Connecting the two.
to
the
central and eastern rooms as originally forming a
preferable
regard
and
the
western
unit,
portion as an addition, and probably once a separate
We
Liverpool Annals, 1909,
p.
152.
189
3
o
c
K
t*
D
O
c
190
The
central room is clearly the store room of the house, for

cracked by the fire, which had destroyed the
large pithoi
building, but still in situ with one exception.
doorway, paved with cobble
stones, led from the store room into the large east chamber or living room,
building.
in
it
were
six
which contains the hearth, a circular burnt patch in the floor of beaten earth.
From this room there must have been a door leading outside, but unfortunately
its exact position is unknown.
There is no trace of an entrance in the
northern wall, which thanks to the strengthening and thickening it underwent
The gap in
during the time the house was occupied, is still well preserved.
the southern wall is due to a later tomb of which one slab still remains
(7 in Plan).
FlG. 138.
Thus by a
Lianokladhi III
process of elimination the east wall alone
store
room
in
house from the south, showing the pithoi in
is
left.
situ.
Unfortunately only the bottom course of this wall exists, and the exact
position of the door is therefore only conjectural.
Assuming, however, it
to have been in this wall and probably in the centre, we get in the two
eastern rooms a house like the megara at Dhimini and Sesklo, and perhaps
on their analogy we should add a portico. The fact that the eastern portion
of this house differs in construction from the western, and also when taken
by itself forms a recognised type, seems a conclusive proof that the whole
It seems on the whole
building at some period underwent alterations.
not improbable that the eastern portion was at first intended to be a house
"
of the ordinary " megaron
type, but that during construction the builder
his
and
determined
to include in the house what is now the
mind,
changed
1
Op. cit., p. 152, for "stone jars" read "store jars";
read "Vorratsgefaesse."
cf.
Arch. Arts. 1910,
p.
165, for "Steingefaesse"
Lianokladki
Tombs,
Celts, etc.
191
western portion, but what was then a separate building. The peculiar plan
of the whole house probably arose from some such trivial cause.
No sign
of an outer door was found in the western part, but a paved doorway would
not be discernible, for the wall foundations are only one stone in height.
At
the end of the excavation these ruins were carefully reburied.
Tombs.
In the third stratum two cist tombs were found at a higher level than
the remains of the house, and directly above it.
They were both built
Of one only one slab remained, see the Flan
of slabs in the usual manner.
in Fig. 137, 7, 8, the other, which was perfect, contained only a skeleton in
a contracted attitude on its left side.
These tombs are later than the house,
and must have been made at a time when the stone walls of the house were
beneath the surface.
Stone Axes
and
other Implements.
Celts.
In I and II none were found.
In III two bored celts were
found in the house.
These, which are both broken, seem to be of Type E,
but smaller than usual.
Knives. Stratum I, in this we found two small flint knives (Fig. 139 a, b),
and two knives and some chips of obsidian.
Stratum II, in this were found three knives, and several chips of obsidian.
There were also three straight and one curved knives, and two small saws
of flint (Fig. 139 c-/).
Stratum III, in the house were found three curved knives (one being
large), four saws, and one chip of flint (Fig. 139 g-m), but no obsidian at all.
Millstones.
Two saddle querns, and two flat millstones come from II,
and three saddle querns from the house in III.
Mortar, one was found in I.
three sharpened ^bones from I, four and a good pin
and one sharpened bone from the house in III.
Scrapers, two from the house in III, Fig. 139 n, 0.
Terra-cotta.
In III in the house four
Whorls, none from I and II.
is
made
of
an
of
which
Urfirnis
one
whorls,
sherd, five conical, and one
Bone.
Pins, etc.,
(Fig. 139/) from
flat
II,
double conoid.
Spools, one example bored longitudinally, and with splaying ends, and
a thick, solid spool: both are from III.
There were also found in the house in III eleven large, coarse clay
shown in Fig. 1 26/, and pierced longitudinally. What purpose

these remarkable objects can have served is doubtful.
As a result of an examination of the finds from the three strata at this
mound we may conclude that the first stratum is neolithic, and that the
third falls in the early bronze age, but for the second there is no evidence
balls like that
either way.
192
Lianokladhi, Miscellaneous Objects
(f
v
c
o
T3
14
.0
o
c
CHAPTER
IX
BOEOTIA AND PHOCIS
The sites that have been excavated in these districts are: Ghulas, which
was excavated by de Ridder in 1893, Orchomenos, which apart from the trial
3
trenches of Schliemann 2 (1 880-1 881) and de Ridder (1893) was more syste4
matically explored by the Bavarian expedition under Furtwaengler and Bulle
in 1903 and 1905, Chaeronea, Manesi, Dhrakhmani (the ancient
Elatea),
and a mound in the Schiste, all of which have been excavated by Sotiriadhis 5
In addition Sotiriadhis and Noack by surface
between 1902 and 1910.
have
increased
our
exploration
knowledge of the prehistoric sites of these
1
districts.
Ghulas.
A.
The principal result of the excavations at this site (p. 12, no. 122) was
the study of the fortifications, and the discovery of buildings including what
is called a palace.
These architectural remains, to judge from the pottery
found, belong to the second and third Late Minoan periods but it is of course
They however have been fully
possible that they may be somewhat earlier.
6
published by de Ridder and Noack', and no further description is needed. In
the excavation not more than thirty fragments of vases were found.
These,
according to the excavator, were mostly Mycenean, presumably Late Minoan III,
and with two or three exceptions wheel made. But it is to be noted that
;
Minyan ware has been found here
also.
Orchomenos
B.
8
.
Schliemann's trial trenches first showed that the remains of Orchomenos

back into the prehistoric period (p. 12, no. 116). The remains of the
go
Mycenean palace afterwards discovered by Furtwaengler are among the latest
To the same or a somewhat earlier
of the prehistoric remains at this site.
well-known
tholos
the
tomb.
Unfortunately only the first
period belongs
volume of the publication of the Bavarian excavations has been issued. This
deals with the architectural remains, and till the second volume dealing with
But luckily
the pottery appears our knowledge of the site is very incomplete.
some of the finds are accessible to students in the National Museum at Athens,
and in the Chaeronea Museum. In the following account we have summarised
the results as far as they are known.
far
B.
/.
C.
H.
H.
1894, pp. 271 ff.

S. 1881, pp. 122 ff.
B. C. H. 1895, pp. i36ff.

Bulle,
Akad.
der
Orchomenos
Wiss.
Kl.
{Abhand. d.
Bd. XXIV,
k.
ii
buyer.
Abt.
official
1907).
6
Ath. Mitt. 1903, pp. 302

W. & T.
1906, pp. 396 ff. ; 'E<t>. 'Apx1908, pp. 63 ff.

1910, pp. 1 59 ff.
TlpaKTiKa 1909, pp. I23ff.
B. C. H.
1894, pp. 271 ff.
7
Ath. Mitt. 1894, pp. 405 ff.
8
See the literature quoted above especially the
ff.
1905, pp. i2off.
publication of the Bavarian excavations by
Bulle.
25
Orchomenos, Pottery
194
Pottery.
The
excavators divide the deposit according to the finds, both ceramic and
architectural, into four strata, which they number from the bottom upwards.
In this the characteristic pottery
First (Round Building) Stratum.
I.
falls into two groups, both of which will be more closely described in dealing
One is a hand-made ware decorated with
with the finds from Chaeronea
red on white patterns (A3/}, third category), and the other is a hand-made
and polished black ware, very well made, but with no decoration except for
groups of smooth, round knobs projecting from the surface like studs or rivet
Both these wares are characteristic of the neolithic settlements
heads (A5y).
at Chaeronea and Dhrakhmani, so this stratum may be considered neolithic.
II.
Second (Bothros) Stratum. The typical pottery of this stratum is that
christened by the excavators "Urfirnis" ware.
The name is not altogether
but
it is
now
more
convenient
to retain it than to invent
satisfactory,
probably
As far as we have been able to examine this ware there is
a substitute.
no essential difference between it and the corresponding ware from Lianos
With this was also found a small quantity of ware said by the
kladhi II
excavators 3 to be distantly related to Cretan Kamares ware 4 (Middle Minoan).
The Orchomenos ware has a semi-lustrous grey-black ground, on which are
It has no resemblance to
painted simple linear patterns in thin, matt white.
5
all the Cretan fabrics recalls the
Middle
Minoan
Cretan
ware
and
of
any
light
on dark pottery of the third Early Minoan 6 period. But as it differs even from
this, the inference is that the so-called Kamares sherds from Orchomenos are
not Cretan at all.
I II.
Minyan Stratum. This stratum the excavators call Early Mycenean,
a somewhat misleading description, for the pottery found is of an unpainted
wheel-made grey fabric quite unlike ordinary Mycenean wares.
have consequently returned to Schliemann's old nomenclature of Minyan, which was
also at first employed by the Bavarian expedition, but afterwards rejected.
There is no evidence that Minyans made this pottery, but its home is undoubtedly Orchomenos, although it is found in small quantities throughout a
It does not differ as far as our knowledge goes from that found in
large area.
7
In the same stratum was also found a certain quantity of
Lianokladhi III
called
the
excavators Mattmalerei, which is similar to the wellby
pottery
known wares from Aegina 8 Argos 9 and Mycenae ", and the most noticeable
shape is a pithos very like those from Aegina and Argos
In this pottery of the third Late Minoan
IV.
Late Mycenean Stratum.
12
and
as
calls for no remark here
was
such
common,
very
period
1
We
11
See below, Section F

See Chapter VIII.
in this
Chapter.
Bulle, op. tit, p. 16.

4
have seen in a tray of Urfirnis sherds from
Orchomenos, at Athens, two sherds of B38.
6
See Mackenzie, /. H. S. 1906, pp. 243 ff.,
We
Pis.
6
VII, VIII.
Cf.
Miss Hall apud Boyd-Hawes, Gournia,

A. X, p. 199, Fig. 2.
p. 57, Figs. 41, 42; B. S.
See Chapter VIII.
'Apx- '895. PP- 235 ff-> PI- 'B. C. H. 1906, pp. 19 ff.
I0
Schliemann, Mycenae, pp. 65, 146, 163, Figs.
26, 27, 28, 236, 237 Schuchhardt, Schliemann's Excavations, pp. 209 ff., Fig. 204.
B. C. H.
1906, p. 21, Figs. 24, 25.
I2
There is also one sherd of Ai/3 from Orcho'E<.
menos
in
the Chaeronea
Museum.
Orckomenos, Architecture
195
Architecture.
Stratum I. As already stated the buildings of this were in the form of

round huts which vary in diameter from 2" 10 mm. to nearly six metres. They
have a foundation wall about one metre thick, and built of small stones, on
which rested the upper structure of unbaked brick which gradually slopes inAs this upper structure is not preserved to a greater height than '95 m.
wards.
the exact form of the roof is uncertain, though it seems to have been beehive
The floors were of beaten earth or clay, and no doors were to be
shaped.
observed.
Stratum
The houses
of this are of the so-called oval type, that is to

say they are not truly oval, but are roughly oblong with one curved and one
The walls are from '50 m. to "6o m. thick, and seem to have
rectangular end.
been similar in construction to those of the round huts. There is a foundation
wall of small stones on which rested the upper structure, which was probably
of unbaked brick, though no remains are preserved.
For the shape of the
roof there is no evidence.
The most remarkable feature of these houses are
the so-called Bothroi, which were as a rule found inside them.
These are
small pits, 8o- 90 m. deep, and 6o- 8o m. in diameter at the top, though in
some cases these measurements are exceeded. The sides are covered with a
thickish coat of clay, the bottom is rounded, and the top as a rule level with the
floor, though occasionally it projects above.
Many of these were filled with
In others in the ashes were
but
and
of
charcoal.
ashes,
nothing,
fragments
found small pieces of sheep or goat bones, fragments of vases in the Urfirnis
Sometimes there are two or
style, and rarely implements of stone or bone.
three bothroi in the same house, and in one case at least the bothros seems to
have been in the open. Their purpose and use are uncertain their shape and
depth make it unlikely that they were hearths, and their contents make it
The excavators think that they were
impossible that they were refuse pits.
for
the
of
ashes
which
were connected with some religious
pits
preservation
It
is
were
a
kind
of oven, which was filled with hot
that
purpose.
possible
they
ashes brought from the hearth, and that then the food for cooking was wrapped
up and placed in the midst of the ashes. This method of cooking was employed by the klephts, and is still used in the Southern Balkans.
Stratum III. The houses of this are again different in plan from those
of the preceding strata.
Unfortunately no complete house of this layer was
But the houses were at least
the
actual
so
that
discovered,
plan is unknown.
more
than one room, and to have
to
have
consisted
of
and
seem
rectangular,
had courtyards. The walls have a foundation of small stones, on which rested
an upper structure of unbaked brick, and on the inside are plastered with
The floors of the rooms are of beaten
a thin coat of clay mixed with straw.
But as has already
slabs
or cobble-stones.
with
the
courts
are
and
earth,
paved
been said the lack of any complete house-plan makes it impossible to compare
It is interesting to note that in the rethese remains with any at other sites.
mains of this stratum carbonised wheat, beans, pease, etc., were common. This
-
II.
seems to indicate that its inhabitants were much given to agriculture.

Stratum IV. There are no certain architectural remains of any importance
in this stratum, except a quantity of fragments of painted wall plaster like those
from Thebes and the later palace at Tiryns.
25 *
Orchomenos, Tombs.
196
Poliyira.
Pirghos
Tombs.
The tombs found at Orchomenos belong to the Third (Minyan) Stratum,

and fall into three groups according to their construction. There are (1) cist
tombs built with slabs like those at Sesklo and elsewhere in Thessaly (2) cist
tombs built with unbaked brick, this is the most numerous class and (3) burials
without any enclosure in some cases the bodies were covered with pithoi
In every case the bodies were buried in a contracted attitude,
broken in half.
and with one exception lay on the left side. Only in the following cases was
;
anything else beyond the skeletons found

Tomb 10. Two small spiral bronze rings.
Tomb 22. A two-handled cup of Minyan ware.
Tomb 31. A bronze spiral ring.
:
Tomb
Tomb
Tomb
Tomb
Tomb
34.
A
A
A
A
A
coarse hand-made pot.
jug of Mattmalerei ware, and
'a
Minyan cup.
clay whorl.
necklace of small glass beads.
43.
Mattmalerei bowl, and a two-handled jug of Minyan ware.
47.
The scarcity of finds in these tombs shows that they correspond very
well with the Thessalian cist tombs, in which finds are also scarce.
They are
important for two reasons (1 ) the finding of bronze, which shows that the Third
or Minyan Stratum falls in the bronze age, (2) the finding of Minyan and
35.
39.
side, which shows that they are contemporaneous.

see that the First Stratum is neolithic, and that the Third and
Fourth belong to the bronze age, though we cannot tell till the full material is
published whether stone implements were also found in the Third Stratum.
As to the Second Stratum we cannot yet say whether it is neolithic or chalco-
Mattmalerei ware side by
Thus we
lithic.
In addition to excavating at Orchomenos the Bavarian expedition also

1
sites on the shores of Kopais in the same
neighbourhood.
examined other
These are
:
C.
Poliyira.
This is a small hilly tongue of land projecting into the Kopais basin to
the north of Orchomenos (p. 12, no. 117).
Trials here yielded, apart from
remains of the classical period, also interesting prehistoric finds of which there
The lower stratum contained red on white painted and black
are two strata.
knobbed
the upper stratum contained a
pottery like Orchomenos I
polished
mixture of Mycenean (L. M. II, III (?)) and Mattmalerei and so is parallel
to Orchomenos III and IV.
;
D.
Pirghos.
This is a site similar to Poliyira and is exactly opposite to Orchomenos

across the Kopais basin (p. 12, no. 118).
Here there are remains of the
classical period, but a trial excavation produced pottery like that from Orchomenos III and IV.
cist tomb was also found, built of slabs, and with the
Bulle, op.
cit.
pp. n6ff.
Pirghos.
Chaeronea
197
skeleton lying on its left side in the usual contracted attitude.

At Pirghos the
excavators also procured a marble statuette
This has short stumpy Tegs and
the arms are folded across the breast.
It is markedly
The
steatopygous.
excavators regard it as an importation from the Cyclades.
But its shape and
1
steatopygy mark
as totally different in type from Cycladic statuettes.

It
North Greek class of stone statuettes, and should be
with the stone and terra-cotta figures from Chaeronea* and the marble
it
clearly belongs to the
compared
figure from Avaritsa
It is true that it resembles the statuettes from Athens

and Sparta, but even these as shown by Tsundas are by no means Cycladic 4
.
E.
Maghula near
Pirghos.
In the Kopais basin just below Pirghos is an isolated rocky hill known as
Maghula (p. 12, no. 119). This the excavators believe to be the classical
trial excavation
Delos, for there are on the hill remains of Hellenic walls.
yielded plentiful remains of the neolithic age below these walls.
quantity
of pottery both of the red on white painted (A3/8) and black polished knobbed
ware (A5y), like that from Orchomenos I, was found, as well as obsidian knives
and a small celt. The absence of any later prehistoric remains showed that
between Orchomenos I and the classical period this site was uninhabited.
F.
Not
Chaeronea.
from the right bank of the Kephissos and about half an hour from
5
of Chaeronea Sotiriadhis has excavated a large mound (p. 11,
The mound
no. 115) known as Maghula Balomenu (MayovXa M7ra\w/ieVou).
stands about 3*50 metres above the level of the surrounding fields, but the
In Roman times the mound
prehistoric deposit is at least six metres thick.
had been inhabited and remains of mortar built walls occur on top. Below the
surface humus in the centre of the mound the excavator found what he believes
to be the remains of a fence of reeds and branches of trees that surrounded an
The wattle work was daubed over with clay and within it were found two
altar.
hearths and the site of an altar recognisable by a thick deposit of ashes. This
fence or hut seems to have been several times burnt, for round about was
a layer of burnt clay either in lumps showing traces of the wattle, or in a
Below this
state of decomposition, and full of potsherds and neolithic tools.
were found at least four layers of earth full of potsherds, bones of animals and
The
stone implements separated from each other by thin layers of ashes.
excavator believes that this shrine or altar was erected on a mound where some
distinguished man had been buried, for at a depth of 270 metres from the
One of the
surface he found twO skeletons, both in a contracted attitude.
of burning,
and
showed
no
traces
its
side
a
on
that
of
skeletons,
man, lay
right
the other, that of a youth, lay on his left side resting on a thick layer of ashes.
He concludes that the man is the distinguished person to whom the altar was
afterwards erected, and that the youth was some slave or servant buried with
the
2
3
far
ruins
Bulle, op. tit., p. 121, Fig. 33.

See p. 20I.
See Chapter VII.
See
p.
'E<.
pp.
I23ff.
225
'Apx-
A-2, pp. 384 ff.

pp. 63 ff.;
1908,
UpaxTtKa
1909,
Chaeronea.
198
Fig. 140.
(scale about
Schiste.
Chaeronea; a-e red on white

1
3).
Dhrakhmani
Dhrakhmani
(A3/3) ware.
Schiste
f anchor
g, h vases from tumulus burial (scale
ornament
h about 1 12).
:
Chaeronea, Pottery
199
him, and that the ashes and rubbish found below them are the remains of
a large funereal sacrifice in honour of the deceased.
The excavator's theory
seems to be open to two objections, (1) why in such a place should there be so
many remains of household occupation such as potsherds, tools and weapons,
apart from animal bones which might be considered the remains of sacrifices?
(2) there was another burial of a man directly below the burnt layer at the top
and in one of the thin layers of ashes.
If one may judge by the analogy of
Thessalian sites it seems more likely that this mound is built up of the remains
of several successive settlements destroyed by fire that the layers of earth
represent the accumulation of rubbish during the lifetime of the settlement and
that the layers of ashes are the remains of the conflagration that destroyed it.
Then the presence of burials in layers of ashes is easily explicable, the skeletons
are those of inhabitants of these settlements who were buried on the spot and
so naturally in the burnt debris of the last destroyed settlement.
The mass of
burnt clay and ashes in the centre of the mound on top would then be the
remains of the last inhabitation of the site in prehistoric times, which were
never scattered over the mound as it was not reinhabited till Roman times.
1
Pottery.
Fragments of pottery were found throughout the mound in great quantities,

and all kinds according to the excavator were found in all the strata. The
various classes may be divided as follows
Monochrome ware. This varies in colour from yellowish and reddish
(1)
to black.
The most characteristic variety is the black ware (A5y) which is
decorated with round, smooth knobs projecting from the surface.
The knobs
are arranged in groups, such as triangles, or are placed in straight lines.
The
vases
is
The
monochrome
so far identified is a cup, Fig. 142 e.
only shape that
of other colours cannot yet be grouped under any class, unless we could conIn
sider them a variety of Ai, like the monochrome ware of Lianokladhi I.
2
and
of
various
them two shapes are recognised, (a) bowls with rounded bottoms,
3
sizes, some being irregular, and not circular in shape, (<?) large jars with short
rather narrow necks, the bodies of which vary from an upright oval to a circular
form. Other shapes existed, but are not yet clear. Suspension holes occur in
some fragments, and a primitive type of handle is to be noted. Under this class
4
also come some small, roughly made vases, that are probably terra-cotta lamps
Incised ware.
two sherds were found, and these are the legs of
Only
(2)
6
three or four legged pots
They are hand polished, and the incisions are
filled with white.
It is not yet possible to group these with any known class,
but they are the same as two fragments of similar pots from Tsangli, and
several similar pieces have been found at Dhrakhmani.
Black ware with simple linear decoration in white, very few sherds
(3)
:
were found, which are polished.

Red on white painted ware, A3y8, third category. The biscuit is pale
(4)
buff in colour and covered with a white or yellowish- white slip, on which are
1
This
is
also the view of Bulle,
Orchonunos
3
*
p. 127.
2
'E<f>.
'E<j>.
'A PX . 1908, p. 70, Fig.
3-
1908, p. 67, Fig. 2.

1908, p. 82, Fig. 10.
'Apx'
A PX- 9o8,p. 75, F >g-7, cf.
'E<. 'Apx-
t,
'
K <P-
below Fig. 142/.
200
Ckaeronea, Pottery
Occasionally when the biscuit is very

painted geometric patterns in deep red.
The whole vase after
light in colour the patterns are applied directly to it.
The
chief
was
hand
belts
of parallel lines
are,
patterns
polished.
baking
diamonds
of
another
crossed
or
of a chessboard
one
lines,
chequerwise,
crossing
the
two
are
of
combined),
pyramids
triangles, and, rarely,
pattern (sometimes
The shapes as far as they are known are
belts of wavy lines (Fig. 140).
rounded bottom (Fig. 140 a), (b) round-bodied
simple
(a) open bowls with a
and
a
low
neck (Fig. 140^, c, d), (c) jars similar to (6),
with
a
raised
base,
jars
but with a rounded bottom (Fig. 140 e). This is the typical ware of Chaeronea,
and great quantities of it have been found.
:
i
/
Fig. 141.
Chaeronea
figurines of terra-cotta (a-/),
and stone
{g, A).
Matt-painted ware, Bê, with patterns in dark brown on a buff or cream

Not many sherds of this class were found here, but it is common at
Drachmani. Sotiriadhis believed it to be the same as the Mattmalerei ware
But this view is mistaken, for the
from Aegina, Orchomenos, and Eleusis.
have been found in Thessaly at
which
ware is exactly like the sherds of B3e,
Tsani and Tsangli.
(5)
biscuit
1
'E</>.
'A PX
1908,
Text Plate p
2, 3, 5, 7, 8,
10-14, 18, I9> P- 8 3. Fig. II.
3- 5"7-
Chaeronea, Figurines.
Da
201
it lis
This
Matt-painted ware, 638, with black patterns on a red biscuit.
is rare at Chaeronea.
Three-colour ware, B3y, with red and brown-black patterns on a cream
Not many sherds were found here. The only shape recognisable
(6)
also like liê

(7)
1
ground
is
the fruitstand.
Terra-cotta
and Stone
Figurines.
Two
of the terra-cotta figurines represent kneeling women (Fig. 141 e, /),

one of which is well preserved and decorated in the red on
white style, show standing women with the arms folded across the body just
below the breasts as though supporting them (Fig. 141 d)'.
Unfortunately all
Several heads have been found, but it is not certain
of these are headless.
whether they all belong to any of these bodies or not. These heads have long
necks and pointed crowns'; the noses are large and beak-like, and the eyes and
mouths are indicated only by incisions (Fig. 141 a-c). It is to be noted that
these female figures are markedly steatopygous.
There are also two small
animals of terra-cotta, well made in contrast to the human figures, which
and two
others,
probably represent dogs.

Only two stone figurines have been found. One, which is a triangular
piece of dark stone, is male. The parts of the body are very roughly indicated,
and there are holes bored through the shoulders (Fig. 1^1 g). The other,
which is headless, is female. The legs and arms are little more than stumps,
but the hips are broad and fat (Fig. 141 h).
Stone Axes
and
other Implements.
Many celts were found, but none are bored celts of Type E. Knives of
and obsidian were very common, but no arrow heads were found. Other
implements include stone pounders and polishers, small red pebbles bored
through for use as charms or ornaments, terra-cotta sling bullets, and bone
flint
pins.
G.
Daulis.
4
According to Furtwaengler and Loeschcke Stamatakis in 88 cleared
out a well on the acropolis of Daulis, and found in it a great quantity of vase
The bulk of the prehistoric pottery seems to have consisted of
fragments.
"
"
with patterns in red or violet-black on a reddish or yellowish
mattmalerei
Fragments of pithoi with vertical linear designs were common.
ground.
Ordinary Mycenean ware (L. M. Ill ?) also occurred including fragments of
Obsidian knives and small stone whorls were not
pierced charcoal braziers.
seems
to have been mislaid as we have not been able to
lacking. This pottery
find it in the National Museum at Athens where it was seen by Furtwaengler
and Loeschcke.
1
'E0. 'A PX 1908, p. 83, Fig. II, p. 86, Fig. 12.

Text Plate a 1.
'E<j>. 'Apx- 1908,
W.
&
T.
'A PX 1908, Text Plate a

Mykenische Vasen, p. 44.
'E<f>.
2, 3.
26
202
Schiste.
H.
Dhrakhmani
Manesi.
Delphi.
The
Schiste.
Sotiriadhis has excavated a prehistoric settlement on the small hill

where stands the monument of Meghas. The finds include a large number of
2
knives of obsidian and flint, several terra-cotta anchor ornaments (Fig. 140/)
1
Here
and a few sherds of monochrome hand-made ware, some being incised, and
3
To judge by the presence of the anchor ornaments the settleothers ribbed
ment would be approximately contemporary with the Thessalian cist tombs,
and the latter part of Orchomenos III. It is interesting to note that carbonised
peas were found here.
.
Delphi.
J.
Dr Karo
informs us that there
red on white neolithic pottery.

on the French excavations.
is
in the
Museum
at
Delphi one sherd of
not however published in the
It is
official
book
There have also been found here a few celts, some of which are bored,
a few bored club heads, and a stone statuette which seems to resemble northern
4
rather than Cycladic types
Three tholos tombs were also found, and various stray finds of pottery,
and other objects were made, but there is nothing earlier than L. M. II, and
5
the bulk of the pottery is L. M. III
.
K.
Manesi.
Near this village, which lies in the Phocian plain not far to the west
Dhrakhmani Sotiriadhis has examined two prehistoric mounds (p. 11,
6
of
Unfortunately cultivation and later occupation have much disturbed

But the finding of obsidian and flint knives as well as fragments of
monochrome hand-made ware show that there was here a prehistoric settlement, and a few sherds recall the painted Chaeronea wares. An incised fragment' found here was thought by Sotiriadhis to be part of one of the typical
But it now appears that it is not.
Cycladic "frying-pan" vases.
no.
12).
them.
L.
Dhrakhmani.
In the neighbourhood of this village, which lies on the east side of the
Phocian plain not far from the site of Elatea, Sotiriadhis has investigated three
prehistoric sites
8
.
south-east of the village on the land of Dr Khevas

Here traces of prehistoric huts were found, and quantities
no. 111).
(p. 11,
The pottery falls
of vase fragments, and other signs of human habitation.
into the same classes as Chaeronea, and need not be described in detail here.
The following wares are represented, A3/6, which is not so common as at
The last three wares are
Chaeronea, A5y, B^y, B38, and Bt, (Fig. 142 a-e).
The first
is
a low
mound
'E0. 'Apx- '9 8 P- 65.

'E$. 'Apx- I9 8 Text Plate /3 6, 9.
1908, Text Plate /3 15-17, 21-23.
'E<J>. 'Ap X
Fouilles de Delphes v, pp. 1 ff., Figs. 1-8, 12.
Ibid. pp. 1 ff.
Ath. Mitt. 1906, pp. 396
>
>
'
'A PX 1908, p. 73, Fig.

Ath. Mitt. 1905, pp. 134 ff.
'Ap X 1908, pp. 63 ff.
.
'E<j>.
ff.
'E<.
'Apx- 1908,
p. 64.
'E(f>.
6.
;
1906, pp. 396
ff.
Dhrakhmam
203
aa
<
i
t
ta
aa
36
Dhrakhmani
204
commoner than
Chaeronea, and pieces of fruitstands are particularly noticeand

resemble
those from Tsangli.
Knives of flint and obsidian
able,
closely
were found, and also celts, amongst which a bored specimen should be noted.
The deposit is about four metres deep. During the excavation a burial in the
usual contracted attitude was discovered.
Some incised ware was also found
like the sherds from Chaeronea the fragments are mostly pieces of the legs of
1
at
vases (Fig. 142 /).
The second site explored lies north-west of the village and about half an
hour from it among the vineyards on the land of Piperi-Yiannak6pulos
(p. 11, no.
no). There is an upper stratum which yielded Mycenean
ware (mostly L. M. Ill, and a few pieces of L. M. II), Minyan ware and
one sherd of Mattmalerei. Below this no other strata are yet certain, but
broken pottery is plentiful it includes A 3/? (third category), A^y, B3y, B38,
and B3e. The last three classes are especially common, but A3/3 is rare.
There were also a few sherds of Urfirnis, one of Tia2, and some that recall
Further careful exploration of this site should be very
Tiai, and Tia3.
for
it seems to show
interesting,
important connections between Thessalian
and southern wares
The third site explored is a tumulus 3 lying at the foot of the hills to the
north of the village, and on the right of the road leading to Thermopylae. The
tumulus was about three metres high.
The position of the body buried in it
was marked by a pile of stones heaped over it. The skeleton, which was
that of a woman, was in a contracted attitude.
By it was a small pit filled with
this was probably
ashes, amongst which were the remains of burnt ears of corn
the funeral sacrifice.
There were no signs of the burning of the body itself.
With the skeleton were seven vases two cups with two handles, differing
4
two large jars, one with an open, the other
slightly in shape of black ware
with a narrow neck, with horizontal pierced lugs
a deep dish on a high foot
6
also with horizontal pierced lugs
and two beaked jugs, one is of yellowish ware
"
and has decoration in matt black which includes the Cretan "butterfly
pattern
8
(Fig. 140^), the other is taller, and has decoration in red on a black surface
These two vases, if not actually imported from Crete, are so like certain
Cretan vases of the first Middle Minoan period that we must at least imagine
them to have been directly influenced by Crete. By the body was found a
bronze knife with the thigh bone of an ox, and there were four gold ornaments,
of which two are earrings, the other two being rings to twist in the hair 10
A few fragments of vases were found in the earth of the tumulus including
one with white on black decoration like the so-called Kamares sherds from
Orchomenos II, and a few odd pieces of bronze. On the top of the tumulus
just below the surface was a large jar (Fig. 140^) with geometric decoration in
dull red on a buff surface
the patterns are also bordered by raised lines of
;
Cf.
'E</>.
Fig.
12.
1.
Dr
'A PX
1908, p. 83, Fig.
11.
2,
p.
86,
5
Sotiriadhis has allowed us to examine his

unpublished finds from this site in the Chaeronea
Museum
3
'E</>.
pp. 402
ff.
Yi.paKTi.Ka 1909, p.
'Ap X
1908, pp. 94
127
ff.
1910, pp.
59
ff.
Ath. Mitt. 1906,
'Ap X 1908, pp. 90, 91, Figs. 14, 15.

'Ap X 1908, Text Plate y.
1908, PL 5.3.
'E<f>. *Ap X
Cf. J. H. S. 1906, p. 246, 4.
1908, PL 5. 2.
'E<j>. 'Ap X
/. H. S. 1906, p. 262, Fig. 1, Pis. IX-XI.
'E0. 'Ap x 1908, p. 94, Fig. 16.
'E<p.
'E(j>.
7
8
9
10
Dhrakhmani
205
The patterns and the shape of this jar recall the neolithic wares, of
which it may be a development. But it must be remembered that this tumulus
is quite isolated, and has no relation, as far as we can tell, to the prehistoric
clay.
If the two beaked jugs are really Cretan, their

the neighbourhood.
presence can be easily explained, for Dhrakhmani is not far from the sea at
Were they
Atalandi, and Orchomenos we know was a great trading centre.
once part of the stock-in-trade of some adventurous merchant ?
sites in
CHAPTER X
THE MYCENEAN PERIOD AND THE EARLY IRON AGE
A.
The Mycenean
Period.
It is now well recognised that the civilisation, which is usually called

Mycenean, developed in Crete, and thence spread to other parts of the
This has been established by Dr Mackenzie's examination
Greek world.
of the pottery sequences from Cnossus, and his results are confirmed by the
evidence from other sites in Crete 1

Thus Crete for all practical purposes
as
be
the
source
of
this
civilisation.
may
Up to. the end of the
regarded
Third Middle Minoan Period its connections with the mainland of Greece
2
But from the beginning of the
were, as far as we know at present, slight
.
Late Minoan period it seems to have established itself on the mainland, and
to have begun to create there subsidiary centres, which probably in the Third
Late Minoan Period, after the fall of Cnossus, replaced Crete as the principal
Of these centres the most important seem to have been
focus of civilisation.
in Argolis and Boeotia, though the latter district is not fully explored.
But
incorrect
to
assume
that
because
there
was
in
it is in the
these
highest degree
"
districts a
Mycenean Period," there was therefore a uniform Mycenean
Neither in prehistoric, nor in historic Greece, was
Period all over Greece.
There are many local varieties of Dipylon
there ever a uniform culture.
the
Thus in Thessaly, which is remote
and
of
pottery,
Orientalising fabrics.
from the centres of Minoan and Mycenean civilisation, it would be a priori
3
unlikely that there should ever have been a full Mycenean Period in the
This is clearly shown when we examine the
true sense of the phrase.
evidence.
Late Minoan
II.
No Minoan ware earlier than Late Minoan II has yet been found in the
North Greek area, with the possible exception of the probable Middle Minoan
From Thessaly we have the following
vases from the Dhrakhmani tumulus
4
instances
Iolcus (Volos).
:
at
Three
vases,
all
in
poor condition, from the tholos tomb
Kapakli
1
J. H. S. 1903, pp. 57 ff., 1906, pp. 243 ff. BoydHawes, Goumia; Moiiumcnti Antichi, 1902 ff.
1
2
E.g. at Tiryns(Schliemann, Tiryns, Pis. 26 d,
27 d) there are two pieces, and from the fourth shaft
grave at Mycenae (Furtwaengler-Loeschcke, Myk.

Thongefaesse, PI. VI) is one certain piece of M. M. 1 1 1
ware.
note
4
As Tsundas apparently
I,
p.
thinks, A-2,
362.
See Chapter IX, section L.
'E<.
'Ap^. 1906, PI. 12.
p.
361,
Mycenean Period
207
The seventeen vases from tombs', which with one exception

Pagasae.
are in the collection of Mr Periklis Apostolidhis of Volos.
Maghula near Elassona. Four vases found here are in private possession
in Larissa, where we have seen them.
They resemble those from Pagasae'.
The
Nezeros on Olympus.
the
Ashmolean Museum
at
Oxford
silver statuette
is
from Nezeros
(Ne'e/>o?) in
often considered to belong to this period.
The
vases mentioned are all without doubt L.M. II, and it is remarkable
considering the number of prehistoric sites that have now been explored in
Thessaly, that so few such vases have been found.
Late Minoan III.
North Thessaly. There are three vases (Fig. 143) from Gonnos in the
one of the Marmariani tholoi contained L.M. Ill vases";
Almiros Museum
a tomb, many sherds, and three gems of this period were discovered at
Rakhmani 5 and on the mound (p. 8, no. 24) near Metiseli we have
found a few sherds of L.M. Ill ware.
4
FlG. 143.
Mycenean (L.M.
Ill) vases
from Gonnos (scale
4).
South-Eastern Thessaly. Two tholos and two cist tombs with L.M. Ill
vases were found at Dhimini", where some sherds are also said to have
occurred in the top of the prehistoric deposit one Mycenean tholos tomb
was found at Sesklo' and there are in the Volos Museum a few inferior
8
vases of the same period from Iolcus (Volos Kastro)
have seen one small sherd supposed to have
Central Thessaly.
come from Tsangli 9
West Thessaly. There is one sherd from Tsani Maghula 10 and we
have found others at Milos (p. 9, no. 44) near Pharsalus.
;
We
2
3
Ath. Mitt. 1889, pp. 262 ff, Pis. VIII-XI.

Ath. Milt. 1889, Pis. VIII, IX.
J.H.S. 1901, p. 126, Fig. 16.
Liverpool Annals 1908, p. 133; Ath. Mitt.
See Chapter
10
1909, p. 84.
6
III.
See Chapter IV.

A-2,
A-2,
p. 115.
p. 16.
p. 114.
p. 145.
208
Period.
Mycenean
Early Iron Age, Skyros
South Thessaly. There are sherds from Phthiotic Thebes and Zerelia 2
we have
in the Almiros Museum are sherds found in the neighbourhood
and a
seen a broken gem 3 in private possession at Avaritsa (Melitaea)
4
Some doubt has been thrown on
tholos tomb has been found at Ghura
this tomb, but we have examined the site, and tried to find out what it
The tomb is now a lime-kiln, 270 m. high and 3*55 m.
contained.
Some peasants were digging to make a limewide in its present state.
kiln, and found a walled-up door, which they opened.
Finding a round
and
utilised it as
space within, well suited for a lime-kiln, they cleared it
such.
In so doing they found some broken pots, now lost, some conical
steatite whorls, and a pair of bronze tweezers, which are now in the Museum
1
at Almiros.
This completes the list of vases and other objects of L.M. II or L.M. Ill
have not detailed again here
date from Thessaly which are known to us.
the L.M. II and L.M. Ill finds in Phocis and North Boeotia just mentioned
thus see that Mycenean influence in Thessaly began
in the last Chapter.
in the Second Late Minoan Period, and then mainly at Iolcus, as is only
In the Third Late Minoan Period it seems to have spread generally,
natural.
That is to say it never dispossessed the local
but thinly about Thessaly.
culture, and seems to have existed by side of it in its latest phase, the end of
the Fourth Period, and to have continued in existence when the primitive
To
geometric vases of the Marmariani-Theotoku style began to be made.
these we must now turn our attention.
We
We
B.
The Early
Iron Age.
Only two groups have yet been published of the vases found in North
Greece which may be attributed to the very end of the Bronze Age, or
for these two periods must have
to the beginning of the Iron Age
;
overlapped.
Skyros.
Mr Dawkins has published some vases, which are of class Ala, from
two tombs found in this island 6
These are shown in Fig. 144. From one
tomb come three vases (a, b, c), and in the same tomb, which was square,
was also some gold wire and a kernos. From the other come six vases
four are shown in Fig. 144 d, e, f, g, and the other two were like e and g.
The three vases from the first tomb Mr Dawkins considered to belong to
the latest Mycenean times.
The vases from the second tomb he considered
to be of geometric style, but to have nothing in common with the Dipylon
For him these vases represent the old
geometric style of the mainland.
"which
in
a
state of isolation in the islands, while
culture,
lingered
Aegean
on the mainland it was being swept away by invasions and alien streams
of influence."
This view requires considerable modification.
.
p. 167.
2
p. 159.
3
It is of
red carnelian, and in the possession of

a peasant who values it as a a-Ta/iaTTjpa, a charm for
stopping bleeding.
Ath. Mitt. 1896,
p.
The Mycenean Age, p.

6
B. S. A. XI, pp. 78
247;
395.
ff.
Tsountas-Manatt,
Early Iron Age, Theotoku
209
The points to be noted are the two painted vases from the first tomb
decorated with red-brown, glaze paint, and the presence of a beaked jug
similar to those of A2a from the cist tombs at Sesklo and Dhimini.
This
is
exactly paralleled by
Tomb
at
Theotoku.
Theotoku.
In June 1907 we excavated a small site at the south-eastern corner
of the Magnesian peninsula at a site called Theotoku a little to the north
of the bay of Kato Ye6ryi (Karw Tewpyi).
The site itself is at the seaward
end of a narrow valley, where a brook flows into a small cove. The existence
of several drums of Doric columns in the neighbourhood of a modern chapel
1
Fig. 144.
Vases from Skyros (scale
4).
No Doric temple was however found, but an early

led to this excavation.
of a small Greek town, and three early iron age
Byzantine church, traces
tombs alone concern us here. All three were
The
tombs were discovered.
with slabs, and in none were any traces of burning observed.
All the vases are of class A a.
Tomb A. This was built of four slabs, one on each side, and roofed
with two others the floor was covered with gravel laid on a layer of rough
It was 1*50 m. long by '68 m. wide, and it was found at a depth of
stones.
cist
tombs
built
w.
&
t.
B. S. A.
xm,
pp. 309
ff.
27
2IO
Early Iron Age, Tkeotoku
^
o
H
a
Ilnrly Iron
Age, Theotoku
21
a>
o
I
E
^*
HI
2
o
a)
f
I
p
1
8
27
Early Iron Age, Theotoku
212
In it
1*40 m. below the present surface.
to have been male, and two female.
seem
were four skeletons, of which two

The bodies were placed one on top
Eighteen wheel-made vases were
of another in a slightly contracted attitude.

found grouped at the head and foot of the
tomb (Fig. 146^). These are

are represented
shapes
following
Fig.
Oinochoai with trefoil lips, five two have patterns in red-brown, and
three in black glazed paint two also are mended with leaden rivets (Fig. 145./).
illustrated in
145.
The
Fig. 147.
Theotoku
bronzes,
etc.,
from the tombs (scale 2
3).
Bowls with two high handles, five four have geometric patterns in black
glazed paint, and the other is undecorated and of grey clay (Fig. 145 e,g).
One-handled cups, four
two have geometric patterns in red-brown
which
had
its handle rivetted on with lead, is
had
one,
(Fig. 145 c),
painted
red-brown all over (Fig. 145 b), and the fourth is painted black all over
:
(Fig.
145
a).
Early Iron Age, Thcotokit
213
Bowls with horizontal loop handles, three two are covered with redbrown, and the third with blackish paint all over, Fig. 145 d.
Beaked jug, with the back of neck cut away above the top of the
handle, one specimen of red clay, undecorated (A2a), Fig. 145 h.
Four bronze fibulae, and nine rings (Fig. 147 a, d-f) were also found.
Three of the fibulae were by the shoulders, and one at the level of the waist.
Several of the rings were still on the fingers in two cases the hands were
by the waist, and in two cases bent upwards towards the head.
Tomb B. This was built of six slabs, one for each side, the bottom,
and the roof. The sides are '49 m. high and set in gravel the whole tomb
measures 1*26 m. by "56 m., and is of the usual cist type.
It contained one
In the tomb were six vases
skeleton in a slightly contracted attitude.
Oinochoai with trefoil lips, two, both alike, Figs. 146^, 148.
:
Fig. 148.
Theotoku
pattern on vase from
tomb
(cf.
Fig.
146 b) (scale
4).
Cup with one
handle, one, Fig. 146^: covered all over with red-brown

and with a raised base.
Amphora, one, Fig. 1 46 a.
Bowl with two horizontal handles and a raised base, one, Fig. 146^:
paint,
covered
all
over with black paint.
Bowl with excrescent cup on one
side, Fig. 146^, one, covered all over

with black paint.
The one-handled cup was found inside this.
In the tomb were also three pins with bronze heads and iron shafts, the
bronze head of another, and parts of the iron shafts of two more (Fig. 147 h, I).
Three were on the shoulder, one on the breast, and two at the waist. Three
bronze and one iron ring, a portion of an iron blade, and what may be
the remains of an iron fibula were also found (Fig. 147 k, m, n, i,g), together
with a grey terra-cotta whorl.
Portions of coarse linen were in some cases
still
to
the
rusted
iron.
adhering
Tomb C. This was a child's grave, and measured only 73 m. by "36 m.
it was a
simple cist, built with four slabs, roofed with a fifth, and floored with
At the foot of the grave was a jug with a trefoil lip (Fig. 146^"), like
gravel.
:
Early Iron
214
Tombs
Age
and B, but the handle does not reach right up to the

lip.
ring, and an iron ring were also found (Fig. 146 b, c).
In considering these tombs we may take B and C together, but it is
The type common to both
necessary to examine their relation to Tomb A.
The
two
oinochoe.
of
vases
is
the
trefoil
groups differ in the following
groups
and the beaked jug, types
handles
in
are
five
bowls
with
points
high
that do not occur in
or C: in B the bowl with the excrescent cup, and
two other vases have raised bases. No difference in fabric is to be observed,
The presence
but vases with red-brown paint occur in A, and not in B.
of the beaked jug in
at
first sight suggest that this tomb is the
might
But when
earlier.
It is possible that there were several interments in A.
those from
bronze fibula and
we consider the Skyros vases, we see that the first tomb there contains a
beaked jug like that from Tomb A, and a bowl on a raised base like those
from Tomb B. Thus it is probable that the Theotoku tombs all belong
to the same date, and are contemporaneous with those from Skyros.
Fig. 149.
Vase from Khassan Tatar
(scale
2).
Two other tomb groups fall into the same context, but unfortunately they
are not yet published.
They have been found at the two following sites
Marmariani
Of the seven tholos tombs excavated here, one contained
L.M. Ill vases, and the other six iron weapons and primitive geometric vases
The most prominent shape
(Aia) like those from Skyros and Theotoku.
is a beaked
them
with
the
back
of
the
neck cut away above the
amongst
jug
handle. These are decorated with geometric patterns like those from Theotoku,
and some are unpainted.
:
UpaicTiKa 1899, p. IOI.
Early Iron
Age
215
Here Tsundas found several tholos tombs, one of which contained Mycenean vases, while the others contained vases like those from
1
Sesklo.
Marmariani.
To
which we have above classed as Ala and

four other vases from Thessaly.
These are
Tatdr (Xacra-au Tardp), west of Larissa.
Here was found the
this general class of ware,
A 2a, we can add

Khass&n
two-handled bowl shown in Fig. 149.

The bowl does not appear to be
Most noticeable is the presence
wheel-made, and the paint is not lustrous.
of spirals in the pattern by the handles, which recalls the Ai/3 ware from
The
Lianokladhi.
biscuit
is
deep
red.
Mr Periklis Apostolidhis is a jug of Aia

Pagasae.
ware from this site 2
It is to be noted that the arrangement of its
pattern is
on the zone system similar to that of the Ai# ware from Lianokladhi.
Dhomokos. Two vases from the neighbourhood of this town are known.
One (Fig. 150) is in the Volos Museum its handle was apparently broken off
in antiquity, and then the holes were bored
through the
neck.
The biscuit is soft and red. Round the top of
the body are traces of decoration in matt black.
This,
since it is a beaked jug with the back of the neck cut
away above the handle, should be classed as Ala, but it
The
closely recalls the Ai/S ware from Lianokladhi.
other vase is a beaked jug of the usual type (A2a), but
In the collection of
.
unpainted, in the Fitzwilliam Museum at Cambridge.

To these we can also add three sherds from Zerelia
VIII 3 two beaked jugs from Tombs 17 and 47 at Sesklo,

and two more from Tombs 57 and 61 at Dhimini, which
show that this shape
part of the
r was in use in the latter r
,
T-,
,,
Fourth Period.
We
*** '5 a v ase from

,
Dhomokos ,(scale
4).
I
we can tell from the evidence at present before

It also
geometric ware (Aia) is a local Thessalian fabric.
seems likely that in origin it is connected with the hand-made geometric ware
The three vases, from Pagasae, Khassan Tatar,
(Ai/3) of Lianokladhi III.
and the Volos example from Dhomokos, that from their fabric we should feel
inclined to class as the earliest, are also those which show the greatest likeness
The Dhomokos vase resembles the Lianokladhi ware in the colour
to A i/3.
of the biscuit, the Pagasae vase in the zone treatment of the pattern, and the
Khassan Tatar bowl has painted spirals at the base of the handles, a prominent
characteristic of Ai/J.
That the Lianokladhi 1 1 1 ware penetrated into Thessaly
and Boeotia is proved by the sherds from Orchomenos, Tsangli and Rini.
Therefore we may consider the three vases as developed examples of Ai/3,
or of some parallel style.
Next in order come the vases from Sesklo and
Marmariani.
These it must be remembered were found in tholos tombs, and
Similar
of these tholos tombs two, one at each site, contained L.M. Ill vases.
Is it then possible
sherds were found with L.M. Ill ware in Rakhmani IV.
that the Aia ware represents the development of a later influx of geometric
thus see that as far as
this primitive
us,
A-2, pp. 115, 121.

Ath. Mitt. 1889, p. 266, PL 12. 8. Tsundas (A-2,
B30 (Dhimini ware), as also did Wolters.
2
p. 212,
note
1)
thought
p.
159-
it
is
a late example of
Early Iron <dge
216
pottery from the north, under the influence of L.M. Ill ware domiciled in
Thessaly ? The latest vases of this class are probably those from Skyros
But though these approach
and Theotoku, the latter being the latest of all.
the Dipylon geometric style, they do not come very close to it.
The Dipylon vases, that Wide 1 considers the earliest, have considerable
likeness to the Theotoku vases.
These, be it noted, all come from the islands,
or those districts of the mainland where the Creto-Mycenean influence was
3
6
most felt, Thera 2 Melos 3 Ios 4 Paros Amorgos 3 Rhodes Lemnos Argolis
3
3
3
Athens Eleusis and Orchomenos
Further, they have strong resemblances
the peculiarities of which Droop considers
to the geometric ware of Crete
Also into the same
due to a "strong survival of Minoan ceramic art 7 ."
context come the vases found by Paton at Assarlik in Caria 3 in tholos tombs,
which also contained iron weapons. This same class, as recently shown by
9
Wide, is also related to the late L.M. Ill vases from Salamis amongst which
the oinochoe with a trefoil lip is prominent, and two biigelkannen from Athens
"
Thus Wide's " Proto- Dipylon class, as we may call it, in its
and Nauplia 10
3
turn too has points of contact with the latest Late Minoan vases.
May we then venture on this evidence to reconstruct the history of the
About the beginning (or perhaps somewhat earlier) of
geometric style ?
the Second Late Minoan Period the geometric style first appears in a very
It appears next in
primitive form on hand-made pots at Lianokladhi.
and
influence
the
L.M.
Ill
seems to
wares, never common in the
Thessaly,
The result is the Marmariani-Theotoku
north, and already in their decline.
which both geometric and Mycenean elements can be seen. The

of styles, which we have noticed in certain vases from the
islands and Southern Greece, probably arose in the same way, but the
final triumph of geometric designs, as seen in the full Dipylon style, seems
to indicate yet another and a later infusion of true geometric wares.
Since
the Lianokladhi III (AiyS) ware has no connection with any contemporary
ware either in Thessaly or in the south, it was probably due to an invasion
coming over the passes of Tymphrestus from Epirus, and the later waves
of geometric influence, which seem to be required for the full Dipylon style,
may well have originated in the same general direction. On the other
hand the early iron age vases from Pateli" on Lake Ostrovo, among which
beaked jugs with a cut away neck, some decorated with simple geometric
patterns, are prominent, seem to indicate an origin more directly to thenorth.
In the period after the formation of the Marmariani-Theotoku style
the great majority of the Thessalian prehistoric sites were deserted.
style
in
same
fusion
Jahrbuch, 1900, pp. 49 ff.

Hiller von Gaertringen, Thera
p. 71,
Fig. 243, pp. 311 ff.

ibid. pp. 172 ff
/,
II, p.
30, Fig. 79,
see also Dragendorff's
remarks,
3
4
6
6
7
Wide, op. cit., loc. cit.

There is one vase in the Museum at Ios.
There is one sherd in the Museum at Paros.
Droop, B. S. A. xil, pp. 24 ff.
Op.
cit.,
p. 60.
shown
10
H.
S. 1887, pp.
66
ff.,
cf.
especially the vase
in Fig. 6, p. 69.
Ath. Mitt. 1910, pp. 17 ff, Pis.

Ath. Mitt. 1910, pp. 33, 34.
v, vi.
u In the
Constantinople Museum unpublished.
With them were found spectacle fibulae, and other
;
bronzes of the period of geometric pottery, like

those from Phthiotic Thebes. We have seen
similar bronzes from tombs in the neighbourhood
of Berrhoea.
CHAPTER
XI
ARCHITECTURE
The
architectural remains
have already been described above
accounts of the several excavated
sites,
the
but a general discussion of the various
in
house types, their possible relation to one another, their development and origin
has been reserved for the present chapter.
The best evidence for house plans of the First (Neolithic) Period is at
Tsangli, where there is one complete example, and three others in fair preservaAt Sesklo, too, there are considerable remains,
tion, one resting upon the other.
and also at Orchomenos part of a house was uncovered at Zerelia, but the
It seemed however to have been
complete plan could not be ascertained.
rectangular, and to be built of sun dried brick resting on a single course of
flat slabs, in this respect
differing from all other examples, which are built of
wattle and daub with or without a stone foundation, or else entirely of stones,
as seems to have been the case at Sesklo.
The Tsangli houses are all of the same square type with internal buttresses,
and the existence of three superimposed houses, which differ only in the number
of buttresses, shows that this type continued for a long period of time.
The
latest of this series may perhaps be contemporary with the earliest Second
Period houses at Sesklo and Dhimini.
The remains at Sesklo 2 though plentiful are disappointing, for no large
The prevalent type is rectangular, and there is
plan is really well preserved.
one certain example of a one-roomed broad-fronted hut similar to the neolithic
type that occurs in Crete and elsewhere. Whether this was the normal plan at
Sesklo is uncertain, but since the most ingenious reconstructions cannot make
the Sesklo houses like those at Tsangli we can safely conclude that at two sites
only some few hours apart there was a difference in house types, although in
all other respects the cultures were
Close to Sesklo itself
precisely the same.
are the remains of round wattle huts, and such dwellings probably existed in
Thessaly in every age. Orchomenos is a striking contrast to both Sesklo and
Tsangli, for there only round buildings occur, but Orchomenos from its position
and subsequent history can hardly be considered a typical northern site. The
only evidence at all for fortifications is confined to a few fragmentary walls at
Sesklo, but the possibility of wooden palisades, which might leave few traces
behind them, cannot yet be excluded.
After the end of the First Period at Orchomenos the Urfirnis style of
pottery comes in, and houses of an oval shape with one flat end succeed the
earlier circular type.
At Sesklo and Dhimini, where alone in Thessaly is there
;
pp.
w.
&
t.
1 1
ff.
pp. 64
3
ff.
p. 195-
28
A rchitecture
218
architectural evidence for the Second (Neolithic) Period, there is of course no

Urfirnis stratum at all, but a rich deposit of painted wares.
These two sites,
which are barely an hour apart, are similar in every way, and may be therefore
taken together.
In both cases rectangular house plans prevail as might be
but the larger

expected from the evidence for the First Period at Sesklo
houses or megara, and the system of fortifications require some consideration,
since they have been compared to other buildings outside Northern Greece.
The fortifications in question consist of a series of ring walls of but moderate
height, and their strength lies not so much in the actual walls as in the successive lines of defence such a system provides, and in the narrow and tortuous
alleys by which alone the centre of the village could be gained.
Analogies
have been suggested between the walls at Dhimini and the fortified towns of
Khalandriani (XaXavSpiavtj) in Syros, Ayios Andreas ("Ayios 'AvSpeas) in
Siphnos and the second city at Phylakopi, and thus the rude Thessalian ring
walls have been regarded as the prototype of the Mycenean mainland citadels
with their massive single walls and strongly guarded gates.
The relative chronology of the three island fortified towns is fortunately
ascertainable
Khalandriani with three walls is the oldest, Ayios Andreas with
;
two walls comes next, and Phylakopi with also two walls is the latest. Thus
there is an advance in date and development from north to south. Is then
Dhimini, which is still further north and more primitive, the prototype of all
three and consequently earlier in date ?
Tsundas assumes that it is, and
arranges his chronology accordingly, but
if
he
is
right the following situation
arises.
The
red on white pottery of the First Period must be placed altogether

any object yet found in the Cyclades. This seems improbable, but
not impossible.
The Second Period however thus overlaps with the early
Cycladic spiral decoration this at first sight may seem in favour of Tsundas'
theory, but Thessalian spiral decoration, which occurs on painted wares,
resembles the painted spirals further north, and has little affinity to the
Cycladic incised ornament. But the vital objection to putting the Dhimini walls
so early is that it leaves an enormous period almost unrepresented by remains.
Tsundas himself assumed a real Mycenean period to fill this gap, but subsequent
excavations have shown that there is no long Mycenean period in Thessaly at
Thus the walls of Dhimini must be put centuries later than Tsundas sugall.
Their resemblance to the island fortifications however must be admitted,
gests.
and they may ultimately prove to have the same origin but any early people
are likely to make fortifications of the Dhimini type they require little skill to
build and the village can easily be
enlarged, when required, by the addition of
another wall, as in fact seems to have happened at Dhimini itself.
North
Greece was always backward and it is only natural to find a primitive system
of defence, based possibly on earthworks like those at Priesterhugel 2 still in
vogue in Thessaly at a late date.
The houses and particularly the large megara at Dhimini and Sesklo have
3
The point at issue is briefly this the
already given rise to controversy
earlier than
A-2, pp. 386

'E#. 'Ap x 1899, pp.
Excavations at Phylakopi, pp. 256 ff.
ff.
Mitteil. tier
anthropol. Gesell. in
pp. 193
ff.
1 1
Wien
ff.
3
;
Cf.
S.
Arch. Anz. 1909,

Pfuhl, G. G. A. 1910, pp. 827
Jolles,
1900,
A. XIV, pp. 343 ff.

A-2, pp. 390 ff.
pp. 412 ff.
Mackenzie, B.
ff.
A rchitecture
Thessalian megara bear a strong resemblance to the Mycenean megara at

Tiryns and Mycenae and Tsundas, who with Noack believes that the mainland
palaces are in origin different from those in Crete', regards the Thessalian
megaron as the forerunner of the mainland palace and also the Doric temple.
Mackenzie on the other hand regards the Cretan and mainland palaces and
the Thessalian megara as having all evolved from the same prototype.
Hepostulates a broad-fronted hut with a central hearth, a type that occurs in
Crete and also at Sesklo in the First Period.
Out of this primitive plan
assuming an increase in the number of rooms is made by adding, and not by
"
subdividing a house of a b'ut and b'en" type is easily evolved, and the original
broad-fronted hut becomes a narrow-fronted house.
Traces of its original broad-fronted character will, however, occasionally
remain in the proportions of the back room.
Megaron B at Dhimini is a case
in point.
The front room is the living room with a fire, and the back room is
used perhaps for stores.
Climatic conditions have here to be considered. In
the mild climate of Crete no fixed hearth was necessary, but further north the
hearth became a fixed point, and its old central position in the living room,
"
when the house had evolved into one of a " b'ut and b'en type, was no longer
convenient owing to draughts, and the only real solution to obviate the ensuing
smoke nuisance was to isolate the living room, as was done in the mainland
At Dhimini and Sesklo however there is an intermediate and experipalaces.
mental stage, which need not have occurred in practice in every place the
hearth is moved out of its central position and placed either to one side or else
;
close to the back wall
3
.
The above
ingenious theory does not seem to insist on any direct connection between the Mycenean and Thessalian megara, but only requires a
common prototype, and so seems preferable to Tsundas' theory which overemphasizes the influence of the Thessalian types. At the same time however
it seems
very doubtful if Mackenzie's hypothetical prototype can be used to
Whether the megaron type of house continued
prove similarity of race.
the
Second
at Dhimini and Sesklo is uncertain, but a house,
Period
beyond
of
the
same
apparently
shape, was found in the latest (third) stratum at
Lianokladhi.
The plan is not absolutely certain, but the hearth seems to
be placed near the centre.
The continuance of the Thessalian megaron type
in Northern Greece may, as Tsundas
suggests, have influenced the later Doric
temple.
For the Third Period the only evidence as yet is House Q at Rakhmani,
but as this is clearly a simpler form of House
at the same site, which is
of later date, we may pass on at once to the Fourth Period, in which we have
a variety of evidence. The later types at Sesklo and Dhimini are apparently
rectangular, though it must be noted that the evidence is very scanty and may
At Rakhmani there is a
belong to the Third as well as to the Fourth Period.
long narrow house with one curved end at Rini a true oval house at LianoOrchomenos by this
kladhi, as we have already seen, a probable megaron.
time has become a Mycenean city and so concerns us no longer.
The L.M.
Ill
palace at Ayia Triadha
is
said to be of the mainland type, but this
is
still
judice.
2
F'gs. 34. 39 B, pp. 65, 81.
282
sub
Architecture
220
The
Rini house may be a development from the same type as the two
houses, but apart from this possible connection the house types
The conclusion, to
the
last
of
prehistoric period seem to be very different.
which the above evidence seems to point, is that in Northern Greece no one
house type was ever universal. The most constant shape is perhaps the Dhimini
megaron round houses at present seem to be far more prevalent at Orchomenos than elsewhere but it is useless to attempt to explain the vagaries of
early North Greek architecture, until more is known of the regions lying
immediately to the north of Thessaly.
Rakhmani
CHAPTER
XII
CONNECTIONS WITH THE SOUTH

Before we can proceed
sum up
to
generally the results of our examina-
prehistoric remains of North-Eastern Greece, we must briefly

review 1 the prehistoric discoveries made to the south of Lake Kopais, which,
as said above, forms, as far as our present knowledge extends, the southern
tion of the
limit of the
North Greek
area.
the Cadmea remains of extensive

have
been
prehistoric occupation
brought to light, and tholos and chamber
tombs have been found near the town. The pottery and other objects found
fall within the second and third Late Minoan
periods, to the latter of which
the bulk of the finds from the Cadmea belong.
At Ayios Theodhoros ("Ayios
near
and
elsewhere
on
the
littoral of the Corinthian gulf
edSw/ao?),
Anticyra,
tombs of the L.M. Ill period have been found*.
Attica.
On the Acropolis 4 at Athens some monochrome and incised
sherds were found amongst them was one grey sherd, which is perhaps
The incised fragments recall those from Aphidna. The other
Minyan.
Boeotia, Phocis,
etc.
At Thebes on
2
or III.
On the slope of the Acropolis
the
Odeion
of
erodes
Atticus
a
tomb
of unbaked brick was discovered
by
with upper and lower interments.
With the bones were eleven obsidian
arrow heads of the hafted type, and several sherds of Minyan ware
a
small jug of rough hand-made ware was found near by.
At Aphidna" Wide opened a tumulus in which he found thirteen graves.
These were of three kinds, (i) shaft graves, (2) large pithoi lying on their
The small objects found show that these
sides, and (3) cist tombs of slabs.
fall in the bronze
The
graves
age.
pottery however is peculiar, and does not
resemble very closely any known kind of ware.
It falls into two classes,
or
brown-black
monochrome
either
ware,
(1) grey
plain or incised, (2) bowls
with simple geometric ornament on a white ground.
The first class recalls
the
earliest
ware
from
and
second
the spouted Melian
the
Thorikos,
slightly
bowls which first appear in Middle Cycladic II.
till
further exploration
But
in Attica these finds cannot be placed in their right context.
prehistoric sherds are
L.M.
II
1
Naturally this is not meant to be a complete
record of prehistoric finds in Southern Greece, but
only of the more important, and of those where a
connection with North Greece is to be sought.
2
Keramopullos,
pp. 209
ff.;
'E<f>. 'Ap%. 1909, pp. 57

TLpaKTLKa 1910, pp. 152 ff.
ff.,
1910,
Memnon
II,
p.
98; cf.Ath. Mitt. 1889, pp. 267ff.;
1906, p. 394; npanTtxa 1908, p. 100.

4
Graef, Akropolis Vasen, Pis.

'Apx- 1902, pp. 123 ft ;
'E<f>.
menos
8
I,
1 ff.,
cf.
pp.
I ff.
Bulle, Orcho-
p. 68.
Ath. Mitt. 1896, pp. 385
ff.,
Pis. XIII
ff.
222
Attica.
At Thorikos
Euboea.
Aegina
explored the acropolis, and found remains of houses

which he distinguished two strata.
In the lower and earlier stratum he
found blackish hand-made ware often decorated with incisions, and some
In the
fragments with patterns in white on a reddish or black surface.
stratum
found
much
ware
he
L.M.
Mycenean
upper
(probably
Ill), and
the
houses
were
also some Minyan ware.
also
found
some
Amongst
pithos
Stais
in
graves.
2
At
Eleusis Skias has explored part of a prehistoric necropolis that lies

between the acropolis and the sea. Two of the graves seem to have been
of unbaked brick like those of Orchomenos IIP.
But the bulk of the pottery
found occurred in connection with "pyres," so that it appears that cremation
Minyan ware is very common, and also ordinary Mycenean

and
is a
there
(L.M. Ill),
good deal of Mattmalerei, and a few pieces of
L.M. II. The most interesting point about this necropolis is that Minyan
ware was found both with Mattmalerei and L.M. III
The other prehistoric finds in Attica at Menidhi (MewSi), Spata (%ird.Ta),
5
Mark6pulo (MapKo-rrovko), Aliki ('AXi/of), Brauron and Thorikos are all of
the second or third Late Minoan periods.
More important is the necropolis
in
falls
Salamis
which
at
the
explored
very end of the third Late Minoan
6
The
here
are
vases
found
most
important, for they show a transitional
age
of
decoration
between
the
third
Late Minoan style and the geometric
stage
As
remarked
several
of the vases in their patterns
above,
Dipylon style.
the
Thessalian
recall
geometric ware of the Marmariani-Theotoku style.
In the neighbourhood of Chalcis tombs containing pottery and
Euboea.
other objects of the Early Cycladic period have been found.
These are
Also
important, for this is so far the northern limit of the Cycladic culture'.
in recent years several Mycenean tholos tombs have been excavated in the
districts of Chalcis and Kyme, but few of the objects seem to be earlier
took place here.
than L.M. II 8
Aegina. The site of the temple of Aphrodite has been explored by

9
10
Stais and by Furtwaengler
The stratification here seems to have been
The lowest stratum contained according to Furtwaengler "vorquite clear.
"
und friAhmykenisch-geometrische pottery, by which Mattmalerei is presumably
meant, similar to the vases found by Stais. These consist principally of large
pithoi with linear ornament in black on a greenish white ground, which in
shape appear to be a development, like the pithoi from Argos, of the Early
11
There are also flat, open bowls similar to those
Cycladic type in Melos
from Melos, which first appear in Middle Cycladic. With this ware apparently
was found Minyan ware of the Orchomenos style, which is very common on
Above this was a later stratum said to contain late Mycenean ware,
this site.
But as no report of the excavation has yet been
presumably L.M. III.
.
UpaKTiKa 1893,
2
'E<f>.
p.
16;
'Apx- 1898, pp. 51
'Apx- 1895, P- 2 34-
'E(j).
ff.
(he calls
Minyan ware
Lydian).
3
'E<p.
'Apx- 1898, p. 49
cf.
Bulle,
Orchomenos
'E(f>.
pp. 177
'E(p. 'A.px- 1898,
pp. 52, 57, 71.

'Apx- 1895, pp. 193 ft
Tsountas-Manatt,
Mycenean Age, pp. 166, 383 ff.
6
Ath. Mitt. 1910, pp. 17 ff. ; see above, p. 216.
6
'E<j!>.
Ilajra/Sao'tXfiou,
l,
p. 68.
4
llcpl
rdcpav, pp. 1 ff.

8
Hanuflacrikeiov, op.
'Apx-
1895,
iv
Tail'
cit.,
pp.
pp. 21
235
Evftoiq
apx<tla>v
ff.
cf.
ff,
ibid.
1910,
ff.
Alter des Heraion und des Heiligtums von

Olympia, p. 481.
" Cf.
PI.
with Excava10
'E<p. 'Apx- '895,

tions at Phylakopi, Pis. vil.
10,
1,
1-4
vm.
4-6.
^^L^',
Megaris.
Argolis
223
published, full details are wanting, and nothing is really certain as to the
exact stratification.
At the Aphaia temple not much prehistoric ware was
Prehistoric
found, and nearly all belongs to the third Late Minoan period.
ware is also said to have been found on the settlement on the Oros, but
no details of this are yet to hand.
At Nisaia and Minoa" Mycenean (L.M. Ill), Mattmalerei
Megaris.
and Minyan ware have been found, but there was apparently no stratification.
At Argos 3 itself Vollgraff has found a prehistoric settlement on
Argolis.
the Aspis.
The pottery of this settlement is divided by the excavator into
4
five groups, but there are only two classes which concern us here.
The first
class is Minyan ware, which in colour and the shapes of the vases differs from
the Orchomenos-Lianokladhi style, but in technique is closely related. In both
the apparent imitation of metallic forms is common, goblets with high ringed
feet occur in both, and in both the careful fabric is a marked feature.
The
which
for
the
sake
of
clearness
we
call
Argive variety,
may
Argive-Minyan,
has a black polished surface, a harder biscuit, and is often decorated with
incised lines.
The shapes are (a) cups with two high handles projecting
above the rim, (6) open bowls with two small ribbon handles placed just
under the rim, a ribbed neck, and as a rule incised decoration on the body
A comparison 8 of the illustrations
below, (c) goblets with a high ringed foot.
shows the difference between the Argive and the Orchomenos ringed feet.
The first two shapes are common at Argos, but of the last only one example
was found. The other ware is of the Mattmalerei type with designs in matt
The principal shapes are, (a) pithoi,
black on a greenish yellow surface.
which closely resemble those from Aegina, and seem to be a developed form
8
of a type common in Melos in Early Cycladic III (6) flat, open bowls, again
7
a type common in Melos from Middle Cycladic onwards
(c) cups splaying
out towards the top, and with patterns on the bottom, another type recalling
8
The other finds are of minor importance.
Late Cycladic ware from Melos
But one fact is of great value, that all the different kinds of pottery were
found together in one and the same well-defined stratum, so that Mattmalerei
At the foot of the Aspis several
is here contemporary with Argive-Minyan.
chamber tombs were found which belong to the second and third Late
1
Minoan
periods.
Argive Heraeum.
The
excavators found no stratification at this important
9
Amongst the pottery there are several pieces of black and incised ware
of a primitive appearance, but of the incised ware some seems either from the
shapes or the colour of the clay (yellow) not to be primitive at all, but to
10
belong to a class of ware contemporaneous with Proto-Corinthian pottery
Of other prehistoric wares, Mattmalerei and L.M. II and III all occur.
site.
Furtwaengler, Aegina, pp. 434 ff.

Ath. Mitt. 1904, p. 95.
3 B. C. H.
1904, pp. 364 ff., 1906, pp. 8ff.
4
His classes are, I Monochrome, unpolished,
hand-made ware, II Minyan, black, III Minyan,
grey, IV polished, hand-made ware, V Mattmalerei,
VI Incised ware. According to their prevalence
they can be arranged thus: I, V, II, III, VI, IV.
2
Under Minyan we
include his classes
II
and
III.
Cf.Schliemann,Mycenae,F\g.23owhh B.S.A.
XIV, p. 212, Fig. \$a-e, which is our Fig.

e Cf.
'E<. 'Apx- 1895, PI. 10. 1-4; Excavations
at Phylakopi, Pis. vn. 1, vm. 4-6.
7
Excavations at Phylakopi, PI. xxxin.
8
Cf. Excavations at Phylakopi, Pis. xxvi-xxix.
9
Waldstein, Argive Heraeum 11, pp. 69 ff.

cf.
Waldstein, op. cit. n, p. 70, nos. 16-21
Furtwaengler, Aegina, p. 446; Hiller von Gaertringen, Thera 11, pp. 196 ff.
I0
e.g.
A rgo
224
Arcadia
Corinth.
lis.
Mycenae. The well-known finds of Schliemann and Tsundas have been

so well and so often described elsewhere that there is no need for us to enter
In and
It is only necessary to note one or two points.
into any details.
about the shaft graves, which, from the objects found in them, belong mainly
to the first and second Late Minoan periods, Schliemann found several
2
specimens of Mattmalerei with black designs on a greenish-yellow ground'3
and also the foot of a goblet with a ringed stem of the Argive-Minyan style
Of the so-called Kamares ware found in the same context only one sherd
5
seems to belong to M.M. Ill 4 for the others seem to be imitations of Cretan
ware, and so probably of later date.
Amongst the pottery found elsewhere at
is fairly common, as well as the Argive-Minyan ware.
Mattmalerei
Mycenae
Though the stratification at this site was much disturbed by
Tiryns.
the building of the later palace, yet the recent German excavations have done
much to throw light on the early history of the site 6 The lowest strata have
produced a great quantity of pottery which the excavators call Urfirnis. They
consider it to be allied to Early Cycladic ware, and to be akin to, but not the
same as the Urfirnis ware of Orchomenos II and Lianokladhi II. The askos
is a common shape.
Above this a few cist tombs were discovered and some
1
The upper strata, to judge by the pottery'

pottery of the Argive-Minyan style.
found, belong principally to the third Late Minoan age, though L.M. II ware
is common.
The earliest Minoan vases here consist of two pieces of M.M. Ill
ware found by Schliemann 7
The full study of the pottery will throw still
more light on the early periods of this citadel.
Nauplia. The necropolis explored here yielded vases and other objects
8
of the third Late Minoan period
In addition, Mycenean ware has been found at other sites in the Argolid
such as Midea, Asine, and Epidaurus 9 and Dr Kurt Miiller informs us that
Urfirnis ware has been found at Mili (Mw'Xoi), Lerna and Asine.
Corinth.
In 1896 the American School 10 found two prehistoric graves
The graves showed no traces of cremation, and
near the temple of Apollo.
from their size it seems that the bodies were buried in a contracted attitude.
The actual graves were in the form of rough chambers opening off a shaft.
The vases are unpainted, nearly all hand-made, and with two exceptions,
which are incised, quite undecorated.
The prominent shape is a kind of
beaked jug, and the clay as a rule is a greenish yellow.
In fact they appear
to be connected with the Mattmalerei style, of which they may well be the
But as this is an isolated find it cannot, till fresh discoveries
forerunners.
are made in this region, be put in its right context.
Arcadia. At Tegea" a few fragments of L.M. Ill vases have been
.
See Schliemann, Mycenae; Schuchhardt,

Schliemann' s Excavations Tsountas-Manatt, Mycenean Age.
2
Schliemann, Mycenae, pp. 146, 162, 163;
Furtwaengler-Loeschcke, Myk. Thongefaesse, Pis. 1.
1
Schliemann, Mycenae, p. 154, Fig. 230.

Furtwaengler-Loeschcke, Myk. Thongefaesse,
PI. vi. 34, cf.
Fimmen,
Mykenischen Kultur,
6
Zeit. u.
Dauer
d.
Kretisch-
p. 36.
Furtwaengler-Loeschcke,o/.
cit.
Pis. vi,vn.4i.
See Schliemann, Tiryns; Arch. Anz. 1908,

Ath. Mitt. 191 1, pp. 198 ff.
Schliemann, Tiryns, Pis. 26 d, 27 d.
Ath. Mitt. 1880, pp. 143 ff.; UpaKTiKa 1892,
p. 127, 1909, p. 122,

7
8
pp. 52
9
6, iv. 13, 16, 17.

3
ff.
For these and other
sites see AfXWoi/ 1888,

pp. 155 ff., 1889, pp. 163 ff. ; Frazer, Pausanias in,
pp. 231, 299.
10
Am. Journ. Arch. 1897, pp. 313 ff.
n B. C. H.
1901, p. 256.
Laconia
found
in
French excavations
the
at
the
225
site
of the
temple
of Athena
Alea.
Laconia.
Vase fragments of the second and third Late Minoan periods
have been found at the Menelaion, the Amyklaion and in tholos tombs at
Vaphi6 (Ba<io), Arkina ('A/s/aVa) and Kambos' (Ka/iiros). The only examples
of earlier wares found are those from Yeraki (repaid)*, which include blackish
monochrome hand-made ware and fragments of Mattmalerei. With the latter
were also found obsidian and bronze.
Finally, before we proceed to sum up the results of our examination of
the prehistoric finds in Southern Greece there are five stone statuettes that
must be mentioned. Three of these are the well-known statuettes reported to
have been found at Sparta 4 with two small stone vases. As pointed out by
Tsundas these are clearly of the mainland and not of the island type. The
legs are short and stumpy, the heads are round, and the steatopygy is most
The other two are said to be from Attica, one is of Pentelic
marked.
marble and is very similar to the Sparta statuettes, the other* is also of
marble, and is of the same type as one of the Sparta figures. The provenance
of these figures is so doubtful that it is hard to know to what context to
assign them. But it is by no means impossible that statuettes of the Thessalian
type should be found in the south, for as we have seen from the Melian
obsidian found in the north trade relations existed between the north and
south from very early times.
We thus see that on the mainland in the south not much pottery that is
earlier than L.M. I has been found, and that, when earlier remains have been
found, as for instance at Tiryns, Yeraki, and Aegina, they have no resemblance
to the Thessalian wares.
The only connection between the north and south
before the first Late Minoan period is given by the Urfirnis ware from Tiryns,
Orchomenos and Lianokladhi. But at Tiryns the Urfirnis stratum is thick,
and rests on virgin soil, so that there nothing earlier than it is yet known.
But at Orchomenos and Lianokladhi the Urfirnis strata overlie earlier strata
containing red on white ware (A3/8). It seems probable that the Urfirnis ware
in Orchomenos II and Lianokladhi II begins later than the corresponding
ware at Tiryns.
The only other clear connection between south and north apart from
Minoan or Mycenean fabrics is that given by the Minyan and Mattmalerei
But it is to be noted
wares, the significance of which is discussed below.
that just as there is a difference between the Orchomenos and Tirynthian
Urfirnis ware, so also is there between the Argive Minyan and that from
Orchomenos and Lianokladhi. Further it is remarkable that the Minyan
ware found in Thessaly is without exception of the Orchomenos variety.
Therefore, except for the Creto-Mycenean wares (L.M. II and III) there
seems to be hardly any direct connection between Thessaly and the southeast regions of the mainland at all.
1
Sparta Mus. Cat.
B.S. A. XV,
p. 245, no. 798
J. H. S. 1910, p. 359.
2
'E<f>. 'Apx- '889, pp. 131 ff., UpaKTLKa 1910, p. 276.
3
B. S. A. xi, pp. 96, 98, xvi, pp. 72 ff.
4
Wolters, Ath. Mitt. 1891, pp. 55 ff; A-2,
p. 384.
1
p. 113,
w.
xvi, pp. 4
&
t.
ff.
My res, Journ.
"
In a loan collection
Museum
at
Anthrop.
Cambridge.
Inst. 1900, p. 253.

in the Fitzwilliam
shown
Cf.
another steatopygous
of stone from Aegina, which seems to

belong to the same class, Arch. Arts. 1910, p. 47,
Fig. I.
figurine
29
226
Crete, Cyclades
Crete and the Cyclades.

The excavations in Crete, Melos and elsewhere
have given us a clear idea of the history of these regions in early times.
The point to note is that down to the end of the Late Minoan and Late
Cycladic periods the development of the civilisation of the islands is unbroken.

The pottery sequences at Cnossus and Phylakopi are practically decisive on
this point.
It is also clear that the so-called Mycenean (Late Minoan I,
II and III) pottery has a long ancestry in Crete.
Therefore, since on
the mainland the pottery sequence that leads up to the so-called Mycenean
style is lacking, we are justified in believing it to be derived from Crete.
Further, as has been already noted, before the first Late Minoan period there
is hardly any evidence of close contact between the mainland and Crete,
though
there is between Crete and other islands
From that period onwards Cretan
culture seems to have colonised portions of the mainland, and soon after, in
the second Late Minoan age, southern culture first touched Thessaly.
Minyan ware, both of the Argive and of the Orchomenos type, has been
found in the third city at Phylakopi.
Mr Ormerod tells us that there is
some with the Cycladic sherds in the Museum at Paros.
But beyond the
connections shown by Late Minoan and Minyan wares, there seems to have
been little if any contact between the islands and Thessaly.
Melian obsidian
is found on all the Thessalian sites even in the earliest strata.
But if the
obsidian was brought by sea, it is remarkable that nothing definitely Cycladic
was found in sites so near the sea as Sesklo, Dhimini or Phthiotic Thebes.
Other sites by the sea still remain unexplored, but to judge by the evidence
before us, it hardly seems likely that they will prove very rich in Early
Can we then assume that the obsidian in Thessaly came
Cycladic objects.
by an overland route by way of the Cycladic settlement at Chalcis and the
Thus as it seems to have
outposts of North Greek culture at Orchomenos ?
with
the
trade
in obsidian must be considered as a
it,
nothing
brought
thing
It might be thought that some of the Thessalian stone figurines
apart.
But as we have seen above 2 none, with the possible
resemble the Cycladic.
3
exception of the head from Topuslar at all resemble the Cycladic anthropomorphic figures. As to the fiddle-shaped figures the difference is even more
The Thessalian examples 4 from Dhimini and Sesklo are not at all
striking.
5
like the Cycladic type, with the exception of two
and even these have no
marked Cycladic characteristics. Apparently the only Early Cycladic object
from Thessaly is the gem from Zerelia, which was unfortunately only a surface
All the southern pottery found in Thessaly is Mattmalerei, Minyan or
find.
Late Minoan, and the Urfirnis sherds from Tsani like those from Lianokladhi II, which differing from the Tirynthian are more like those in
Orchomenos II, show no Cycladic connection themselves. Thus we may
conclude that as far as the present evidence goes, the Cyclades exercised
1
or no influence on prehistoric Thessaly.

to Crete and Mycenean South Greece the case is different, for we
have seen above that while L.M. II ware is rare in Thessaly, L.M. Ill ware
little
As
Thera, Fimmen, Zeit. u. Darter d. KretischMykenischen Ku/tur,p. 36; Hiller von Gaertringen,
TheraUl, pp. 41 ff. Melos, Excavations at Phyla1
p. 56.
kopi, pp. 252 ff.

2
pp. 70, 83.
10,
See Chapter IV.
A-2, PL 37.
11.
3,
10;
cf.
'E$. 'Apx-
1898, Pis.
Mycenean Influence
common
227
we mean that a little L.M. Ill ware

Therefore it appears that the Minoan
in the second Late Minoan period, but did not
become common there till the third. Even then Minoan pottery did not
displace the existing local wares, but continued in use by the side of them.
Thus if there was a Mycenean occupation of Thessaly, it was not a permanent
settlement in force with large bodies of colonists, but an occupation by means
of trading factories established here and there, and by detachments quartered
in various centres.
If we are right in our theory as to the development of the
latest local painted ware (Aia), the effect of this occupation can be seen
in a local, hybrid style of pottery.
But it cannot have lasted long, for not
much has yet been found of this hybrid style (Aia) or of L.M. Ill ware.
Then followed the great mysterious catastrophe that caused the abandonment of the prehistoric sites in Thessaly and overthrew the power of the
Mycenean civilisation in Greece.
is
in small quantities.
has been found at a good

culture reached Thessaly
many
By
this
sites.
29
CHAPTER
XIII
CONNECTIONS WITH THE WEST
At present very little is known about the prehistoric remains of Western

Greece, and Epirus is unexplored, so that it is not to be expected that there is
much connection to be traced between this region and Thessaly. Our own
travels in Epirus and Aetolia have shown us that mounds like those of Thessaly
are not to be found in the west. Apart from the excavations of Doerpfeld and
Sotiriadhis little is known of the early remains of the west of Greece.
Here Doerpfeld has excavated three
Pylos (Kakovatos, KaKofiaros).
tholos tombs, which fall in the second Late Minoan period.
On the hill above
them remains of buildings have been discovered, and amongst them have
been found many fragments of monochrone incised, and plain pottery, reddish,
grey and black. These are shown to be approximately contemporary with the
tombs, for amongst them are six Mycenean sherds like those in the tombs.
Arene (Samikd, 2a/xi/co). Here 2 Doerpfeld has found remains of walls and
pottery similar to those from Pylos, including a few Mycenean sherds.
1
At the supposed site of this town which lies a little to the

the
same excavator has found remains of houses and pottery
Olympia,
Pisa.
east of
similar
from Pylos.
Here Doerpfeld's excavations have shown that beneath the
Olympia.
remains of classical Olympia lie the ruins of a prehistoric settlement
Many
houses have been found, one of which was discovered in the original excavaThese houses
tions, and thought to be the remains of the great altar of Zeus
are of the so-called oval or elliptical type they are oblong in shape, and have
one rectangular and one curved end.
In and about them prehistoric pottery
is
This
is
monochrome, hand-made, polished ware, and is often
plentiful.
incised.
are
small
cups of grey clay with two handles rising above
Typical
the rim, and with spirals incised below them.
There are several examples of
brown polished jugs with incisions. Painted ware is rare this has reddish
There is one sherd
clay, a cream slip, and geometric patterns in matt black.
of this style from Arene. With these pots, which though similar, do not closely
resemble those from Pylos, were found a few celts including bored examples
like our Type E.
Leukas.
In this island, which he believes to be the Homeric Ithaca,
6
At Khirospilia (XoLpoa-rrrjXLci) a cave in the
Doerpfeld has excavated two sites
south of the island he has found a rich neolithic deposit including a good deal
to those
Ath. Mitt. 1907,
pp. 269
2
p. xv,
1908, pp. 295
ff.
Arch. Anz. 1909,

Arch. Anz. 1909,
ff.,
1909,
Ath. Mitt. 1906, p. 205, 1907,

ff.
Arch. Anz. 1909, p. 121.
163
pp.
p. 120.
p. 121.
p.
v,
191
1,
Buile, Orchomenos 1, p. 48.

See Doerpfeld, Briefe aus Leukas- Ithaka
i-v.
Leukas.
Aetolia,
229
etc.
of painted pottery.
This is well polished, and has a reddish biscuit over the
The
is a creamy slip on which are geometric patterns in red-brown.
In appearance the ware distantly recalls
vases are painted inside and out.
Also it has some likeness to
A3/8 Thessalian pottery, and in designs B$a.
few sherds have a herringthe neolithic pottery from Matera in Apulia
bone pattern in white on a black ground, and there are also monochrome
sherds.
By the bay of Nidhri (NiSpt) on the east coast traces of an extensive
On the hill side behind the plain that borders
settlement have been found.
the bay, remains of elliptical houses have been cleared and in the plain itself
many tombs have been opened. These are rectangular graves in a circle
paved with stones, and probably once covered by a tumulus. The bodies
All
were burnt and placed with vases and other objects in large pithoi.
round the grave, and scattered over the stone circle was a layer of ash which
contained bronze knives, etc.
Amongst these grave circles, and sometimes let
One such
into them, are cist tombs of slabs, which seem to be later in date.
circular inclosure was found which contained twelve cist graves, and a place
thought to be an ustrinum. Another rectangular enclosure contained nine cist
tombs. The vases from the tombs are all monochrome, and include several
ordinary prehistoric types, but have no close resemblance to any known kind
of ware.
Amongst the bronzes is a spear head like that from the fourth shaft
at
Mycenae, and Tomb 56 at Sesklo. Other finds include two necklaces
grave
All about the plain
of gold beads, and flint arrow heads of the barbed type.
at a low level remains of human habitation have been found, and amongst them
many potsherds. The typical ware is of very soft, buff clay with a polished red
of this ware which is sometimes incised, a few sherds have been found at
slip
Olympia. Other miscellaneous sherds include one Minyan and two or three
:
biscuit
L.M.
Ill pieces.
Greek Archaeological Society has explored

a late Mycenean (L.M. Ill) cemetery, of rock cut chamber tombs 2
In these
local monochrome ware was found as well as ordinary Mycenean vases.
At Koronta Sotiriadhis has found some L.M. Ill graves*.
Acarnania.
At Stratos he has found in a tumulus near the Achelous a quantity of prehistoric pottery which closely resembles the soft, red-surfaced ware from
Leukas.
At Thermos Sotiriadhis has found by the temple of Apollo, and
Aetolia.
4
at a lower level than the archaic temple, two large prehistoric apsoidal houses
These as usual have one short end rectangular, and the other curved. In
them much of the pottery found is like the ware from Stratos, and resembles
the Leukas ware mentioned above.
These finds in the west can apparently be divided into two groups, an
To the neolithic
early or neolithic group, and a late or bronze age group.
sherds
from
the
in
Leukas.
painted
Khirospilia
They, as
group belong only
has been shown, have some slight likeness to the Thessalian neolithic wares,
but no sufficiently strong resemblance to enable us to decide definitely that
Kephallenia.
In this island the
p.
Cf.
Peet, Stone
108, Fig.
Fig.
2
36;
and Bronze Ages
Liverpool Annals
in
1909,
Italy,
p.
85,
p.
108
Kavvadhias, Comptes
d. Inscr. el Belles
1911, pp. 6ff.
UpaxTtxa 1908, p. 100.
npaxrtica 1908, pp. 95 ff.
pp. 382
3
16.
Arch. Ans. 1909,
Rendus de F Acad,
4
ff.,
Le tires,
1909,
Connections with the West
230
Also, as we
they belong to the First or to the Second Thessalian Period.
have indicated, they show some likeness to the neolithic wares in Apulia, which,
as Peet has pointed out, have also some likeness to the Thessalian
These
Apulian wares have no resemblance to any other early Italian fabrics, so that
there is some probability that they are importations from the eastern side
of the Adriatic. Their patterns have a general, but not a specific, resemblance
to both the Leukas and the Thessalian wares.
Therefore it would be perfectly
allowable to regard them all as branches of the same family, and thus as dis2
But these
tantly connected with the great Danubian group of early wares
are speculations which have as yet no actual basis, and they have little value
in archaeology till either Epirus or Albania has produced kindred wares that
occupy a middle position between the Thessalian pottery and the Leukas and
Apulian fabrics. The whole question is one of the greatest importance, but
it is
premature to discuss it now since there is little or no evidence forthcoming for the moment.
The bronze age group includes the Aetolian and Acarnanian pottery, the
ware from Nidhri in Leukas, and the sherds from Olympia, Pylos, and the other
sites in that corner of the Peloponnesus.
In the Peloponnesus these wares
occur with L.M. II and III sherds 3 and in Leukas with L.M. Ill and Minyan
wares. Therefore it may be assumed that they are contemporary with L.M. II
and 1 1 1 pottery. This is confirmed by the evidence of the spear head mentioned, for the similar example from Mycenae is of L.M. II or earlier date, and
that from Sesklo was found with Minyan ware, which, as we shall see below, is
as far as we can tell at present to be assigned to the second Late Minoan
Thus
period, though it probably overlapped both into L.M. I and L.M. III.
the later or bronze age group of wares belongs to the latter part of the Fourth
Thessalian period, and the presence of bored celts of Type E does not go
The objects that enable us to compare these western finds with
against this.
the Thessalian are in neither case native to either of the districts concerned.
Consequently we must imagine that both were local cultures in, as seems
obvious, a backward state, which were not, as far as we can see, in direct
communication with one another, but were simultaneously influenced by the
same great outside force. This external power must have been in both cases
the Creto-Mycenean culture spreading northwards by coastwise routes.
1
id., Stone and

pp. 416 ff.
108, 217, 287, 415,
418; Liveipool Annals 1909, pp. 72 ff., 1910,
pp. 118 ff.; Mosso, Mon. Antichi, 1909, pp. 305 ff,
1
Peet, B. S.
Bronze Ages in
A.
xm,
Italy, pp. 85,
1910, pp. 237ff.

Mayer, Stazioni preistoriche di
Molfelta.
*
See below, pp. 232, 257.
3 In
Kephallenia too local wares were found
;
with L.M. Ill pottery.
CHAPTER XIV
CONNECTIONS WITH THE NORTH
tact,
Connections with the north fall into two

such as the occurrence on North Greek
classes, particular points of consites of sherds or vases almost,
if not quite, identical in

shape or technique with specimens from further north,
and general points of similarity between certain northern cultures and the early
finds from Thessaly, which are thereby differentiated from contemporary remains in the Aegean area.
convenient to take the particular points of contact first. Four monolids (T$\) from Dhimini are compared by Tsundas to somewhat
similar types from Troy I 1
A fifth has since been found in Tsani IV. The
similarity in shape may be admitted, but since this type also occurs in Troy
II-V 2 and the fabric differs, Tsundas' chronological inference is not valid.
In the relief ornamentation, which is not uncommon in the T$ wares,
Tsundas again sees connections with Troy 3 and this theory is considerably
strengthened by the more recent evidence from Rakhmani, where spirals in
relief are found in close connection with the horn-shaped lugs.
The connection
however is slight and consists only in similarity of decoration, for in all other
respects the Trojan vases are unlike the Thessalian. Similar plastic ornamen4
tation, including spirals, has been found in Macedonia and it may prove
There is however no
a connecting link between North Greece and Troy.
A very similar
evidence as yet for the shapes of these Macedonian vases.
is raised by the raking handles (r^fi) found in Northern Greece,
question
which likewise have analogies with handles from the same two localities'.
In North Greece it has occurred at the following sites
Marmariani, Sesklo,
Lianokladhi and Zerelia.
A small clay cup from Dhimini, as Tsundas points out, is almost identical
9
with one from Troy but it is very doubtful if any weight at all can be attached
Tsundas also finds a resemblance between a type of open
to this parallel.
bowl from North Greece and a somewhat analogous shape at Troy 7 but the
connection seems to be vague. There is however at Troy in settlements VI
and VII a considerable quantity of Minyan ware 8 some of which seems to be
imported and some from its fabric to be local. The occurrence of this ware
it does not however
in Thessaly and at Troy is important
prove any direct
It is
chrome vase
1
A-2, p. 274, Fig. 199, and p. 364, Fig. 294,
H. Schmidt, Schlicmann Samml., nos. 188-195.
2
H. Schmidt, op. cit., nos. 2986-2988.
cf.
A-2, pp. 262 ff.

H. Schmidt, Zeit.f. Ethnol. 1905, pp. 96 ff.
6
A-2, pp. 271 ff., Figs. 189-196; H. Schmidt,
op. cit., p. 98, Figs. 6 ff.
4
6
A-2, p. 276, Fig. 204 cf. Schmidt, Schlicmann
Samml., no. 285: the Dhimini example is of Tiy
ware, which does not occur at Troy, see p. 77.
T
A-2, p. 278, Fig. 210, and p. 370, Fig. 298.
8
Schmidt, Schliemann Samml., nos. 3241,
;
3088.
232
Thrace,
Troy,
etc.
communication between the two places, but only that both were in touch with
Orchomenos. Nevertheless, as Thessaly is almost on the way from Orchomenos
to the Troad, direct communication may be inferred.
The distribution of the various styles of Tia ware leads us to a somewhat
Tsundas compares Tiai to the three or four Trojan sherds
similar region.
which also have white paint. The comparison, which was made when very
With the other two styles we
little of Tiai was known, is extremely doubtful.
are on firmer ground ria2, or a closely allied ware, has been found at Besika
5
3
2
4
Tepe Boz-eyuk Vinca and also in Bulgaria and Tia^ has the same disIn both cases the sherds from Vinca seem nearest to the Thessalian
tribution.
and are probably identical, the Boz-eyuk example of Fia2 on the other hand,
1
though apparently similar in technique, is not Thessalian in shape. The shapes

Some sherds which seem identical
of both styles are however very doubtful.
6
there are also similar
with crusted ware Tiy have been found at Vinca
7
in
and
some
too
from Galicia 8 which
from
Palt
Lower
Austria
examples
seem analogous. All these have red paint on a dark ground.
The original home of this ware has yet to be found it may well be in the
Northern Balkans though there is always a possibility of its proving to be
in Macedonia.
From Macedonia itself there is one certain importation in a
9
sherd
of
red
single
rugose ware now in the National Museum, Athens it
came from Thessaly, but its exact provenance is unknown.
Tsundas' suggested connection 10 between the Thessalian and Bosnian
but the connection
incised wares has not been confirmed by subsequent finds
with Thrace", which he also suggests, is highly probable, for in both places a
combination of spiral and geometric motives is found.
Turning to connections of a more general kind there are several points,
which show that Northern Greece goes with the north rather than the south.
The steatopygous nature of the figurines which is particularly marked in the
First Period separates it from the Aegean, where steatopygy is rare and never
12
and at the same time separates it from Troy, where flat, fiddleso developed
shaped types predominate. The nearest parallel in this respect to Northern
The ithyphallic figurines likewise suggest the
Greece seems to be Thrace 13
but the strongest connection of all is to be found
north rather than the south
in the decorative motives of the Dhimini ware, which unite Thessaly to the
wares found in Thrace, Roumania, Galicia, Bessarabia,
groups of similar painted
and Southern Russia 14 The combination of spiral and geometric patterns is an
underlying feature of all these various wares, which are thus sharply differentiated
from the Aegean civilisation.
Putting together the above evidence we see that North Greece in a
general sense connects with a group of early cultures that exist in Thrace, and
,
this
2
3
4
39
A-2,
The
p. 242.
comparison
is
chronological objection to
discussed on p. 238.
Doerpfeld, Troja und Ilion, p. 546.

Ath. Mitt. 1899, p. 25, cf. PI. ill. 17.
Vassits,
Praehiflorische Zeitschrift
II,
pp.
ff.
Liverpool Annals, 1909, p. 162.

A-2, pp. 371 ff.
n B. C. H.
1906, pp. 364 ff.
12
Many of the Aegean steatopygous figurines
seem to be merely squatting.
13
Cf. Hoernes, Urgeschichte, PI. in
the likeness
rests mainly on the steatopygy.
14
See Burrows, Discoveries in Crete, Chapter XI ;
Class. Review, 1908, pp. 233 ff, and in particular
10
Vassits, op.
Vassits, op.
Now
Oxford.
cit., p.
cit.,
36.
pp. 29
ff.
in the prehistoric collection at

few examples in the Ashmolean
Vienna.
Museum,
Appendix
belov
Metal.
Aegean and Danube
233
in the plains further north', and are noticeable for their early painted
pottery,
in a particular sense with certain other northern cultures, which in their
and
use of incised pottery and
other respects' are very different as a whole from

In
the one case there is a general underlying conanything
in
the
other
nection,
merely points of contact.
which
is here of interest, is that at a time, when bronze was
point,
in
in the Aegean and at Troy and Vinca, Thessaly, which
use
both
commonly
lies between the two, was still in a neolithic or subneolithic age.
There seem
in fact to have been two early bronze-using areas
one in the south centreing
round Crete, and another in the north extending westwards from Troy through
Servia into Europe, and also almost certainly eastwards from Troy into
Anatolia.
Troy from its very position was clearly on a trade route leading
across into Europe, and may possibly have even procured copper from Servia,
but apart from the early use of metal there is evidence for such a trade route
3
in the connections to be found between the Servian and Trojan pottery
and
between Troy and Hungary there are also signs of intercourse*. The distribution of Tia wares along this route is interesting and makes it possible that
Thessaly first acquired metal from the north. The bronze objects as yet found
in Northern Greece are insufficient to decide this point, the spear head from
5
Sesklo which resembles others from Leukas and Mycenae, is not of a typical
southern form.
The bronze axes also from Sesklo" in section are not exactly
in
Greece
in
itself.
they may however be a local type, for they approximate very closely
shape to the stone celts. On the other hand two stone axes' from Sesklo
and Zerelia seem to be of a Mid- European type, and possibly imitate metal.
Lastly we may consider briefly two rival theories concerning the connection between the early civilisations of the Aegean basin and the Danube
Hubert Schmidt who is supported by von Stern derives the Aegean
valley.
cultures from those of central Europe.
A precisely opposite view is held by
and
who
derive
Central
the
Vassits,
Wosinsky
European cultures from the
8
For
both
is
theories
Thessaly
Aegean
obviously a most important district,
and the manner in which the early North Greek cultures are differentiated
from those in the south, and the peculiar character of their connections with the
north, which seem to imply a racial connection with the neolithic painted wares
9
of Thrace and beyond, and a trade connection with the Servian incised group,
There are however a few other
tells alike against both the above theories.
which
of
a
more
character
may suitably be summarised here.
objections
general
In the first place, there is a strong a priori improbability against any one
culture ever spreading throughout the whole of the Balkan peninsula either
from south to north, or north to south. The existence of a uniform civilisation in the Southern Aegean, radiating from Crete, and spreading thence to the
Cycladic
in
1
A homotaxy between Thessaly and Anau as
hinted by Hall, Proc. Soc. Biblical Arch. 1909,
pp. 312 ft"., seems most unlikely.
2
It may here be noted that, as we previously
suggested, the obsidian from Vinca proves not to
be Melian, Classical Review, 1908, p. 236.
3
4
6
6
7
Vassits, op. cit., pp. 32 ft.

Schmidt, Zeitschriftf. Ethnol. 1904, pp. 608
A-2, pp. 146, 354; see pp. 68, 229.
A-2, pp. 351 ff.
See pp. 71, 164.
W.
&
T.
AT.
We
have discussed these theories elsewhere,

ff., 1909, pp. 209 ff.
9
The connection with Thrace is based on
No definitely imported
general similarities.
Thracian sherd has been yet observed. A wheelmade vase in the sixth shaft grave at Mycenae
however resembles in some respects the pottery
of South Russia, Furtwaengler-Loeschcke, Myk.
Dr Evans kindly drew our
Thongefaesse, PL vm.
Class. Revieiv 1908, pp. 233
attention to this vase.
30
No
234
Uniform Culture
mainland of Greece is on the other hand in every way natural. The existence
of another such uniform culture on both sides of the Adriatic is far from improbable for in both cases alike the sea is the medium for communications.
But as soon as we have to deal with an area in which communications are
mainly by land, and with a country broken up by mountain ranges which were
almost certainly covered with forests and intersected by innumerable streams,
forming, in spring and winter at least, formidable barriers, the probabilities of
any uniform and extensive civilisation are extremely remote.
At no historic period moreover have the Balkans been permeated by one
civilisation
Hellenism even at the time of the Macedonian conquest never
in any real sense penetrated the interior, at no period was the Greek
language universal, and to-day this area is a conglomeration of diverse states
and nationalities, speaking different languages, and possessing different customs
and ideals.
From what we know of the prehistoric age this seems to have been also
1
Thus we are inclined to favour the theory of the parallel dethe case then.
of
various
cultures, related no doubt to each other, but still differing
velopment
rather than any theory which advocates a single
themselves,
greatly among
whether
in
the
north
or south, for the early civilisations of the Balkan
origin,
2
area
.
See above, pp. 229
ff.
Cf.
Appendix
I,
pp. 257
ff.
CHAPTER XV
CHRONOLOGY
It is clear after the brief review of the connections that can be traced
between prehistoric Thessaly and the adjacent regions, given in the last three
chapters, that any chronological system for North Greece must be based
on the wares imported from the south. Thus the true fixed point for
chronological purposes lies in the Late Minoan III sherds found in Thessaly
8
But
for it is not known if local wares were found with the L. M. II vases
a
it
is
to
which
became
Orchomenos,
finally
regard
perhaps legitimate
a
There
below
for
as
southern
site.
Mycenean city,
chronological purposes
the fourth stratum, which contained L.M. Ill pottery, was a stratum of
Minyan ware, in which Mattmalerei also occurred. This stratum is dated
by Bulle" as contemporaneous with the shaft graves at Mycenae, which fall
in L.M. I and II, that is to say according to Evans' dating between 1600
and 1350 B.C. 4 On the other hand in Thessaly, wherever Minyan has been
found with any Mycenean ware, it usually appears as in Zerelia VIII s and
Tsani VIII 6 together with L.M. Ill ware.
It also seems to occur, as far
as our present knowledge goes, with L.M. Ill at one of the prehistoric sites
7
8
At Eleusis it was found both with L.M. Ill
by Dhrakhmani 9and at Troy
and Mattmalerei
On the above evidence it seems that the earliest probable
date for Minyan ware is about the beginning of the L.M. I period, and its
lowest limit is about halfway through the L.M. Ill period. Minyan ware was
found with Mattmalerei at Argos, at Aegina, and in and about the shaft graves
10
at Mycenae
Consequently the latter ware may be said to have the same
1
general date as Minyan fabrics, but till the full publication of the excavations
at Tiryns, Aegina and Orchomenos the period of both wares, especially
Mattmalerei, must remain indeterminable.
Further, both these fabrics seem
to belong to the mainland, though Mattmalerei may be said to be akin to
Melian wares, and are parallel to, and not part of, the sequence of Minoan
(Mycenean) wares. Finally we may note that Minyan ware seems more at
home near Orchomenos, and Mattmalerei more at home in the neighbourhood
of the Argolid.
1
p.
2
p.
3
207 ff.
206 ff.
Orchomenos I, p. 53.
Hawes, Crete, the Forerunner of Greece,
p. 159.
p. 145.
p. 204.
p. 231.
p. 222.
10
See Chapter XII. In the recent excavations

at Phylakopi Minyan ware occurred mainly
with M.M. II pottery. Some also was found
together with L.M. II ware. The first appearance
of Minyan ware at Orchomenos may therefore be
in M.M. II, but this would not necessarily alter the
date of its appearance in Thessaly.
(191
p. 18.
1)
30
236
Chronology
The only earlier point of contact between Thessaly and the south that
can be used for chronological purposes is that shown by the Urfirnis ware at
But it is at present impossible to date
Tsani, Lianokladhi and Orchomenos.
this in terms of the Minoan system, for the finds from Tiryns and Orchomenos
are not yet published.
As the Urfirnis stratum at Orchomenos underlies the
it must be older, and if the
Minyan
beginning of the Minyan stratum cannot
be placed earlier than the beginning of the first Late Minoan period, then the
Urfirnis stratum must have ended about that same time.
At Tiryns the
Urfirnis stratum is very thick, and rests on virgin soil, therefore it not only
has a long history at that site, but is the earliest ware there.
On the other
hand at Lianokladhi 3 and Orchomenos 4 the Urfirnis strata overlie other strata
of red on white ware, and they are not very thick.
Thus we may legitimately
assume that Urfirnis ware began earlier at Tiryns than at the other two sites,
to which it seems to have come from the south.
When this took place it is
not easy to say, but it might reasonably be conjectured that it occurred
about the first Middle Minoan period.
The Urfirnis sherds found in
5
Thessaly at Tsani occur during the Third Period, and at the very beginning
of the Fourth.
Therefore if Urfirnis ware reached Thessaly about the same
time as it came to Lianokladhi, the Third Thessalian Period would fall in the
second half of the Middle Minoan age.
If also the importation of Urfirnis
ware into South-Western Thessaly ceased when the makers of the hand-made
geometric ware displaced the makers of the Urfirnis at Lianokladhi, we could
equate the beginning of the Fourth Period in Thessaly with the beginning of
Lianokladhi III.
Applying this chronology to North Greece we obtain the
set
out
below in tabular form (Fig. 151). The lower limit of
synchronisms
Urfirnis at Lianokladhi is put later than at Orchomenos, since some pieces of
Second Period wares were found in the top of Lianokladhi I, and the upper
limit also later, because it seems more likely that Minyan ware would be
earlier at Orchomenos, its home, than in the Spercheus valley.
For the
of
the
it is
red
on
white
ware
to
date
impossible
beginning
yet.
give any
The Mattmalerei sherds, though imports, are as yet of little value, since the
evidence from Aegina, Tiryns and Orchomenos is unpublished.
Further
1
publications and researches will doubtless correct these provisional synchronisms

in
many
points.
This chronological system has been drawn up mainly on the archaeological evidence, and is based on the actual points of contact between Thessaly
and the south shown by the imported wares. It differs considerably from that
He assigns"
put forward by Tsundas, which we must now examine in detail.
the neolithic age (First and Second Periods) to the fourth millennium B.C., and
the beginning of the bronze age, which he puts at the beginning of the Third
In this latter he does not include
Period, to the early third millennium B.C.
the Mycenean age (L.M. Ill ?)
The whole of his chronology is based on
the date he gives to the early bronze age.
This he considers parallel to
Troy I, because one of the Thessalian vase shapes (Tt,\) occurs also in
But as shown above 8 this vase shape is not peculiar to Troy I,
Troy I.
but occurs also in Troy II-V.
Thus even if the Thessalian and Trojan
7
p. 1946
A-2, pp. 361
ff.,
p- 224.
381
ff.
p. 176.
7
A-2, pp. 381 note
p. 194.
1,
382.
p.
8
145.
p. 231.
237
Chronology
examples were exactly alike, which they are not, the Thessalian examples
might be parallel to Troy V just as much as Troy I, and so this comparison
is useless for
Similarly, as shown above the other
chronological purposes.
in
vase
between
parallels
shapes
Thessaly and Troy put forward by Tsundas
have little or no weight for chronology.
He also instances the white on
black (Tiai) ware as a proof of connection between Thessaly and Troy I.
This ware is rare in Thessaly, and is only common at Tsangli of all the sites
so far explored, and in Troy I not more than three or four such sherds
occurred.
Again the parallelism is very weak, for the Trojan and Thessalian
wares are far from being exactly alike.
Further, he believes that this bronze
1
Thessaly
Chronology
238
bone whorls
(6)
some found
at
like some from Orchomenos, (7) clay cylinders similar to

Orchomenos by Schliemann, and by Zahn at Thera with
Cycladic wares, (8) Mattmalerei ware (rie), which is not so far as we can
earlier than L.M. I, (9) the likeness between ria.3 and the black,
knobbed ware (A5y) from Orchomenos. Of his comparisons, the second
has little weight, the fifth refers to objects which so far have been found
only in the North Greek area, and the sixth and seventh refer to minor
The first, third, fourth and eighth all refer
antiquities of no importance.
to the Late Minoan period (1600- 1200 B.C.).
Finally, the black, knobbed
ware from Orchomenos (A5y) belongs to the First Period, for it was found
This ware (A5y) Tsundas says is exactly
with red on white ware (A3/3).
This view is hard to reconcile with some
like the ria.3 ware from Thessaly.
He says that between the three varieties of Tia and
of his other remarks
A there are strong likenesses in the matter of fabric, but also states that
He admits, however,
he believes Tia to belong to the early bronze age.
that it is remarkable that there should be a likeness between the earliest
neolithic and bronze age wares, and at that point in a footnote refers to
the white on black ware from Troy I, and to the black, knobbed ware
It is not clear whether he means this latter
from Orchomenos I (A5y).
instance
of
the likeness between neolithic and bronze
as
an
comparison
But
it will be seen that if the
fabrics
or
not.
A5y ware of Orchomenos
age
of
the
Third
Thessalian
I were
like
the
Period, neither could
ria.3
exactly
be used for chronological purposes.
Thus we see that all the instances given by Tsundas for a uniform
bronze age culture refer only to the latter part of the Thessalian Fourth
Period.
There is a long gap between the beginning of L.M. I in 1600 B.C. 2
and the beginning of Tsundas' Thessalian bronze age in 2500 b.c. Minyan
ware is only sporadic in Thessaly, and while common in the Orchomenos
Urfirnis ware too, though its
district, is comparatively rare in the south.
area extends from Tiryns to Lianokladhi, is except for a few sherds at Tsani
unknown in Thessaly.
Consequently all the archaeological evidence is
the
to
entirely opposed
theory of a uniform bronze age culture throughout
all Greece after the end of the Second (Neolithic) Period in Thessaly.
The cardinal error in Tsundas' chronology seems to be that he postulates
that the bronze age began simultaneously in the islands, on the mainland
and in Thessaly, for which there is little archaeological evidence. He separated
Minyan from Late Minoan wares, and did not realise that the latest examples
of T3, as is now shown by the stratification at Zerelia, Tsani and Rakhmani
were contemporary with Mycenean ware (L.M. III). Therefore it seems
best to us to begin with the fixed point that we have in the contemporaneity
of the later F^ with L. M. Ill ware and work backwards in attempting to
arrive at a chronology for the Thessalian periods.
tell
He attempts to
Fimmen's synchronisms are likewise unsatisfactory
equate stone with stone, and bronze with bronze, and imagines that everywhere throughout the Aegean area bronze tools replaced stone at the same
3
A-2, pp. 241, 242 note
Hawes,
18.
Crete,
the
1,
382.
Forerunner of Greece,
3
See the Synchronistische Tabelle at the end of
his book, Zeit. u. Dauer d. Kretisch-Mykenischen
Kultur.
Chronology
239
time.
He puts Orchomenos II in the Early Minoan Period, and the light
on dark (so-called Kamares ) sherd from the Elatea tumulus in M.M. I and II.
But in Orchomenos II exactly similar light on dark sherds were found', so
that this synchronism stultifies itself.
Further, he places the fourth and fifth
1
graves at Mycenae in M.M. II; yet they contained Late Minoan

For Thessalian chronology he relies on Tsundas' dating, and
objects.
consequently we cannot accept his synchronisms.
shaft
1
This and the corresponding sherds from Orchomenos
do not even seem to be Cretan.
PP-
'94, 204.
II
are certainly not Middle Minoan, and
CHAPTER XVI
THE PREHISTORIC HISTORY OF NORTH-EASTERN GREECE
1
The
and earliest period is the now

on white style of pottery. It is found in abundance throughout
the whole North Greek area, being common in all the early settlements in the
Its southern limit
plains of Thessaly, Malis, Phocis, and Northern. Boeotia.
is the
a
natural
when
frontier,
pass by Orchomenos,
good
Kopais was yet
undrained and the neighbouring hills still covered with woods.
Its northern
is
also
a
natural one, being the mountain ridge that divides Thessaly
boundary
from Macedonia.
In the west the serrated range of Pindus would seem
an ideal boundary, but as yet no trace of early habitation has been found
characteristic feature of the first
familiar red
western half of the Spercheus valley, nor in the Thessalian plains west
of an imaginary line drawn north and south through the modern town of
Kardhitsa.
This cessation of habitation on the west side of the plains n
mark the extent of a primeval forest belt. Fresh discoveries may extend
this western boundary, and new settlements may be found close under Pindus
itself, but for the present the forest belt theory seems to explain the phenomena,
and there is moreover ample evidence that classical Thessaly, and even Thessaly
of the early nineteenth century was far more thickly wooded than it is to-day.
The red on white painted pottery is most plentiful in the early strata,
where in some cases it exceeds in quantity the plain wares that are found with
it
at a very early date also, almost at its first appearance, it reaches its highest
development, both in decoration and technique. As time goes on however it
decreases in quality and quantity alike the designs become cruder and the
vases coarser and clumsier in shape.
The plain wares, which in the north are almost invariably red, but in the
south mostly black, go through a similar degeneration, only increasing in
The only other painted ware that
quantity as the painted pottery decreases.
is a red ware with
to
this
period
belongs
designs painted on it in white it is
rare and on some sites has not been found at all, and seems to play but a small
Thus almost from the
part in the development of painted vases as a whole.
we
have
to
deal
with
a
for
in the earlier strata
very beginning,
degeneration,
the pottery is better in technique and painted wares are more plentiful.
This
in the
statement, however, though generally true, needs some modification, for in the
earliest levels of all at Tsani, Sesklo, Zerelia and above all at Tsangli, plain
red wares predominated almost to the entire exclusion of painted.
The sud-
den appearance of red on white painted wares, that
is
to say, pottery in
which
1
In this historical reconstruction only archaeological evidence has been used: and racial and
legendary names have been rigorously excluded.
History, First Period

the whole vase
241
first painted white and is then decorated with red patterns,

intermediate
strange.
style would be expected with white designs on a
red ground this however is lacking, for the white on red style alluded to
above is not sufficiently common, nor characteristic of quite so early a period.
Nor is it likely that the red on white style is due to a racial change, for the plain
red wares found with it cannot be separated from those of an earlier date.
It has been
suggested' that the red on white style is an attempt to reproduce
on vases designs originally done in a different material, perhaps light wood, or
wicker work.
This theory if correct would account for the abrupt transition,
and the decorations of the earliest red on white vases from Tsani Maghula.
is
An
is
wicker work, seem much in its favour.

Nothing is
manner in which these early wares were made, but
a chemical analysis of the sherds suggests they were baked in open fires and
not in kilns the red paint seems to have been made from a kind of stone
often also used for celts.
Local differences are many and various. An examination of the sherds
illustrated will show that each site has its own characteristic type of vase, and
scheme of decoration. The degeneration, noted already above, though universal varies greatly in degree. At Tsangli in particular it is less marked than
elsewhere, but at Zerelia, only five hours distant, exceedingly prominent. Local
differences moreover are not confined merely to shapes and schemes of decoration.
at
Slight, but noticeable variations occur in the colour of the paint
Chaeronea the patterns are almost crimson on a buff ground, at Zerelia the slip
is a dead,
heavy white, and at Tsani Maghula often almost yellow. The clay
the
also varies from place to place, another proof of local manufacture
"
"
Tsani
its
own
and
a
of
Spercheus valley possesses
scraped
technique
Maghula is remarkable for its two distinct styles, the early solid patterns, and
which certainly
known
recall
for certain of the
the later linear designs.
division according to patterns would be as follows
Rakhmani would form one group.

on white pottery
the
wares,
history of which may
for there red
though
it
differs
somewhat from
is
lie
all
Tsangli, Zerelia and
many ways Rakhmani stands alone,

not very common, and with it occur other
But
in
Sesklo is akin to all three,

Tsani Maghula with its two styles differs
further north.
;
again, and the Spercheus valley varies also in designs, as in technique.

Lastly, Orchomenos, Chaeronea, and Dhrakhmani would form a southern
group in which linear patterns prevail.
from Chaeronea to
It is easy however to overestimate these differences
;
Rakhmani
this culture is clearly one.
The contemporaneity
of the various
were not proved by sherds imported from one

local styles is obvious, even
It
is worth while for a moment to consider this
site being found at another.
The
evidence for internal trade.
Spercheus valley divides the North Greek
area in two at Lianokladhi consequently it is natural to find amid the masses
of local pottery a few sherds of the Chaeronea or southern style, and a few also
that clearly belong to the Zerelia district.
Zerelia, at best a poor site, seems
At Tsangli were found sherds from Tsani, Lianoto have imported little.
Its position in the valley that leads from the
kladhi, Zerelia, and Sesklo.
Western Thessalian plain down to the Pagasean Gulf is favourable for trade,
if it
w.
&
T.
This suggestion we owe to Professor Myres.

31
History, First Period
242
and the low hills to the south and north are no bar to intercourse with the
Krokian plain and the Peneus basin.
The makers of these early wares dwelt almost exclusively in the plains,
preferably near a good spring of water, and only in few cases did they venture
Their villages were often close together, frequently
to settle on the foot hills.
With the possible exception of Sesklo no
less than an hour's walk apart.
been
but earthworks or entrenchments may
of
fortification
have
unearthed,
signs
have escaped notice. The evidence for the kind of house or hut in vogue has
elsewhere been considered in detail
except in the south rectangular types
was
no
uniform shape. The celts belonging
there
but
it seems
probable
prevail,
none are bored for shafts,
to this age are well made, but of a primitive type
and the edge is often bevelled like a modern chisel. Obsidian as well as flint
was known, and stores of clay sling bullets have been found in the houses.
The terra-cotta figurines, though quaint in shape, are carefully made the
female types are invariably steatopygous, and the hands in most cases are
Their marked steatopygy may give a hint
placed just below the breasts.
of
ideal
feminine
of the contemporary
beauty, and have been also a racial
of
the
for
Darwin
records that the chief beauty of a
characteristic
period,
this
Hottentot tribe was so developed in
respect, that she was unable to rise
;
1
unless seated on a slope
The hair was worn long, carefully parted, and dressed in long plaits. The
male figurines like the female are nude one head however may be wearing a
head dress of a turban type, and another fragment shows a necklace. The sex
In both male and female figures the
of both these last examples is doubtful.
sexual organs are as a rule clearly marked, and another common characteristic
The most remarkable figurine of this
is an abnormally long and distorted neck.
is the female statuette from Tsani Maghula, where the knee and ankle
period
joints are indicated by small blobs.
Figures of animals are rare, and, when found, cannot be identified but
.
two are probably meant to be pigs.

Stone pounders, querns, and rubbers, and bone pins complete the list of
household belongings unless we add chairs on the strength of a terra-cotta
figure from Tsangli, but even so it was customary to sit cross-legged on the
ground, as is shown by another figure found at the same site, and one from
Mesiani Maghula. No evidence for burials of any kind has yet come to light 2
and cemeteries have still to be looked for outside the settlements themselves,
,
unless perchance these peoples followed the custom of the Massagetae and
3
Issedones and ate their dead, a practice still known in Central Africa.
Thus, as far as can yet be known, the first inhabitants of North-Eastern
Greece lived an uneventful life free from foreign invasion and more or less at
4
peace among themselves. Judging from the number of animal bones found
among their dwellings, and from the position of the villages in the plains they
,
seem
ends
1
to
have been a pastoral and agricultural folk. This period however

great upheaval, many sites are abandoned, new styles of pottery
in a
Descent 0/ Man (John Murray, 1901), pp. 881,
is
3
4
882.
The evidence from Chaeronea and Dhrakhmani
doubtful, pp. 197, 204.
Hdt. 1,216,
IV, 26.
favourite dish
water mussel, which

rivers.
seems to have been the freshis found in the Thessalian
History, Second Period
243
suddenly make their appearance, and Northern Greece no longer possesses

a uniform culture extending from end to end.
The Second Period like the First is neolithic, it contains no sign of any
progress in material civilisation, if we except the ring walls of Dhimini which
mark an advance in the art of war. The celts show some signs of development, and bevelled edges are rarely found, but a great change is to be noted in
the styles of the painted wares.
To the south of Othrys in the Spercheus
Phocis
and
Northern
Boeotia
there is a sudden homogeneous change,
valley,
but to the north the situation is different various local wares come into use,
and Thessaly may now be divided into several districts.
At Sesklo and also at Dhimini, which was first founded at this time, is a
This style has apparently
large deposit of the so-called Dhimini ware (Bâ).
little connection with the red on white ware that
preceded it the shapes of
the vases are different, and the typical schemes of decoration which combine
spirals and geometric patterns are a novelty in North Greek ceramic art,
Though perhaps the most virile of all the Thessalian styles it seems to be
restricted to a definite area.
At Dhimini and Sesklo it is found in enormous
and
is
in the valley that leads past Pherae to
common
quantities,
apparently
;
Larissa and Rakhmani, but outside this district it is comparatively rare.

Sherds of this ware were found at Zerelia, Phthiotic Thebes, Tsani Maghula,
and Tsangli, but exceedingly few considering how close some of these sites
are to the area mentioned.
The question at once arises is Dhimini ware a rapid indigenous growth,

or the result of an inroad ?
The walls of Dhimini may be used as an argument either way they can be regarded as a defence against attack from the
sea of the inland sites none seem to be fortified or as the mark of an in-
race, who came and meant to stay.

general resemblance to other
painted wares in Thrace points to invasion the figurines are less steatopygous
than those of the earlier age, but this change is common to the whole of ThesThe house types on the other hand show no change, though the evidence
saly.
is
Thus the balance of evidence seems in favour of an
admittedly slight.
invasion, or rather a second wave of peoples coming down from the north.
The Dhimini walls even iri this case may be a defence against attack by sea
to regard them as the stronghold of invaders from the seaward direction would
imply an invasion from the Cyclades, which in culture are far more remote
from the Dhimini style than the Thraceward regions. Thus, tempting as it is
in one way to conjecture that the Dhimini style came by sea, it is safer for the
present to regard it as coming by land, but the origin of this style of vase
painting must for the present remain an open question.
To this period belong the so-called megara at Dhimini and Sesklo, but as
we have already discussed the various theories concerning them, they need only
At the other sites no evidence for architecture has
a passing mention here.
found.
been
yet
Rakhmani, though in a sense it falls within the Dhimini area, as before
Its position at the entrance of
possesses certain characteristics of its own.
the
northern
frontier
makes
this
close
to
almost inevitable, and in this
Tempe,
are
which may come from the
as
in
the
first
certain
wares
found
there
period
More interesting however is a small pot from this site containing the
north.
vading
312
History, Second Period
244
was found in a deposit of the Second Period, but may

and it resembles a similar interment of the Fourth Period.
But whether of Second or Third Period date it is the earliest evidence as yet
for burial rites in Northern Greece.
At Tsangli is a wealth of painted wares. There the old red on white dies
a gradual death, and thanks to the discovery of black or dark brown paint
Other wares with black or brown paint
developes into a three-coloured ware.
on a red or buff ground arise, which show great variety in shape, as well as in
decoration, but none combine spiral and geometric patterns in the true Dhimini
"
manner. The most prominent shape is the so-called " fruit-stand which occurs
in nearly all of the Tsangli styles, and the most interesting kind of pottery is
perhaps the fine silver grey ware with patterns in black, or a darker grey.
This seems to have been much prized in antiquity, for numerous sherds were
found with holes drilled near the edges, showing that they came from vases
that had been broken and mended by sewing together.
Thus the main features of this site are its great variety in the kinds of
painted pottery and the striking contrast that it bears to the sites that fall
within the Dhimini area.
Tsani Maghula, that lies in the West Thessalian plain, shows signs of
contact with Tsangli, for some of the fine grey ware, just noted above, was
found and also, though naturally to a less extent, it connects with Dhimini.
But apart from a few such imported wares Tsani in this period is not rich in
It possesses but one local style of its own, a red fabric
painted pottery.
bones of a child
it
belong to the Third,
with black designs (B3S), but this never attained to a high standard
the
are
and
show
The
the
little
patterns
shapes
variety.
plain
always meagre
wares, which are in a large majority, have few distinctive features, and from
the end of the First Period onwards Tsani Maghula may almost be termed a
;
colourless
site.
The mound
of Zerelia in the Krokian plain had by this time fallen upon

the
old
red on white style, never particularly flourishing, slowly disdays
and
the
masses
of plain wares that succeed it are only relieved by an
appears,
occasional import from Dhimini, or Phthiotic Thebes.
It is noticeable too
that in the neighbourhood of Zerelia several sites were deserted at the end of
the First Period.
To the south of Othrys there is a sudden change of a different character.
At Lianokladhi in the Spercheus valley the red on white style was always
strong, and seems to have continued later than elsewhere, for in the red on
white stratum were found a few sherds of the Second Period painted styles.
Then comes a sudden change the old red on white wares cease abruptly, and
are replaced by a thick deposit of Urfirnis ware.
precisely similar change
seems to have happened at Orchomenos Chaeronea is deserted at the end of
the First Period, but one of the Dhrakhmani settlements apparently continues,
and contains painted wares of the Tsangli class. The history of Dhrakhmani
however is still far from certain. The sudden appearance of Urfirnis ware,
the contrast it bears to the older wares it replaces
for beyond the fact that
both are hand-made there seems no resemblance between them added to the
evil
The black
powdered
paint
pyrolusite.
is,
according
to
analysis,
manganese,
which
was probably derived from
History, Second
and Third Periods
245
of the red on white sites, at once suggests war and conquest.

moment to see from what quarter this Urfirnis pottery
came.
No known style of pottery either in the North or in the West of
Greece resembles it in any way in the Argolid however a similar ware has
been found, particularly at Tiryns in the early strata beneath the Mycenean
Dr Kurt Muller, the excavator, is inclined to see in this Tirynthian
palace.
Urfirnis signs of Cycladic influence or origin, and the shapes of the vases bear
out his view, but this Tirynthian pottery differs somewhat from that found at
Orchomenos and still more from that found at Lianokladhi, which does not
seem to be Cycladic in any real sense at all. This point however is not a vital
one, if the Orchomenos ware is merely derived from the Tirynthian as well
it
may be. Perhaps also the excavations now in progress at Tiryns may
eventually show that a deposit of Urfirnis, more akin to that from the north,
was swept away to prepare a level space for the palace foundations.
The
was
that
we
would
that
the
Urfirnis
ware
theory
suggest is,
originally prevalent
in the Argolid, but that it, or rather its makers, advancing northwards, under
pressure perhaps coming from still further south, took Orchomenos and came
as far north as the Spercheus valley.
To the north of Othrys no Urfirnis
sherds have been discovered, except a few in the Third Period at Tsani, but
the number of abandoned sites in Southern Thessaly, and the poverty of those
that continue, may nevertheless be due to an advance from the south.
Of the people who made this Urfirnis ware there is little else to say.
They dwelt on the same sites as the people they dispossessed their houses at
Orchomenos are oval and not round like those in the first stratum. They used
No metal has been found, but
bone, stone, flint, and obsidian implements.
bronze was probably in use towards the end of the period. What their
This culture
figurines were like is unknown, for none have yet been found.
began at Lianokladhi, shortly after the appearance of the Second Period wares
in Thessaly, and long before it died out in the Spercheus valley, the Second
Period in the north had ended. But before we discuss the end of the Urfirnis
style we must return first to Thessaly to examine the Third Period.
The Third Period, a division which we have only found possible to
make in Thessaly, is one of steady degeneration. The painted wares finally
come to an end by the time it closes, and the era of coarse, unpainted pottery
The best evidence for this age is to be found at Rakhmani, where
begins.
some fine examples of crusted ware, almost the only painted pottery still
Tsani Maghula and Zerelia still continue, but
existing, have been found.
can hardly be said to flourish the evidence from Dhimini and Sesklo is
meagre, and it is difficult to know precisely how much of Tsangli is to be
assigned to this age.
Considering its past, painted wares probably died
later there than elsewhere, but almost directly after they have gone Tsangli
was only partially inhabited, if not for a time completely deserted, and Rini
seems to take its place.
Though the pottery may point to a decline, other
bored celts just begin to be found, and
features show a material advance
metal may now have been in use. This last point is doubtful for no metal
objects have yet been found, but the distribution of crusted ware in bronzedesertion of
We
many
must digress
for a
using localities makes it difficult to imagine Thessaly entirely neolithic at this

time. Small celts are likewise absent and their place may have been taken by
History, Third
246
and Fourth Periods
bronze knives.
Connections with northern regions as far removed as Servia
are seen in the ria2, ria.3 and crusted wares, and suggest a possible source
for the hypothetical bronze of this period, for both at Tsangli and Rakhmani
these wares do not seem to be indigenous.
The standard of civilisation in this age can best be realised by an account
of the contents of a house at Rakhmani
The building itself was constructed
of sun dried brick resting on a low stone foundation.
It had perished by fire
1
and the occupants running out in haste had abandoned all their goods and
which were found lying about on the floor beneath the charred debris
from the roof and walls.
In addition to some fine vases in the crusted style
there were several celts, including two with holes bored for hafts, stone
small bored hammers of deer horn,
pounders, rubbers, querns or millstones
as
Tsundas
for
probably,
threshing corn, for corn itself was found
suggests,
near by
several bone pins and scrapers, a number of terra-cotta whorls,
clay rests for holding spits of a type still in use in Balkan lands, a lump
of red paint, a quantity of lentils, peas and several pounds of figs which
But more interesting
though much carbonised were easily recognisable.
than all these objects were perhaps the household gods which merit some
The heads were of stone or marble and the
description for themselves.
were painted,
features
if the conventional
patterns may be thus interpreted
These heads
in one example in red and in another in light brown or buff.
This
fitted exactly into the clay bodies, which were found lying beside them.
similar
for
other
of
is
not
a
at
local
feature
Rakhmani,
peculiar type
figurine
heads obviously intended also for clay bodies were found at Dhimini and
Another object 2 possibly a double-headed deity, was found in
Tsangli.
chattels,
the
same house.
Between this period and the next there
no sudden break, the Fourth
is
Period differs from the Third only in degree, but before considering the
Fourth and last Period in Thessaly, we must return once more to the
south of Othrys, where we left the Urfirni style at its height.
At Orchomenos the Urfirnis ware is succeeded by Minyan then Late
Minoan wares become plentiful, and Orchomenos can henceforth be classed
;
The transition between

the Mycenean cities that lie further south.
Urfirnis and Minyan, and the exact relation of Minyan to the Late Minoan
wares at Orchomenos cannot be understood until all the pottery from that
At Lianokladhi in the Spercheus valley the
site has been fully published.
Urfirnis comes to an abrupt end, like the old red on white style before it, and
Here
a rude hand-made ware with black geometric patterns takes its place.
Such sudden changes
once more we have to deal with a sudden inroad.
of population are natural in a small restricted space like the valley of the
Spercheus at the first alarm the inhabitants would fly to the mountains on
The tribe
either side, and leave their homes deserted for their conquerors.
that introduced the crude geometric ware seems to have come from over the
passes of Tymphrestus, for if they had reached the Spercheus from any other
with
direction,
observed.
celts
some traces of their coming would almost certainly have been

These new Lianokladhi folk still used flint implements bored
;
were found
1
in
the odd-shaped
Cf. Fig. 28, p. 52.
house, that seems

2
Fig. 28
/,
to
p. 52.
belong to the
History, Fourth Period
247
megaron type, which we have observed elsewhere in the Second Period,

but as a large number of imported Minyan vases were found together with
the local hand-made ware, it is safe to assume that bronze was known.
Meanwhile, to the north of Othrys the Third Period ends and the Fourth
The Fourth and last Period of the prehistoric age in Thessaly follows
begins.
on
the Third
no painted pottery of local manufacture is found at all,
closely
the vases are coarse, and ill-made alike in shape and fabric.
Zerelia, Tsani
and
Rakhmani
still continue, and of the three the last named is now
Maghula
perhaps the best Tsangli is only partially inhabited, and its place is taken by
the neighbouring settlement at Rini.
Dhimini and Sesklo also still continue,
and soon show signs of the advance of civilisation from the south, but both
these sites, except for tombs, are disappointing in their remains.
Bronze is
of course generally known, but must still have been rare, for knives of flint
and obsidian and stone celts, usually by this time bored, are in common use.
The universal degeneration noticeable in the pottery applies also to the terracotta figurines, which are now almost shapeless, with two prominent exceptions,
the seated ithyphallic figures, one from Zerelia and the other from near Larissa*.
House plans show a great variety in types at Dhimini and Sesklo
rectangular shapes seem to prevail, at Rakhmani is a long narrow house
with one curved end, and at Rini one of true oval form.
But despite such
local differences, when considered as a whole Thessaly in this period possesses
a culture of a dull and uniform type.
Although there is a great difference between the monochrome wares of
Thessaly and the crude geometric pottery of the Spercheus valley, Minyan
ware, imported probably from Orchomenos, which at this time had a large
coasting trade with Northern Greece, is found in some quantities in both regions.
The fact that it is particularly common at Dhimini, Sesklo, and the maghula
of Surpi and comparatively rare further inland is a clear sign of the manner in
which southern influence was at last reaching the north. On many of the
Thessalian sites Mycenean sherds (L.M. Ill) are also found in the latest
strata, but none occurred at Lianokladhi in the Spercheus valley, which
therefore seems to have come to an end before most of the settlements
further north.
There is also, as we have seen in Chapter XII, some
evidence for connections during the second Late Minoan period, but the
few objects of this date were not found in any stratified site, and so are
of little value.
Thus it was only at the end of the prehistoric age that Mycenean
civilisation really reached Northern Greece, but before it could supplant the
older cultures, and gain a firm hold on Thessaly, it was itself swept away by
the northern invasions that mark the dawn of historic Greece.
Before, however, we come to consider the end of the prehistoric age, one
In the Fourth Period are a
or two further points require some attention.
These are found
size
and
built
of slabs.
of
small
number
of
cist
tombs
large
in the Spercheus valley as well as in Thessaly itself, and also in and near
Orchomenos. Outside the North Greek area similar tombs are known at
In date as well as in
Thorikos, Athens, Eleusis, Tiryns and Leukas.
the body
distribution these burials seem to correspond to Minyan ware
;
Fig.
10, p. 163.
Fig. 30, p. 57-
History, Metal
248
is always in a contracted position and lying on one side, the objects

buried with it are few in number, at Zerelia in one such tomb was a bronze
knife, a flint arrow head and a bored stone celt, and in many if not most
In contrast to these cist tombs are the
examples the bones alone are found.
interred
The
Mycenean tholoi at Dhimini, Sesklo, Marmariani and elsewhere
a
Mycenean burial at Rakhmani was in
damaged condition, and it could not
be seen if it was a tholos burial or not.
The body, however, was lying at
full
At Rakhmani also, in a deposit
length, and not in a contracted position.
of the Fourth Period, and near to a house wall, was a pot containing the
bones of a child, similar in every way to an earlier burial at the same site.
2
rare
In all these cases only inhumation seems to have been practised, for no signs
of cremation have been observed.
The whole question of the use of bronze 3 its first introduction and its
That it came into use late, and was
origin, is in many ways still obscure.
never common is clear from the amount of bone pins, flint and obsidian
knives, and stone celts, that are found in abundance even in the uppermost
In Othrys,
strata, but it is still far from certain from what direction it came.
as opposed to many parts of Greece, are several copper mines' and traces of
,
though undated, workings. Some bronze axes, said to have been

found in this district, are now in the Athens Museum and the stone moulds
from Sesklo are a proof of metal industry. All these objects, however, are
probably of a late date, and local working in bronze seems never to have
flourished in early times in Northern Greece.
For a long period North
Greece seems to have possessed only few implements of metal imported
either from north or south.
The types of the weapons found are not
conclusive on this point, but if as seems quite possible from other evidence
Thessaly owed its first knowledge of metal to the north, the Urfirnis folk
to the south of Othrys probably procured it from the opposite direction.
Perhaps too it was first known to the south of Othrys, and only reached
ancient,
Thessaly at a
later date.
In the north as in the south the end of the prehistoric age was caused by
a great catastrophe
the old sites in the plains were deserted, and fresh
Besides a great change in
settlements were established on the foot hills.
As to
material civilisation, there was probably a change in the mode of life.
what caused this sudden downfall the evidence from archaeology is still slight.
the appearance first
It was presumably a series of invasions from the north
wares
in
of the strange geometric
the Spercheus valley, and later of raking
handles are both alike probably signs of closer intercourse with the north.
The top
It is easy, however, to overestimate the suddenness of the end.
strata of the older sites have naturally suffered most from denudation, and so
the evidence for what is perhaps the most interesting phase of all is unduly
Nevertheless, between the historic and prehistoric ages a few
meagre.
connecting links can be found some of the tholoi at Marmariani contained
iron, and crude geometric pots descended from, or at least related to, the
hand-made wares at Lianokladhi. The Theotoku tombs are another link in
;
Tomb
See Chapter X.
See p. 24 note 5.
F, p. 160, Fig. 108
b.
A.
KopStXXdr, 6 MfTaWfvTtKos nXoOror k<h at
'AXvicai rijs 'EXXaSo?, pp.

6
i8fF.
Nat. Mus. Athens, No. 12445,
'
nv of Bronzes.
-
History, Conclusions
249
same chain, and stand midway between the primitive Thessalian geometric
and the fully developed Dipylon style.
Having traced the development of North-Eastern Greece from its first
the
We
beginnings, we may in conclusion sum up the more salient points.

started with an area extending from Orchomenos northwards to the Macedonian hills, possessing a uniform style of painted pottery.
Then Northern
Greece was divided into two at Othrys, to the south of which was a uniform
culture different from the first, but still primitive.
This, as we have seen,
be
due
a
of
of
to
thrust
from
the
south
Greece.
To the north
may
peoples
of Othrys a variety of painted wares, some of which show connections with
the north, replace the older style.
Then throughout Thessaly began a long
and steady decline, and no painted pottery at all is found.
Meanwhile other
of
different
character
take
in
the
south.
new and
a
changes
place
barbarous folk appear in the Spercheus valley, and further south still
Orchomenos becomes civilised and finally developes into a Mycenean city.
Lastly, Minyan ware from Orchomenos and Mycenean wares also are found
in certain quantities in Thessaly, but before North Greece could become
civilised, all civilisation for a time was swept away.
The existence of a backward and barbarous group of peoples on the
northern frontier of what may be called Mycenean Greece is of some historical
We
have suggested elsewhere that Thessaly was backward in

because it lay just outside the two metal-using areas of the Eastern
Mediterranean district, being too far north or rather just off the lines of
Mycenean trade, and too far south of the line of metal-using peoples that
runs east and west through Servia and Troy.
Other factors also may have
The country, as we have seen, was once
helped to produce the same result.
more wooded and so more difficult for intercourse than in later days its
importance.
civilisation
presumably led a pastoral life, and pastoral peoples seldom

But though
develope rapidly of themselves without some external stimulus.
Thessaly produced nothing of itself, it played an important part as a buffer
state, and helped to protect the civilised regions of Southern Greece from the
more vigorous tribes of the Northern Balkans. It was not until the Mycenean
peoples themselves had removed this barrier by trade, or partial conquest,
that the destructive invasions from the north began which overran the Greek
peninsula from end to end.
inhabitants
w.
&
t.
32
CHAPTER
XVII
ETHNOLOGICAL CONCLUSIONS
With only scanty evidence for burial customs, and none for skull types,
the ethnology of North-Eastern Greece cannot rest on a firm basis.
have seen, however, that there is a great general resemblance in culture
Therefore it seems
between Thessaly and Thrace and the regions beyond
in
the
main
element
that
the
population of North-Eastern
highly probable
Greece in prehistoric times had Thracian connections. From time to time this
stock was doubtless strengthened by fresh incursions from the north, and in
this probably lies the explanation of the appearance of spiral decoration in the
Second Period. Thus we may accept Tsundas' Thracian theory 2 in a general
It seems, for
sense without admitting the validity of all his arguments.
the
occurrence
of stray
in
Thracians
to
fantastic
to
call
explain
example,
3
date
itself
of
a
at
Their
northern
by
early
puts
type
Sparta
figurines
them probably outside the range of tradition, and similarly the suggestion
that the legend of Tereus, and the Thracian war against the Minyae is
based on events that took place in the First (Neolithic) Period is incredible.
The tales of Thracians 4 in Phocis and Boeotia must belong to a much later
period, though probably there was always a certain Thracian element in the
population of those districts.
Owing to the legends that connect Pelasgians with Thessaly, Tsundas
considers that they also formed a large part of the population, and he makes
them mainly responsible for the introduction of spiral decoration. He regards
them, however, as a northern race and closely allied to the Thracians in
There is much to be said for this view, but
apparently every respect.
before admitting that North Greek cultures can be due to Pelasgians it
is necessary to examine closely Professor Ridgeway's views on prehistoric
North Greece.
It must be noted that the first volume of The Early Age of Greece was
published in 1901, when little or nothing was known of things prehistoric
in North-Eastern Greece.
Professor Ridgeway's later publications do not
discuss the question of Myceneans or Pelasgians in North Greece, but as
they contain a further exposition of several points of his Pelasgo-Mycenean
The main points to
theory as a whole, it is necessary to refer to them here.
be noted are as follows.
He now writes" "there is good literary proof for
Minos being an Achaean in origin," but in the Early Age Minos was treated
We
1
2
See Chapter XV.

A-2, pp. 395
See p. 225.
ff.
370
Cf. C.
O. Miiller, Orchomenos, pp. 206, 213,
ff.
Minos
the Destroyer, p. 22.
Ethnology, Pelasgians
251
The archaeological test for

belonging to a great Pelasgian dynasty'.
Pelasgians throughout the Early Age is the occurrence of Mycenean pottery,
but in Minos the Destroyer it is suggested' that the destruction of the palace
of Cnossus at the end of the Second Late Minoan period was immediately
followed by an essentially new culture introduced apparently by the Achaeans
of Homer 3
This view seems to us to conflict with the evidence from the
Zafer Papoura cemetery which clearly shows that " the overthrow of the later
palace did not bring with it any real break in Late Minoan culture," and
consequently does not satisfy any of the archaeological criteria required for
Achaeans in the Early Age, where they are sharply differentiated from
Mycenean peoples. The conquerors of Cnossus, whether Achaeans or not,
in culture seem to have been
Mycenean. In Chapter X and elsewhere it
will have been seen that in the face of the
archaeological evidence we cannot
accept the view that the main foci of Mycenean civilisation were on the
mainland, and that from there it spread to many places including Crete*.
The restatement of this view in Minos the Destroyer* also seems to us to
under-estimate the Cretan evidence.
This disagreement however on the development of the Mycenean
civilisation as a whole need not necessarily apply to the question of
Pelasgians and Myceneans in North Greece, and the following suggestions
must be taken as based only on the views put forward in the Early Age,
where prehistoric Thessaly is considered in detail.
7
In his discussion of Boeotia and Thessaly
which he takes together,
as
Professor Ridgeway attaches great importance to Orchomenos and claims

to prove the following two points: (1) that the Minyans of Thessaly and
Orchomenos are closely connected, and (2) that both are Pelasgians. Thessaly
is
regarded as one of the homes of the Pelasgian race, which he considers
made the objects called Mycenean. Now there are certainly archaeological
connections between Orchomenos and Thessaly at different times.
The
earliest settlement at Orchomenos contains the primitive red on white ware
that also occurs further north.
It does not, however, occur in the Argolid,
nor as far as is known anywhere to the south of Orchomenos itself.
It shows
no connection with any known Aegean ware, and the figurines found with it
So neither Orchomenos I nor contemporary
are non-Aegean in character.
II contains Urfirnis ware, which
Orchomenos
Thessaly can be Pelasgian.
extends up to Othrys, but further north only a few sherds have been found.
It may have originated in the Argolid, but in any case it is not Thessalian.
In Orchomenos III we come to a ware, Minyan ware, which in a certain
sense connects with Mycenean wares, in that it is found with them, and is
It has a wide
wheel-made, but in style and fabric it is totally different.
distribution, being found in the Argolid, where there is apparently a local
variety of it, in Attica, Boeotia, Phocis and on many sites in Thessaly, where
It also occurs
it is
especially noticeable in the neighbourhood of Iolcus.
Its home, however, seems to be Orchomenos,
at Troy and in the islands.
1
4
6
p. 640.
pp. 13, 22.
Evans, Prehistoric Tombs of Knossos, pp. 133

8
pp. 3> 3>Early Age, p. 682.
ff.
cf.
Ibid., p. 22.
Mackenzie, B.S.A.
7
xm.
p.
426.
Early Age, pp. 167
ff.
322
'
Ethnology, Pelasgians
252
Thus in many respects

for there alone are great quantities found.
to offer a tentative archaeological basis for the Minyan legends.
In
the
Homeric poems, moreover, Orchomenos occupies a

both are famous, but both alike hardly live up
analogous to Crete
it
seems
position
to their
This suggests that both had passed their prime, which again
reputations.
to coincide with the archaeological evidence, for Minyan ware seems
to disappear before the very last phase of the Mycenean age, the transitional
period, when iron is known, which seems to be depicted in the Iliad.
seems
But whether Minyan ware was really made by Minyans or not must
In any case it cannot prove
remain for the present an open question.
The
occurrence of Minyan ware
be
or
to
Mycenean.
Thessaly
Pelasgian
Troy shows a special connection with Orchomenos in contrast to the rest

It is therefore tempting to regard Orchomenos or its port as the
of Greece.
conventional starting place for the Troad in early times, and to conjecture
that it was for this reason that the Greeks assembled at Aulis, the nearest
safe anchorage for a large fleet.
Besides Minyan ware there is also at Orchomenos a considerable deposit
true
of
Mycenean wares (L.M. Ill), and, as we have seen, the same ware
in
occurs
Thessaly in the Fourth Period in small quantities, and is found
with
the local wares there, which always seem to predominate.
together
These imported Mycenean sherds should according to Professor Ridgeway's
hypothesis be Pelasgian, in which case it follows that neither Thessaly in
any period, nor even Orchomenos in its earlier stages were homes of the
In short it seems impossible to hold at one and the same
Pelasgian race.
time that Pelasgians made the objects called Mycenean, and that Thessaly
was one of their homes, if archaeological evidence has any value.
In a later passage 1 Professor Ridgeway discusses the Pheres, Magnetes,
and Centaurs, who are proved to be survivors of the older population. To
explain the way in which these tribes are represented in legend as despicable,
and yet feared as necromancers, many examples are quoted showing that
Thus
conquerors frequently both malign and fear the peoples they conquer.
the Romans regarded the tribes beyond the wall in Britain as vipers and wild
beasts, and English settlers in Australia are prone to spread exaggerated
tales of the brutality of the aborigines.
After giving many apt parallels,
Professor Ridgeway finally concludes that the Pheres, Magnetes, and Centaurs
were Pelasgians, and to them he consequently attributes the Mycenean remains
from that region, despite the fact that he has just conclusively shown that the
traditional accounts of these tribes are like those frequently invented by civilised
conquerors about the less civilised tribes they have subdued. The conclusion
that really seems to follow from Professor Ridgeway's own evidence is that
the Pheres, Magnetes, and Centaurs were barbarous tribes, and so very
possibly the makers of the rude Thessalian wares, but not "Myceneans" at
all.
Tradition and archaeology confirm each other archaeology shows a late
Mycenean domination of Thessaly, which never ousted the older barbarous
culture, and tradition has preserved for us an account of the contempt and
fear in which the newcomers held the uncivilised aborigines.
But though they never made Mycenean objects, the shaggy Pheres,
at
Early Age, pp.
72
ff.
Ethnology, Pelasgians.
Homer
253
Magnetes, and Centaurs may be of Pelasgian race. Arcadia, which is almost

a test case for Pelasgians, has still to produce any quantity of Mycenean
remains, and in Thessaly, where the name Pelasgiotis is found in late times,
there is no real Mycenean period.
The evidence moreover here is not of a
for
in Thessaly are found together with
the
remains
Mycenean
negative type,
local hand-made wares that differ from Mycenean pottery in shapes, decoration
and technique.
According to Herodotus the Greeks derived the practice of making
It is therefore important to notice
ithyphallic herms from the Pelasgians
1
that such obscene figurines are characteristic of the early Thessalian cultures',
which in this respect, as in many others, are sharply differentiated both from
the Cycladic and Mycenean civilisations.

It seems therefore probable that
there may have been, as Tsundas suggests, a considerable Pelasgian element
in North-Eastern Greece, but the term Pelasgian is vague.
It seems to be
frequently used as meaning little more than ancient or out of date and
uncivilised, and where it has a definite racial meaning to be confined mainly
to a region near Thrace.
Thus in both senses the early peoples of Thessaly
may be termed
Pelasgic
It is clearly outside the scope of the present work to discuss in full the
possible bearing of archaeology in North Greece on the Homeric question.
may, however, here indicate a few of the main points on which Homeric
4
scholars have appealed to the recent finds.
In the first place it is clear that
in
the
end
of
the
only
prehistoric age
Thessaly can be used to illustrate
very
the Homeric poems.
The problem may be stated in the form of two
.
We
questions
standard of civilisation in Thessaly at the end of the Fourth

(a)
Period compatible with that shown in Thessaly in the Homeric poems ?
Does the distribution of early sites explain the Catalogue which
{b)
shows a state of affairs unexampled in historic times ?
To both of these questions only a partial answer can be given. The
local Thessalian civilisation is by itself clearly of too low a type to fulfil
Homeric requirements, but, as we have seen, there was at the end of the
Fourth Period a Mycenean occupation of the north, and Mycenean pottery
and other remains have been found widely distributed, together with the older
and more barbarous cultures. This contrast in contemporary cultures seems
to agree with Homeric Thessaly, where we find rude tribes such as the shaggy
Pheres by side of Achaean chieftains'. There are hints also of recent internal
and from Homer's account one would infer that Thessaly, though
wars
Barbarous tribes are driven wholeconquered, was not thoroughly subdued.
sale across Thessaly to Pindus to dwell outside the Thessalian area, and the
Achaean barons in Thessaly are not famed for their wealth, nor are their
The contrast
cities, like those in the south, renowned for their massive walls.
and
Northern
Southern
Greece
has a firm
in
Homer
between
noticed
to be
Is the
*
See pp. 56, 123, 163.
See Professor Myres' paper on the Pelasgian theory,/. H. S. 1907, pp. 170(1"., which seems to us
the most satisfactory paper on this question so far.
4
T. W. Allen, Classical Quarterly 1909, pp. 97 rT. A. Lang, World 0/ Homer, p. 11.
1
II, 51.
Iliad,
11,
741-744.
Iliad,
I,
266-268,
II,
74>"744-
Ethnology, Homer, Hellenes
254
basis
in
the difference between the archaeological remains
from the two
districts.
The second question is less easily answered, for future explorations may
extend the Thessalian prehistoric area. At present, however, the distribution
The most
of the early remains seems to confirm Homer in various ways.
northern post of the Greek confederacy at Oloosson, and the position of
Priam's most western ally on the Axius mark the extreme limits of the early
The gap between seems common both
Thessalian and Thracian cultures
1
to Homer and to prehistoric archaeology

2
only one early site has yet been found
at least in the intervening region
On
of the
turning to Thessaly itself as far as the physical features
is
a
baronies
various
with
its
plausible
country are concerned the Catalogue
3
The area it covers is larger than that occupied
pre-Dorian document
by the prehistoric sites, which cease in the western plain, but less than that
Thus it seems to belong to the
dominated by the later historic sites.
While
transitional period, for which there is at present very little evidence.
with
sites
it is still premature to attempt to identify the particular prehistoric
Homeric towns, an explanation can be given for the greater discrepancies
between Homeric and classical geography in the north than in the south.
In the south the prehistoric and historic sites very largely coincide, but in
Thessaly the reverse is the case. The early peoples of Thessaly dwelt almost
who
exclusively in the plains in contrast to the Mycenean peoples of the south
Thus
after the Dorian and Thessalian
hills with steep citadels.
low
preferred
invasions the old sites in the south continued in use, but in Thessaly the
.
was
majority were abandoned in favour of other sites where an acropolis
In the few cases in which the old sites continued to be inhabited,
either the debris had formed a sufficiently high mound to make an acropolis
had
itself, or else the original settlement, an exception to the general rule,
been placed on a hill as in the case of Phthiotic Thebes.
The early and crude geometric pottery that occurs in abundance in the
third and latest stratum at Lianokladhi is of so clearly defined a type in many
available.
Its sudden appearance in

that it should have some racial significance.
the Spercheus valley presumably marks an invasion from over the passes of
Ultimately, however, it seems
Tymphrestus, but its origin is still unknown.
vases
from Marmariani, Theotoku,
iron
with
the
connect
to
early
age geometric
4
Thus one of the
the
foreshadow
which
other
and
sites,
Dipylon style
what
later
the
elements of
may perhaps be termed the
Dipylon style,
to
the
as
element
Mycenean (for both are undoubtedly
opposed
ways
geometric
5
to appear first in
present in fully developed Dipylon pottery ), seems
it
is
In
this
connection
the Spercheus valley.
perhaps significant that
6
Hellas
and
the original Hellenes
there in Homer is located the original
.
See Myres,/. H. S. 1907, pp. 177ft".

Not yet explored: it is on the south bank of
the Haliacmon near Servia.
3
The views of Niese on the Thessalian section
of the Catalogue (Homerische Schiffskatalog, pp. 1923) imply that its author was a fool. We would
deal with the Catalogue on the lines adopted by
1
T.
W.
4
Allen,/.
See pp. 215
ff
S. 1910, pp. 292
ff.
Wide, Ath. Mitt 1897, pp. 233 ff.

Having used up the Thracian and
Pelasgian legends for the First and Second Periods,
Tsundas brings in Hellenes to explain the subsequent era of plain pottery, which according to him is
universal in continental Greece, marks the beginning
of the bronze age and is contemporary with Troy I.
For various reasons (see Chapters XIV, XV) which
have already been discussed we cannot accept his
6
Cf.
Hellenes.
Ethnology, Dorians
The name
255
for the river still lingers on to-day, and despite

)
modern education, which favours the name Spercheus, is still to be heard.
Thus the valley, that finally gave its name to the whole of Greece, seems
Elladha ('EXXaSa
home of the earliest Hellenic pottery.

The geometric pottery of the early iron age from Thessaly
also to be the
itself, which
have some connection with the earlier Lianokladhi style, is remarkable for the resemblance it bears to the early geometric vases of Crete.
The
fibulae from the Theotoku tombs; in which the bow is already present, but the
pin plate only just apparent in its earliest stages, shows that this style is of
a very early date, and also indicates the same general connections as the vases
themselves
It is therefore
by no means impossible that we have here a hint
of an archaeological basis for the traditional connection between Thessaly and
Crete in the wanderings of the Magnetes, and the occurrence of similar place
names such as Boebe, Magnesia, Phaestus, and Phalanna in both regions. At
the period, to which this early iron age geometric pottery must be attributed,
the Dorians must have been already within Greek territory or at least only
The geographical gap on the mainland in the Homeric catalogue
just outside.
between the forces of Agamemnon and Priam has sometimes been explained
on the assumption that this district was peopled by Dorians*. The early iron
4
age vases from Pateli which belong to this region are, as we have seen,
somewhat analogous to the vases from Marmariani and Theotoku. Further
5
in literature
the Dorians first appear in Crete and their presence there is
usually explained on the theory that they represent an early migration that
had come direct by sea. Andron' definitely asserts that they came to Crete
from Histiaeotis, but as it is doubtful if this statement is more than an
inference from the Homeric passage, it must be accepted with reserve.
There seems however on the present evidence to be a good case for
connecting the early geometric wares of Thessaly and Crete, and for
attributing both to Dorian influence.
Finally we may summarise here the main conclusions to which all the
evidence we have examined seems to point.
Starting with the earliest
remains and proceeding in chronological order up to the end of the prehistoric age we saw that North Greece throughout possessed a different
culture from the south, and that Mycenean influence never succeeded in
permeating Thessaly, which always continued in a backward and barbarous
The points of difference between North and South
state of civilisation.
Greece were so strong that we ventured on the strength of the archaeological
evidence alone to suggest a corresponding difference in race, or rather a
This view, though it admittedly conflicts with
different admixture of races.
seems to agree with tradition as a whole
nevertheless
recent
theories,
many
and in certain cases to be confirmed by it to a marked degree. The late
seems
to
".
There is also hardly

parallels or his chronology.
to attribute the decay of painted
pottery to the result of war, for the shapes of the
enough evidence
plain ware, as Tsundas himself admits, and the

gradual degeneration that occurs in some cases are
just as likely to be signs of isolation as the opposite.
Moreover plain wares are a feature confined to
Thessaly itself, which is not exactly the region
where Hellenes should make their first appearance.

See A-2, pp. 399 ff.
'
Leake, Northern Greece XL p. 8.
s
See Figs. 144, 147, cf. 'E<. 'A.px- '94. PP- 27 ff.,
Figs. 6,
3
7.
Myres,/. H. S. 1907, pp. 177 ff.
See pp. 216, 259.

Od. XIX. 175-7.
F. H. G.
II,
p. 349, 4.
256
Ethnology
continuation of a low state of culture in Thessaly and the Spercheus valleymay perhaps, as has been suggested above, explain some of the difficulties of
the Homeric poems, but it is also certainly a factor that will have to be taken
into account in considering early Greek history.
Archaeological discoveries
in recent years throughout the Aegean area all help to show that Greek art
and civilisation is largely a renaissance ultimately depending on Mycenean
In view of this it is perhaps no mere coincidence that Thessaly,
culture.
where Mycenean culture never flourished, should have been one of the last
districts of Greece to rise to a prominent position.
The analogy does not
end here. In prehistoric, as well as in historic times, a backward Thessaly
acted as a barrier behind which the more civilised states of the south
developed, and the increase of power and civilisation in Thessaly in the
fourth century b.c. under Jason of Pherae and similar tyrants, as at the end
of the Mycenean age was followed by an invasion of Greece from the North.
APPENDICES
NOTES ON THE PREHISTORIC FINDS
ROUMANIA, ETC.
I.
IN BULGARIA,
The
following notes on the distribution of early civilisations in the north of the

peninsula are mainly intended to supplement the views put forward in
Chapter XIV concerning the connection of Thessaly with that region. They may
also perhaps help to draw the attention of English archaeologists to a much neglected,
but very important question
In Moldavia, Transylvania, Bukovina, Bessarabia, and the adjoining districts
evidence is rapidly accumulating for the existence of large quantities of painted
prehistoric pottery, which despite many local varieties, may for our present purpose
be regarded as forming one class. At Cucuteni near Jassy in Moldavia Dr Hubert
Schmidt has now discovered two different periods 8 one of which seems to be
neolithic, and the other chalcolithic, for in it bronze weapons were found together
with celts. The characteristic feature of the first and earlier period is a large series
"
"
fruitstand
of polychrome vases of the so-called
type, which in shape, and to
some extent in decoration recall several wares of the Second Period in Thessaly.
in the Cucuteni wares the biscuit is
There are however considerable differences
unpolished, the paint is matt and dusty in appearance, and the designs, which
usually cover the whole of the vase, are, though similar to the Thessalian, far from
being exactly the same. Thus in spite of a strong general resemblance even small
sherds from Cucuteni and Thessaly can be easily distinguished.
The later vases from Cucuteni, which belong to a chalcolithic or early bronze
3
There is the same
age, are closely allied to those found by von Stern at Petreny
use of spirals, the profiles of the vases which slope rapidly away to a small base
are very similar, and the decoration is in both cases usually confined to the upper
This style of pottery, which is not sharply separated from that
part of the vase.
which precedes it, has also some analogies with Thessalian wares of the Second
In all
Period, in which spiral decoration of a somewhat similar type is found.
other respects however there seems to be little resemblance.
An entirely different type of early culture, also showing many local varieties, is
Balkan
found
1
Our thanks
Curators
Vinca, Klicevac, and
Servia' at
in
of
the
are due to the
National
Directors and
Museums
in
Servia,
for their kind help, and
Bulgaria, and Roumania

also to Dr Hubert Schmidt for information about
Cucuteni and other points.

2
These two periods seem to correspond with
the two cultures distinguished by Chvojka in
Podolia, Stone Age on the Middle Dnepr, Trans.
w.
&
T.
Zuto
Brdo, to
name only
the
most
Russ. Arch. Soc. 1904, v. 2 (in Russian), cf. Minns,

Greeks and Scythians, pp. 132 ff. For a brief account of the Cucuteni finds see Schmidt, Zeit. f.
Ethnol. 191 1, pp. 582 ff.; Dascalu, Buletinul Comisiunit Monumentelor /s/orice, III, pp. 195 ff.
3 Die
pramykenische Kultur in Sudrussland.
4
Vassits, Prahisiorische Zeitschrift, 11 (1910),
pp. 23
ff.
33
Appendix I
258
striking contrast to the Moldavian group incised pottery is

wares are very rare, if we can exclude a dark-faced ware with
technique that can hardly rank as painted. The terra-cotta
1
The western
figurines are not steatopygous in contrast to those from Cucuteni
and northern relations of this Servian culture do not concern us here, but connections
with Hungary are to be observed 2
Passing eastwards from Servia into Bulgaria we come to yet another series of
In
sites.
important
plentiful, and painted

designs in graphite, a
early sites which show connections both with the Moldavian group and with the
In West Bulgaria the
Servian, but also possess a strong local style of their own.
sites naturally connect most closely with Servia, just as the sites in Little Wallachia
8
But at Sultan and elsewhere in the Shumla
(Oltenia) connect with Hungary
district in East Bulgaria the finds include a large quantity of painted pottery that
in shapes and decoration shows connections with Moldavia, a few figurines like
those of the second period at Cucuteni, some examples of the Servian incised wares
of the Vinca and Klicevac styles, and a number of specimens of the graphite
An interesting series of bone figurines 4 and a large number of terra-cotta
technique.
animals, the latter from a shrine with walls of painted plaster, found at Sultan itself
deserve mention on account of their intrinsic interest, although it is not yet possible
to put them into their proper context.
The discoveries of Seure and Degrand in East Thrace in the neighbourhood of
5
The pottery found is like that from the Shumla district
Philippopolis are well known
in many ways, but seems to include more incised ware with combinations of spiral and
6
7
Painted ware
geometric patterns and also more with an impressed chequer pattern
is less common, but the
graphite technique occurs.
The series of weapon types in the Sofia Museum includes many of the usual Central
European shapes. Particularly noticeable are bored celts which seem to be imitations
of metal axes.
comparison of these with the Trojan examples makes it clear that
there was a strong connection between Troy and the middle Danube valley 8
But since
there is no sign at Troy of any painted sherds of the Moldavian or East Bulgarian
styles it seems probable that the main trade route left the middle Danube, and followed
more or less the line of the Roman road from Nish to the Hellespont. The mixed
character of the East Bulgarian finds also seems to imply the existence of an incised style in South Thrace or Macedonia.
This point of course can only be verified
but
is
known
of
what
little
excavation,
by
prehistoric Macedonia suggests that painted
wares were not common, and there is also some evidence for connecting Macedonia
with Troy 9
Further south in Thessaly there is another great group of painted wares,
which in certain points, as we have seen, are distantly connected with the Moldavian
10
few painted sherds from near Kiistendil, which recall Thessalian wares of the
group
Second Period, and also those of East Bulgaria, may eventually help to link these two
.
groups together.
the above points we see that there are two main areas of painted
Moldavian, and a Thessalian. Between these two is a line of cultures
extending from Servia eastwards, and connecting with Troy which are characterised by
the use of incised pottery, weapons of Central European types, and probably also by an
To which of these groups Macedonia belongs is a question
early knowledge of metal.
that cannot yet be answered.
Since it is the wares of the Second Period in Thessaly that seem to connect with
Moldavia, and the Thessalian connections with Servia all fall into the Third Period 8
Summing up
pottery, a
Cf. Vassits, op. cit., PI. 9 with Hoernes,

46.
Urgeschichte, p. 211,. Figs. 41
2
See Wosinsky, Inkrustierte Keramik.
8
For a conspectus of prehistoric finds in
Roumania see Moisil, Privire asupra AntichitS.filor preistorice ale Romdniei, Buletinul Comisiunii
Monumentelor
Istorice,
ill,
pp. 115
ff.,
171
ff.
4
Chilingirov, Sbornik, XXV (1910), Pis.
Bull. Soc. Arch. Bulg. I (1910), p. 106.
6
B. C. H.
B. C. H.
B. C. H.
ware has also
6
7
8
10
1906, pp. 359 ff.

1906, p. 418, Fig. 60.
1906, p. 412, Fig. 51
been found near
Cf. p. 233.
Cf. p. 232.
little
Sofia.
Cf. p. 231.
I,
II.
of this
Appendices
/,
//
259
might be conjectured that the Servia-Troy route falls mainly into the Third and
Fourth Thessalian Periods, and that at an earlier period the two groups of painted
The intrusion of a new culture from Servia
pottery in Thessaly and Moldavia joined.
splitting the area of painted wares in two may help to explain the degeneration very
noticeable in the two later periods in Thessaly and to be seen also in the second
Cucuteni period. An examination of the metal types at Troy suggests that at an early
date Troy acquired a knowledge of metallurgy from the East. The early axes are of
almost pure copper, and of Cypriote types the lead figurine from Troy II is Babylonian
in origin, and the Selendj mould shows it reached Troy overland
The Central
European types of celts at Troy on the other hand seem to belong to a later period.
Thus Troy seems to have first obtained metal from the East, and at a later date from
the west, which corresponds well with the conjectures put forward above.
The objects of the early iron age found at Pateli 2 on Lake Ostrovo may indicate
it
the intrusion of yet another civilisation into this area.
The types
of the vases, as
we
have seen, show connections with the primitive geometric pottery of the MarmarianiTheotoku style, and the spectacle fibulae and other bronzes found with them on the
one hand recall those from Hallstatt, and on the other hand those from Phthiotic
Thebes. It remains for further excavations in the Balkans to show us the true
relations of these different civilisations to one another 8
.
II.
CHEMICAL ANALYSES OF POTTERY,
ETC.
Dr Alfred Holt and Mr A. Hutchinson have most kindly undertaken for us the
task of analysing the paints and clays of samples of the pottery found in Thessaly.
For the note on the cereals discovered at Tsani and Rakhmani we are indebted to
Professor Biffen.
Analyses of Pottery.
A. Paints.
Owing to the thinness of the paint quantitative analysis was impossible,

but qualitative analysis gave the following results
Red paint, from sherds of the various categories of A 3$, is almost pure oxide
of iron.
Black and brown paint, from sherds of B wares, is a mixture of oxides of iron and
manganese, probably derived from powdered pyrolusite.
4
Analysis of the red paint found in House Q at Rakhmani gave this result
:
Silica
Appendix II
260
and a similar partial analysis of the red paint found

gave this result
:
in
a pot in Stratum
IV
at Tsangli'
7675
Silica
Oxide
and Alumina
Ferric
55
S"20
Lime
Ignition Loss
4"68
98-18
of the celts of the First (Neolithic) Period, especially those from

In the same
rock.
House
d), were of a peculiar chocolate-coloured
(e.g. Fig. 68 a
house were found some fragments of this rock that had been subjected to the action
As in the
of heat, and were in consequence partly decomposed to a pinkish powder.
same house two saddle querns of vesicular lava were found with traces of red paint
in the hollows in the upper surface, it was suggested that the red paint might have been
obtained by roasting and crushing this kind of rock. The chemical composition of the
rock is
At Tsangli many
Silica
4815
Oxide
Alumina
24'3i
Ferric
14'd
Lime
4'26
Magnesia
i'8$
Soda
5 '90
Potash
83
Ignition Loss
170
ioroi
"
It shows distinct parallel structure
Hutchinson describes its character thus.
with bands of varying texture. Under the microscope numerous rounded oval patches
are seen, colourless and transparent, which suggest radiolaria, but are probably inorganic
in origin.
The dark colour is due to a large proportion of opaque iron oxide. The
true nature of the rock is very obscure, but it is most probably a somewhat metamorphosed sediment, perhaps originally a gritty ironstone." It thus seems possible from
the composition and character of the rock that red paint could be produced from it
and
Mr
by the method suggested.

Dr Holt reports as follows. " All the samples examined were composed
B. Clays.
of more or less coarsely ground clay, which from its chemical behaviour appeared to
As the only action of boiling hydrochloric

consist mainly of felspars and oxide of iron.
acid was to cause the evolution of some carbon dioxide, and the solution of a little
of the iron, it may be concluded that the alkalies and lime present are chemically
united with the alumina and silica. The presence of carbonates (as shown by the
evolution of carbon dioxide when the material is treated with an acid) does not
necessarily imply that they were an original constituent of the clay, for it must be
remembered that the sherds have been buried for centuries and subjected to the
weathering action of water.
"
Except in one specimen (a black sherd of T^ from Zerelia) the iron appeared to
be almost entirely in the ferric condition, but in this it is largely reduced. In this
exceptional case the material was almost black in colour when freshly powdered, but
on roasting in the air it gradually assumed the normal red colour of baked clay. From
this it seems evident that the pot cannot have been baked in a kiln, as otherwise there
would have been little reduction of the iron. Certain other sherds also show signs
of imperfect baking, as the iron, though completely oxidised on the surface, is partially
reduced towards the centre. Although the clay in some cases is coloured black, and in
1
p. 20,
note
2.
261
Appendix II
brown or red it does not follow that it varies in composition, or that it may not
have come from the same locality. The change in colour might arise during the
manufacture of the pot
"
Small quantities of manganese were almost always present, and a few specimens
contained traces of uranium. All the sherds contained considerable quantities of
moisture.
Before analysis they were therefore finely powdered, and dried at ioo" cent.
The following table gives their composition :
till of constant weight.
others
all
Ware, and
Silica
Oxides of Iron,
Lime
Alkalies
and Alumina
Provenance
Ai, fine, Zerelia.

Ai, coarse,
389
267
353
Trace
Zerelia.
418
160
330
9-2
Zerelia.
660
59-4
60
94
Ditto, Ditto.
Cat.
260
236
Tsani.
666
26-4
27
4-3
503
360
13-3
0*4
467
l6'8
28*1
8'4
Phthiotic Thebes.
B3a, 2nd Cat.
66*2
22-3
9-5
Dhimini.
A 3/9,
1st Cat.
-
76
A 3/3, 2nd
A3/9, 1st Cat.
Ghuzghunari.
A3/3, 3rd Cat.
Dhrakhmani.
I$3a, 1st Cat.
52-2
57-5
30-4
28-6
ir8
4-9
B38, Dhrakhmani.
B3e, Dhrakhmani.
T3, Black,
13-0
09
36-2
205
309
12-4
Zerelia.
59-5
273
9-1
4-1
607
26-1
3'6
9-6
Urfirnis,
Lianokladhi.
"
In nearly every case the biscuit was covered with a slip of varying thickness
The black
either white, black, or buff in colour, and on these the designs are painted.
Analyses of the different slips gave the following
slip owed its colour to reduced iron.
results
Ware, and
Provenance
White
Silica
Alkalies
slip,
258
14-1
6cvi
Trace
332
161
45-3
5-4
589
258
5-6
97
slip,
B3e, Dhrakhmani.
Black
slip,
T3, Zerelia.
"
Lime
and Alumina
A3/S, Zerelia.
Buff
Oxides of Iron,
From this
see that the whiter the slip the more lime is present."
it will be seen that Dr Holt believes that all the B wares are slipped, a point
ieport
He also agrees with the view
which only chemical analysis could make clear 2
3
owes
its red surface to the application of a thin slip,
that
Ai
ware
above
expressed
probably mainly composed of oxide of iron and silica.
From
this
we
Probably the bulk of these early wares were baked
Cf.
above, pp. 16
ff.
p. 13.
in
open
fires
and not
in kilns.
Appendix II
262
Identificatioti
The
The
of the Cereals,
etc.
an abstract of Professor Biffen's report

following
barley (from Tsani IV ) is in all probability the "four-rowed" form, Hordeum
The grains show the two shapes characteristic of this
vulgare, syn. H. tetrastichum.
is
variety.
The wheat
There
is
(from House
at
Rakhmani
is
only one reasonably complete grain, and
either Tritiaim
its
durum
shape on the whole
or T. vulgare.
is more that
of T. vulgare.
The leguminous
seeds (from House Q at Rakhmani 4 ) are probably lentils and

but
can
be said about the varieties.
peas,
nothing
There seems to be little doubt that all were cultivated. Certainly none of the
cereals are known in the wild condition.
As to the figs from House Q at Rakhmani 2 Professor Seward, to whom samples
were submitted, is unable to say anything definite beyond verifying the fact that they
are
figs.
1
p- 149.
PP- 53, 246.
TABLE OF ILLUSTRATIONS REPRESENTING POTTERY

pages on which the illustrations can be found)
figures in brackets refer to the
(The
Ai.
A2.
Figs. 4 (26);
Fig.
s (27).
A3<.
Figs.
420(89); 440(92); 830-0"
A3A
Figs. 31(59); 42 (89);
40 (87); 41 (88); 42 b-d {%<))
79 (i3i); 82 (136); 96 (152); 121 (177).
(137).
44^-^(92); 45(93); 46
(94); 47(95); 57"('7);
A 3 .
84 (i3 8 ); 85 (139); &6a,/> (140); 97 (i54); 98

118(174); 120(176); 1400-^(198); 1420(203).
Fig. 98^(155).
Figs. 1170-/(173); 119(175); 121(177).
Figs. 48 (96)
49 (97).
A3f.
Fig.
A5/3.
Plate II
A 3 y.
A 38.
a-rf,
Fig. 142 e (203).
Fig.
20
Bi.
B2.
Fig.
7,
fr-l (44).
8 (29).
B 3 j3.
B3y.
Figs. 6 (27)
B38.
B3.
B3^.
Figs.
Ai/?.
Aiy.
A20.
4, 5, 6.
Fig. 55
-/
(105).
a-e (107) ; Plate IV 5, 6.

14 (33); Plates IV 1-4,
13,
Figs.
Fig. 57
Figs.
e (108).
(105).
50^(98); 56(106);
and VI.
79/-, s (131);
113(168).
a,b, d (108); 59 (109); 60(110);

(131); 86 <r--(i4o); 88 (143); 89 (145); I0I > I02 , 103/^(156) i
104(158); 107(160); 129(183); 134(186): 136(188).
Figs. 144(209); 145(210); 146(211); 148(213); 150(215).
Figs. 62 (114); 125(181); i26a-e,g, A(iSz); 128(183); i3 1 ( l8 4); 13 2 . '33 (185).
Fig. 127 (183)
37 (78).
Figs.
15(36);
230-4/(47); 24
(48);
50^(98); 58
61 (112); 79/, m,
Aio.
I.
Fig. 52 (102).
Tia3. Fig. 55
Tiy.
99 (155); Plate
50/7(98); 51(100); 100(155); 142^(203); Plate II

50/4(98); 57/(107)Figs. 50 c (98)
53(103); 54(104); 142 <, o" (203).
Tiai. Figs. 50* (98); 550-/(105); 58
r2
T3
(173);
III.
Figs. 9, 10(30); 500(98); 79/(131); 142/(203).

Figs. 11, 12 (32); 21 (45); 22 (46); 36 (76); 50^(98);
Fig. 87 (142); Plate II 1-3.
Ti/3.
g-m
7.
A6.
Fitt2.
83^-0(137);
(155); 117
200^/(44); Plate
A 57-
B 3 a.
f-w
Incised marks on vases.

Fig. 43 (91).
or Mycenean ware.
Figs. 23 e (47) ; 140^(198); 142(207).
ware.
Figs. 32 (62)
58^(108); 79^(131); 130(183); 135(187).
Urfirnis ware.
123(179); 124(180).
Figs. 122 (178)
Minoan
Minyan
Unclassified.
Fig.
140 h (199).
>1
(re
MUSEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
The
prehistoric finds from Thessaly
the following
Museums
and North Greece discussed
in the present
work are
in
Museum, Finds from Phthiotic Thebes, Tsangli, Zerelia, and Mycenean objects
from Gonnos, Ghura, and the neighbourhood of Almiros.
Almiros
Athens, National
Museum, Finds from
Argissa,
Daulis, Dhimini, Lianokladhi, Marmariani,
Orchomenos, Rini, Sesklo, Tsangli, and the

Cambridge, Fitzwilliam
Museum,
terra-cotta statuette
Avaritsa, statuette from
from near Larissa.
Dhomokos, vase
Chaeronea Museum, Finds from Ayia Marina, Chaeronea, Dhrakhmani,

menos, Schiste.
from.
Manesi,
Orcho-
Delphi Museum, Finds from Delphi.

Oxford, Ashmolean
Volos
Museum, Nezeros,
silver statuette from.
Dhimini, Dhomokos, Khassan Tatar, Pagasae, Phthiotic

In
Theotoku, Tsangli, Tsani Maghula, Volos Kastro, Zerelia.
Museum, for the convenience of students, we have labelled and arranged
Museum, Finds
from
Thebes, Rakhmani,
addition in this
a set of typical sherds of nearly
all
the classes of pottery mentioned in Chapter II.
INDEX
Prehistoric finds
Acarnania, 4
Acliaeans, 250 ff.
Achelous, 3
in,
Argalasti, 6, note
Argissa, 9, 14, 54
229
Argive Heraeum, 223

Argolis, 18, 21, 216, 223 ff., 251 ff.
Argos, 179, 223, 235, 237; Amphilochian, 3
M\, 7
Adzes, Horn, see Objects Miscellaneous
Acilius,
see also Crete, Cycladic

Culture, 233
Culture, Mycenean Culture
Acgina, 18, 82, 179, 222, 225 note 6, 235 ff.
Aesonia, 58
Prehistoric Finds in, 229
Aetolia, 3, 4
Africa, Central, 242
Aegean
Agamemnon, 255
Agesilaus,
note 2
4,
Aidhin Maghula,
Aivali, 9, 86
Albania, 71, 230
Aliki, 222
Aliphaklar,
6,
10,
169
18,
10
Besika
see
in,
Tepe, Boz Eyuk, Troy

Asine, 224
Asopus, 4
Assarlik in Caria, 216
in,
221
ff.,
225, 251, see
5,
Ayia,
Gem
6,
8,
3,
from, 208
254
55
;
(Phocis), 11, 24 note 5
Bakrina, 10
Balls, Terra-Cotta, see Objects Miscellaneous
ff.
Baltalar, 9
see
Objects
Bash Milos, 10
Beads, of Glass Paste, see Objects Miscellaneous,
of Stone, see Objects Miscellaneous
Bekidhes, 10
Berrhoea, 3 Prehistoric Finds at, 216, note 1
Besika Tepe, 232
Bessarabia, 232
Anticyra, 221
Aphidna, 221
Apostolidhis, M., 86 ff.

Apostolidhis, P., 1, 207, 215
Apulia, Prehistoric Finds in, 229
Betsiler,
;
see also
Matera
Aracthus, 3
Arcadia, 224
Rakhmani, 37
Architecture,
70
Ayia Eleni, 1 1
Ayia Marina (Kopais), 12
Ayios Ioannis, 12
Ayios Theodhoros, 221
Andron, 255
Anna Comnena,
Axius (Vardar),
Miscellaneous
Sesklo, 65 ff.
Dhimini, 79 ff.
Tsangli, 115 ff.; Zerelia,
161
Phthiotic Thebes, 166
Lianokladhi,
187 ff. Orchomenos, 195
Chaeronea, 197
Fortifications, Sesklo, 64
Dhimini, 79 ff. in
Discussion of, 218 ff.
Cyclades, 218
House Plans, Rakhmani, 37 ff. Sesklo, 64 ff.
Rini,
Dhimini, 79 ff.
Tsangli, 115 ff.
132 ff.; Lianokladhi, 187 ff; Orchomenos,
Dis195
Olympia, 228 Thermos, 229
cussion of, 218 ff.
ff.
Huts, Sesklo, 64,

Chaeronea, 197
Megara, 218 ff.
Orchomenos,
Dhrakhmani, 202
74
;
195
Palaces, Cretan, 219

Prehistoric, in
T.
Arvanitopullos, 2, 8, i66ff.
Asia Minor, Prehistoric Finds
Athens
Austria, Lower, Prehistoric Pottery from, see Palt
Avaritsa (Melitaea), 4, 5
Marble Figurine from,
Ambracia, 3
Amorgos, 216
Amphissa, 4
Amuri, 5, 11
Anabakli, 9
Analyses of Paint and Pottery, 259
Anau, 233, note I
Anchor Ornaments, Terra-Cotta,
&
Miscellaneous
see Objects
Arrowheads,
also
Almiros, 3, 4, 6, 10, 150, 169

Altar, Terra-Cotta, see Objects Miscellaneous
Amarandos, 9
Amari, 10
w.
Arkina, 225
Atalandi, 4, 205
Athens, 216, 221, 247
Attica, Prehistoric Finds
Almandar, 9
217 ff.
Arene, 228
North Greece, Discussion
of,
II
Biffen, Prof, 262

Boar's Tooth, see Objects Miscellaneous
Boebe, 255
Boeotia, 250
ff.;
historic
Prehistoric Sites
Finds
in, 1, 13, 23,
in,
1 1
193
ff.,
ff.
Pre-
221, 243
Bone, Objects of, see Objects Miscellaneous

Bosanquet, Prof, 78
Bosnia, 232
Bow, Bone, see Objects Miscellaneous
Boz Eyuk, 232
Bracelets, Shell, Stone, see Objects Miscellaneous
Brasidas, 4
Brauron, 222
Bronze, see Metal
Bukovina, 257
Bulgaria, Prehistoric Finds in, 71, 232, 257 ff.;
see also Kiistendil, Philippolis, Shumla,
Sofia, Sultan, Thrace
Bulle, H., 193, 235
Burials, see Tombs
Buttons, Stone, see Objects Miscellaneous
34
Index
266
Stone Axes
Celts, see
Centaurs, 252
ff.
14 ff., 193, 197 ff, 241-248;

Stone Axe
Pottery, I99ff
and Other Implements, 201 Figurines, 201
Objects Miscellaneous, 201
Chaeronea,
2,
5,
II,
Burials, 197;
Chalcis, Cycladic Culture at, 5, 222

Chisels, Bone, see Objects Miscellaneous
Stone, see Stone Axes and Other Implements
Chronology, of Finds in North Greece, 235 ff.
1
9,
Fibulae, 212 ff, 216 note 11, 255

Sesklo, 69
Figurines, Acrolithic Rajchnianiî
Dhimini, 83
Tsangli, 125
Cycladic, 226
from near Larissa,
Ithyphallic, 232, 247, 251
56; Sesklo, 69; Tsangli, 123; Zerelia, 163
;
207
\
232
jeaklo, 68 ff. ; Tsangli^
~J^Ml,;"*T*""' J.4^^ 'pi-plia, ir>->; Avantsa,
5, 170; Pirghos (Boeotia), 196; Chaeronea,
201
Attica, 225
Aegina, 225 note 6
Silver, Nezeros,
135
r,
235
9,
Cierium,
Euboea, 222
Europos, 3, 6, 10, 12
Evans, A. J., 233 note
Club Heads, Bone, see Objects Miscellaneous

Stone, see Stone Axes and other Implements
Cnossus, 251 see also Crete
Corinth, 224
Corinthian Gulf, 3, 4
;
Steatooygous,
Daut, 9
Sparta, 225, 250

Stone, Topuslar, 56, 226; Sesklo, 70; Dhimini,
Tsangli, 125;
83; Pirghos (Thessaly), 85
Tsani, 146; Zerelia, 163; Phthiotic Thebes,
169; Avaritsa, 5, 170; Pirghos (Boeotia),
196; Chaeronea, 201 Delphi, 202; Attica,
225 Aegina, 225 note 6 Sparta, 225, 250
Terra-Cotta, Rakhmani, 41
Argissa, 54
Mesiani Maghula, 55 ff; Larissa, found near,
Dhimini, 83; Pirghos
56; Sesklo, 70 ff.
(Thessaly), 85; Tsangli, 122 ff; Rini, 134;
Zerelia, 162 ff; Phthiotic
Tsani, 148 ff.
Thebes, 169; Daudza, 169; Chaeronea, 201
Fimmen, D., 238
Dawkins, R. M., 208

Degrand, 258
Flint, see Objects

Food, see Objects
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Furtwaengler, A.,
1,
Tombs
Cremation, see
Crete, 194, 204, 206, 216, 219, 226, 237, 251, 255
Cucuteni, 257
ff.
Curtius, E., 1
Cycladic Culture, 218, 222, 226, 243, 245
Cycladic Ware, see Pottery

Cylinders, Terra-Cotta, see Objects Miscellaneous
Cynoscephalae, 3
v^
Darwin, 242
Daudza, 10, 169
Daulis,
Delphi,
201
11,
4,
202
11,
Demetrius Poliorketes,
Dhadhi, 5
Dhamasi, 7
Dhemerli, 9, 1 1
4,
Gems,
84 ff; Metal, 85; Ware, see Pottery B3CZ
215
see
Objects Miscellaneous
see Pottery
Geometric Ware,
1, 16 ff, 75 ff, 207, 215, 231, 243-248;

Pottery, 75 ff. Architecture, 79 ff; Tombs,
8 1 ff. Figurines, 83 ff. Stone Axes and Other
Implements, 84; Miscellaneous Objects,
Dhomokos (Thaumaci),
193, 201, 222
Galicia, Prehistoric Finds in, 232
Dhimini,
Dhomenikos,
21,
note 2
4, 6, 7,
11;
Vases from,
ff.
Dhrakhmani
(Elatea), 5, 235, 241-248; sites at,

land of Khevas, 204
land of Piperi-Yiannakopulos, 204; Tumulus, 204, 239
Dipylon Ware, see Pottery
Discs, Stone, Terra-Cotta, see Objects Miscellaneous
Doerpfeld, W., 228 ff.
Dorians, 254 ff.
;
Doris, 4
Dotian Plain, 6
Drills, Bone, see Objects Miscellaneous
Bronze, see Metal
Droop, J. P., 216
Drusanadhes, 9, 254
Duvlatan, 9
Gerli, 8
Ghulas,
12,
1,
193
Ghura, 6, 208
Ghuzghuzunari, 1 1
Glass Paste, see Objects Miscellaneous
Gold, see Metal
Gonnos, 207
Gouges, Bone, see Objects Miscellaneous
Grey on Grey Ware, see Pottery Tl/3
Grinders, Stone, see Stone Axes and Other Implements
Hafts, Horn, see Objects Miscellaneous
Haliacmon, 3, 254 note 2
Hall, H. R., 233 note
Hallstadt, 259
Halos,
4,
Hammers,
Horn, see Objects Miscellaneous,

Stone, see Stone Axes and Other Imple-
ments
Enipeus, 4, 9, 10, II
Epidaurus, 224
Epirus, 3, 71, 216, 230
Hellenes, 254 ff.

Hellespont, 258
Heracles in Trachis, 4
Herodotus, 253
Histaeotis, 255
Holt, Dr, 259 ff.
Homer, 251, 252, 253 ff.
Horn, see Objects Miscellaneous
Hottentots, 242
House Plans, see Architecture
Hungary, Prehistoric Finds in, 233, 258
Eretria in Phthiotis, 86, 130
Hutchinson,
Elassona (Oloosson), 3, 6, 7, 12, 207

Elatea (Dhrakhmani), 2, 5, 239
Eleusis, 22, 216, 222, 235, 247
Elladha (Spercheus), 255
A.,
259
ff.
ff.
"
Index
Macedonia, 240 Prehistoric Finds in, 185, 231 ft,

see also Berrhoea, Pateli, Pieria,
258 ff.
Pydna, Servia
Mackenzie, D., 206, 218 ff.
Maghula, Village of, 6, 207
Magnesia, Prehistoric Finds in, 6 note
Magnetes, 252 ff, 255
Makria Maghula,
Huts, see Architecture

Hypate, 4
Mas, Mikros Prophitis,

Ineli,
Ios,
12
10
Iolcus, 6,
207, 250
10,
see also
Volos
216
Iron, see
Metal
1 1
Issedones, 242
Itonos, 150
Makrikhori, 10, 25
Malis, 23, 240
Manesi, 11, 202
Margharita, 9
Markopulo, 222
Jason, of Pherae, 256

Jassy, 257
Kalabaka,
4,
3,
Marks, on Pottery, see Pottery

Marku, 9
Marmariani, 1, 7, 20, 53, 54, 214 ff., 231, 248, 254.
Marmariani-Theotoku Ware, see Pottery Ala
Massagetae, 242
Kalendsi, 9
Kallidromus, 4
Kambanis, 1
Kambos, 225
Kapa, 6
Karabairam, see Tsangli
Mat Impression,
see Pottery
Matera, see Apulia
Mattmalerei Ware, see Pottery
Mavrolithari, 4
Megaris, 223
Melitaea, see Avaritsa
see also Phylakopi.
Melos, 216, 235
Meluna Pass, 7, 10
Menidhi, 222
Mesiani Maghula, 8, 55 ff., 242
Karalar, 7
Karatsadaghli, 10, 169

Karatsholi, 7, 10
Kardhitsa, 6, 9, 10, 240
Karo, G., 202
Karpenisi, 4
Kephissos, 4
Khassan Tatar, 215
Khatsi Amar, 9
Khatsiobasi,
Metal, Bronze, found at Ayia Marina, 24 note 5 ;

Rakhmani, 43 ff. Sesklo, 73 ff. Dhimini,
Zerelia, 166 ff. ; Phthiotic Thebes,
85 ff.
166, 216 note 11, 259; Orchomenos, 196;
Dhrakhmani, 204 Ghura, 208 ; Theotoku,
2l3ff.
Pateli, Berrhoea, 216 note
11;
Aphidna, 220 ; Yeraki, 225 ; Leukas, 229,
233 found in Othrys, 248
Moulds for casting, Sesklo, 74 Use of, 24
ff.
1 1
Khortos, 6 note
Kileler, %
Klicevac, see Servia, Prehistoric Finds in

Kopais, 1, 4, 12, 221, 240
Koronta, 229
Krimnos, 9
233, 248, 258
Gold, found
Krokian Plain, 242

Kuluri, 9
Kumadhes, 9
1,
Kholorevma, 10
Khomatokastro, 9
Kuruniotis,
267
74
Dhimini, 85
Skyros, 208 ; Leukas,
Sesklo,
;
229
found at, Marmariani, 54; Theotoku,
213 ff.
Lead, found at, Sesklo, 74; Troy, 259
Silver, found at, Sesklo, 72 ; Dhimini, 85
Metiseli, 8, 207
Mezil Maghula, 9, 14
Midea, 224
Mili (Lerna), 224
Millstones, see Stone Axes and Other Implements
Milos, near Pharsalus, 9, 207
Iron,
130
Kiistendil, 258
Kyme, 222
Laconia, Prehistoric Finds in, 225
Lapis Lazuli, see Objects Miscellaneous
Larissa, 4, 5, 8 ff., 54 ff., 243
Figurine found
Plain of, 6 tomb near, 5
near, 56, 247
Larissa Kretnaste, 4, 6
;
Larymna, 4
Laspokhori, 11
Lead, see Metal
Leake, Col., 6, 7,
Lemnos, 216
at,
Dhrakhmani, 204
ff.
ff.
Minoan Culture, see Crete

Minoan Wares, see Pottery
10,
Minos, 250
58
ff.
Minyan Ware,
see Pottery
Stone Axes and Other

Implements, 191
Objects Miscellaneous,
Minyans, 250 ff.

Miscellaneous Objects, see Objects Miscellaneous
Moldavia, Prehistoric Finds in, 257 ff.
Molfetta, see Apulia
Molos, 4
Morikhovo, 10
Mortars, see Stone Axes and Other Implements
191
Mounds,
Leonardhos, 53
Lerna (Mili), 224
Leukas, 68, 228 ff., 247
Lianokladhi,
254
2, 5, 14 ff., 171 ff., 236, 241-248,

Pottery, 171 ff. Architecture, 187 ff.
Tombs,
191
Loeschcke, 201
1, 25, 58, 75, 82
Weights, Terra-Cotta, see Objects Miscellaneous
of,
Prehistoric, Distribution
in North Greece, 8 ff.
of,
ff. ;
Kurt, 224, 245
Lolling,
Miiller,
Loom
Mustaphakli, 10
Mycenae,
22, 68, 71, 224, 235
ff.
342
List
Index
268
Mycenean Period,
Mycenean Ware,
22, 206 ff., 226

see Pottery
ff.,
247
Saws
Marmariani, 53; Sesklo, 71;

(flint),
Lianokladhi, 191
Shells, Tsangli, 125; Rini, 134; Bracelets,
Dhimini, 85 Tsangli, 125
Spearheads (flint), Rakhmani, 43 Sesklo, 71
Tsangli, 122
Pirghos (Thessaly), 85
Stone, Beads, Sesklo, 72; Dhimini, 84; Zerelia,
l6 5
250 ff.
ff.,
Narthakion, 4 note 2
Nauplia, 216, 224
Nea Ankhialos, 10
Needles, Bone, see Objects Miscellaneous
Nekhali, 9
Nezeros, Lake of (Xynias), 4
Nezeros, on Olympus, 207
Nish, 258
Noack, 1, 193, 219
Objects, Miscellaneous
Rakhmani, 43; Tsangli, 125

Dhimini, 84
Buttons, Sesklo, 72
Discs, Sesklo, 72; Tsangli, 121
Pendants, Rakhmani, 43 Sesklo, 72 ; Dhimini, 84; Tsangli, 125; Tsani, 149;
Zerelia, 165
Chaeronea, 201
Seal, Tsani, 149
Whorls, Tsangli, 130 Daulis, 201 steatite,
Rakhmani, 43 Rini, 134; Ghura, 208
Terra-Cotta, Altar (?), Sesklo, 73
Bracelet,
Arrowheads, Marmariani, 53; Sesklo, 71;

Dhimini, 84; Zerelia, 161, 165; Athens,
221
Leukas, 229
Boar's Tooth, Pirghos (Thessaly), 85
Bone, Bow, Rakhmani, 42
Anchor Ornaments, 237 Sesklo,73 Pagasae,

;
Club Heads, Mesiani Maghula, 56
Sesklo,
72
Rakhmani, 42
Gouges, Rakhmani, 42; Sesklo, 72; Tsangli,
Drills,
125; Tsani, 149
Needles (?), Tsangli, 125; Zerelia, 165

Ornaments, Dhimini, 84
Rakhmani, 42, 53
Sesklo, 72
Dhimini, 84; Tsangli, 125; Rini, 134;
Tsani, 149; Zerelia, 165; Lianokladhi, 191
Ring, Tsangli, 125
Pins,
Scrapers, Rakhmani, 42, 53; Tsangli, 125;

Lianokladhi, 191
Sesklo, 72
Spoons, Rakhmani, 42
Tubes, Sesklo, 72
Whorls, Sesklo, 72
Flint, 242 ff.; Rakhmani, 43; Marmariani, 53;
Sesklo,7i, 74; Dhimini, 84; Pirghos (ThesTsangli, 122; Rini, 134; Tsani,
saly), 85
146; Zerelia, 165; Phthiotic Thebes, 169;
Lianokladhi, 191 Chaeronea, 201 Schiste,
Tsangli, 125; Tsani, 149; Zerelia, 166;

Chaeronea, 201
Manesi, 202
Dhrakhmani, 204
Rakhmani, 53; Mar-
(corn, figs, etc.),
Sesklo, 73
mariani, 54
Dhimini, 85
Tsani, 149; Orchomenos, 195; Schiste,
202 in Prehistoric Thessaly, 242, 246, 262
;
Gems,
Rakhmani, 40
Dhimini
Lazuli), 85; Zerelia, 166,
(of Lapis
226; Melos, 166;
Avaritsa, 208
Glass Paste, Rakhmani, 43 Sesklo, 73 Dhimini, 85; Zerelia, 166; Orchomenos, 196
Horn, Adzes, Sesklo, 72
Hafts, Rakhmani, 42 Sesklo, 72 Dhimini,
84; Tsangli, 125; Phthiotic Thebes, 169
Hammers, Rakhmani, 42, 53 Marmariani,
54; Sesklo, 72; Dhimini, 84; Tsangli,
125; Tsani, 149; Phthiotic Thebes, 169
Picks, Rakhmani, 42 Sesklo, 72 Tsangli,
;
I2 S
Obsidian, 226, 242 ff.; Rakhmani, 43; Sesklo,

71,74; Dhimini, 84; Tsangli, 122; Rini,
134; Tsani, 146; Zerelia, 165; Phthiotic
Thebes, 169; Lianokladhi, 191; Maghula
near Pirghos (Boeotia), 197; Chaeronea, 201
Daulis, 201 ; Schiste, 202
Manesi, 202
Dhrakhmani, 204 Yeraki, 225 Vinca (in
Servia), 233 note 2
Sesklo' 73; Tsangli, 91
Paint, Rakhmani, 53
;
Orcho73; Tsani, 149; Schiste, 202

menos, 237
Balls, Lianokladhi, 191
Cylinders, Tsani, 149; Orchomenos, 238;
Thera, 238
Discs, Tsangli, 113, 130
Loom Weights, Rakhmani, 43 ; Tsangli,
130; Tsani, 149
Oval Plates, Sesklo, 63
Ring, Sesklo, 73
Seals, Sesklo, 73; Rini, 134; Tsani, 149
Mesiani
Sling Bullets, Rakhmani, 43
Maghula, 54; Sesklo, 73; Dhimini, 85;
Chisel, Sesklo, 72
202
Food
Rakhmani, 43; Sesklo, 61,

73; Pirghos (Thessaly), 85
Tsani,
Tsangli, 1 30
Spools, Sesklo, 73
149; Lianokladhi, 191
Spoons, Sesklo, 73
Sesklo, 73
Whorls, Rakhmani, 42, 53
Dhimini, 85
Tsangli, 125; Rini, 134: Tsani, 149
Zerelia, 166; Phthiotic Thebes, 169
Lianokladhi, 191
Orchomenos, 196
Obsidian, see Objects Miscellaneous
Oeta, 4
Oloosson, 254; see also Elassona
Olympia, 228, 237
Orchomenos, 1, 5, 1 5 fT., I93ff., 215 ff., 235 ff.,
241-249, 251; Pottery, 194, 215, 216; ArchiSpit Supports,
tecture, 195
Tombs, 196
Ormerod, H. A., 226

Ornaments, Bone, see
Objects
Gold, Silver, see Metal
Orphana,
9,
Miscellaneous;
1 1
Orthe, 10
Ossa, 3, 6, 25, 53
Ostrovo, Lake, 216, 259
Othrys, 3, 5, 6, 243 ff.
Pagasae,
Paint, see
2,
259 ff.
Palamas, 6,
Gulf of,
Miscellaneous;
73, 207, 215;
Objects
1 1
Paleokhori, 10
Paleomilos, see Lianokladhi
Palt,
232
Paraprastani, 10
241
Analysis
3, 6,
of.
Index
Parnassus, 3, 4
Paros, 216, 226
269
Mattmalerei, described, 21 ff.
Sesklo, 62;
Dhimini, 78; Adhin, 169; I.ianokladhi,
179; Orchomenos, 194, 196; Poliyira,
196; Daulis, 201; Dhrakhmani, 204;
Southern Greece,222 ff.; see ti/soztf, 237
Minoan, Early Minoan, at Orchomenos (?),
194; Middle Minoan, at Orchomenos (?),
Dhrakhmani, 204 ff.
194
;
Pasha Maghula, 10
259
Paton, 216
Pateli, 216, 255,
Pazaraki, 9
Peet, T. E., 230
Pelion, 3, 6
Peneus, 3, 25, 54
Periods, Prehistoric, in Thessaly, relative length
of, 22 ff.
Chronology of, 255 ff.
Late Minoan,
Orchomenos, 194
Other Im-
plements
Petreny, 257
Phaestus, 255
Phalanna, 255
Phanari, 6
Pharsalus, 4, 6, 9, 1 1, 86, 207
Pherae, 6, 86, 243, 256 see also Velestinos
Pheres, 252 ff.
Philip II, 4
Philippopolis, 258
PrePhocis, 250; List of prehistoric sites in, 11
historic Finds in, 1 3ff., 23, 71, 201 ff., 240,
;
243
ff.
Phthiotic Thebes, see Thebes, Phthiotic

Phurka Pass, 4
Phylake, 10
Phylakopi, 22, 218, 226, 235 note 10
Ioannis, 12; Ayia Marina (Boeotia), 12;

Sesklo, 62
Dhimini, 78 Pirghos (Thessaly), 85
Tsangli, 1 3 flf. Rini, 132 Tsani,
Phthiotic Thebes,
145; Zerelia, 159, 161
;
167, 169; Aidhin, 169; I.ianokladhi, 186;

Ghulas, 193; Orchomenos, 194; Dhrakhmani, 204; Southern Greece, 221-227;
Aegean Islands, 226; Leukas, 229; Troy,
231 ff. see also 235 ff, 246 ff, 251 ff, and
;
Argive-Minyan
Moldavian, 257
ff.
Russian, South, 232, 257 ff.

Servian, 17, 232 ff, 246, 257
Spouts, False, 132, 187
55
240
Pins, lione, see Objects Miscellaneous
3,
4,
6,
Pirghos, Thessaly, 8, 85
Pirghos, Boeotia, 12, 196 ff.; Tomb, 196; Figurine,
197; Maghula by, 12, 197
Pirghos Mataranga, 9, 135
Pisa, 228
ff.
Thessalian and North Greek
described, 13; at Rakhmani, 26, 28;

Sesklo, 58; Tsangli, 90; Rini, 130;
Tsani, 135 ff. Zerelia, 152 ff.
Zerelia,
Daudza, 170; Lianokladhi, 172;
152 ff.
Chaeronea, 199
A2, described, 14; at Rakhmani, 26;
Mesiani Maghula, 55
Argissa, 54
Tsani, 136
Tsangli, 91
A3a, described, 14; at Mezil Maghula, 9;
Sesklo, 58
Tsangli, 91; Tsani, 136; Zerelia, 153;
Lianokladhi, 172
A3& described, 14; at Rakhmani, 26, 28;
Argissa, 54; Mesiani Maghula, 55;
Sesklo, 59; Tsangli, 91; Tsani, 136,
141; Zerelia, 153; Phthiotic Thebes,
167; Karatsadaghli, 169; Daudza, 170;
Lianokladhi, 172, 177; Orchomenos,
194; Pirghos (Boeotia), 197; Chaeronea, 199 ff.
Delphi, 202; Dhrakhmani,
202 ff. see also 229, 238
1,
Pithos Burials, see Tombs

Platomaghula, 9
Podolia, 257, note 2
Polishers, Stone, see Stone
Axes and Other Im-
plements
Poliyira,
Rugose, 144
Pindus,
Zerelia, 159;
Ghulas, 193;
Pieria, 3
8,
Picks, Horn, see Objects Miscellaneous

5,
35,
Poliyira, 196 Daulis,

Delphi, 202; Dhrakhmani, 204;
lolcus, 206; Pagasae, 207; Maghula,
207 Gonnos, 207 Metiseli, 207 M ilos,
207; Almiros, 208; see also 206 ff,
221 ff, 229 ff, 235 ff., 247, 252 ff.
at Surpi, 10; Ayios
Minyan, described, 21
201
Mycenean, see Minoan, Late

Roumanian, 232, 257 ff.
Pilaf Tepe,
40 MarDhimini, 78;
Rakhmani,
Perrhaebia, 6
Persuphli, 9
Pestles, Stone, see Stone Axes and
at
mariani, 54
Sesklo, 68
Tsangli, 114; Tsani, 145
Phthiotic Thebes, 166 ff.
12,
196
Portes, 4
Pottery, Analysis of Clays, Paints, etc., 259
Anatolian, 216, 232 ff. ; see Trojan
Apulian, see Italian
Argive-Minyan, 21, 223, 224

Asia Minor, see Anatolian
ff.
ff.
Bessarabian, 232, 257 ff.

Bosnian, 232
Bukovina, from, 257
Bulgarian, 232, 258 ff.
Cucuteni, from, see Moldavian
Cycladic, 5, 202, 218, 221
Dipylon, see Geometric
Galician, 232, 257 ff.
ff.,
Marks, incised on, 90

Marmariani-Theotoku,
North Greek, Ala
188
A3y, described, 14; at Rakhmani, 27 ff.

Argissa, 54; Tsangli, 99; Tsani, 141
226, 245
at Tsangli, 99;
A38, described, I4ff.
Lianokladhi, 172, 177
A36, described, 5 at Tsangli, 99 Tsani, 1 4 1
A3C, described, 1 5 at Rakhmani, 27 ff.
A4, described, 15; at Rakhmani, 27
Aâ, described, 1 5 at Rakhmani, 28
at Rakhmani, 28
As/3, described, 1 5
;
see
Zerelia, 153
Geometric, 166, 208, 216, 249, 254

Italian, 229 ff.
Macedonian, 216, 231 ff., 258 ff.
Mat Impression,
Thessalian
and
Index
270
Pottery, Thessalian and North Greek cont.

A5y, described, 15; at Orchomenos, 194;
Pirghos(Boeotia), 197 Chaeronea, 199
Dhrakhmani 202 ff. see also 238
A6, described, 15; at Rakhmani, 28
:
Bl, described, 15 ff.; at Rakhmani, 28, 31,

34; Sesklo, 59; Dhimini, 75; Tsangli,
99, in; Tsani, 141, 143; Zerelia, 153;
r3
cf.
B2, described, 16 at Tsaritsani, 12 Rakhmani, 29, 32, 34; Sesklo, 60; Dhimini,
76; Tsangli, 99 ff. Rini, 130; Tsani, 141
16; at Tsaritsani, 12;
B3C1, described,
Rakhmani, 31, 32, 34; Mesiani Maghula, 55; Sesklo, 60; Dhimini, 76;
Pirghos (Thessaly), 85; Tsangli, 100;
Rini, 130; Tsani, 141; Zerelia, 153,
157; Phthiotic Thebes, 167; Liano;
kladhi, 177 see also 229, 243

B3/3, described, 16; at Rakhmani, 31;
Sesklo, 60;
Dhimini, 77;
Pirghos
(Thessaly), 85; Tsangli, 100; Tsani,
141
B3y, described, 16; at Rakhmani, 28,31;
;
Mesiani Maghula, 53; Dhimini, 77;

Pirghos (Thessaly), 85; Tsangli, 100;
130; Tsani, 142; Zerelia, 157;
Lianokladhi,
177; Chaeronea, 201 Dhrakhmani,202ff.
ff.
at Tsangli, 100 ff.
B38, described, 16
Tsani, 142; Orchomenos, 194, note 4;
Chaeronea, 201 Dhrakhmani, 202 ff.
see also 244
Rini,
B3t, described, 17; at Rakhmani, 32;

Tsangli, 101; Tsani, 142; Lianokladhi,
177; Chaeronea, 200 ff.
Dhrakhmani,
;
202
Marmariani, 53
Sesklo, 61
Dhimini,
77; Tsangli, ill; Rini, 132; Tsani,
144; Zerelia, 157
T3ft described, 19; at Mesiani Maghula,
53; Sesklo, 61; Tsangli, III; Rini,
132; Tsani, 144; Zerelia, 157; Lianokladhi, 185 ff. see also 231
T3y, described, 19 at Sesklo, 61
Dhimini,
77 Zerelia, 157
Ttf, described, 19; at Rakhmani, 34 ff;
Sesklo, 61 ; Tsani, 144; Zerelia, 157
T3f, described, 19; at Sesklo, 61; Tsani,
144; Zerelia, 157
T3f, described, 19 at Dhimini, 78 Tsangli,
112
ff.
described, 19; at Rakhmani, 29;

Tsangli, 112
T36, described, 19 at Dhimini, 78 ; Tsangli,
112
T^rj,
at Tsangli, 112; Tsani,

144; Zerelia, 157 ff.
T3k, described, 20; at Rakhmani, 34 ff;
Tsangli, 112; Tsani, 144
TjX, described, 20; at Dhimini, 78; Tsani,
144; see also 231, 236
at Rakhmani, 34 ff.
T3/i, described, 20
Tsangli, 112
T^v, described, 20; at Rakhmani, 35;
Dhimini, 78; Tsangli, 112
at
T3f, described, 20;
Rakhmani, 34;
Tsangli, 112
ry, described, 19;
T3o, described, 20; at Rakhmani, 34;

Sesklo, 61 ; Dhimini, 78; Tsangli, 112
20; at Tsangli, 112

at Rakhmani, 28, 34,
T3p, described, 20
Dhimini, 78
35
at Rakhmani, 28, 34, 35
F3<t, described, 20
at Rakhmani, 34 ff.
T37-, described, 20
Dhimini, 78
Sesklo, 61
T37T, described,
B3f, described, 17 ; at Tsangli, 101 Tsani,

142
Tla, see Tlal, Tla2, Tla3
at Mesiani Maghula,
rial, described, 17
55; Tsangli, 101 ff. Rini, 132; Aidhin,
169 Dhrakhmani, 204 see also 232, 237
ria2, described, 17; at Mesiani Maghula,
55; Tsangli, 102; Dhrakhmani, 204;
see also 232
Tia3, described, 17; at Tsangli, 102;
Dhrakhmani, 204 see also 232, 238
ri/3, described, 17; at Mesiani Maghula,
Tsani, 142
55; Tsangli, 102,
at Rakhmani, 31,
riy, described, 17 ff.
Sesklo,
32,34; Mesiani Maghula, 55
61; Dhimini, 77; Tsangli, in; Rini,
132; Tsani, 143; Phthiotic Thebes,
166 ff; Aidhin, 169
ri8, described, 18; at Rakhmani, 33 ff;
Sesklo, 61
Aidhin, 169
see Mattmalerei
Tif, described, 18
T2, described, 18 ff. at Marku, 9 Dhimini,
Rini, 132
77 Tsangli, 1 1 1
Bani, 141
Zerelia, 157; Phthiotic Thebes, 166 ff.
at Rakhmani, 33 ff.
T3, described, 19 ff.
Sesklo, 61 ff.
Dhimini, 77 ff. Tsangli,
1 1 1 ff.
Rini, 132 Tsani, 141 ff. Zerelia,
I57ff. Phthiotic Thebes, i66ff. Aidhin,
169; see also 238; and under its sub;
m;
;
divisions,
T3a-r3x
Tâ, described, 19;
at
Rakhmani, 34
ff.
r$v,
described,
20;
at
Rakhmani,
35;
Dhimini, 78
20 ; at Rakhmani, 34 ff. ;
Dhimini, 78; Tsani, 144
T3x, described, 20; at Dhimini, 78 Tsangli,
T3<, described,
112
described, 20; at Rakhmani, 35;
Marmariani, 54; Sesklo, 68; Zerelia,
1
59 Skyros, 208 ff. Theotoku, 209 ff. ;
Khassan Tatar, Pagasae, Dhomokos,
2158".; see also 227, 237, 248, 254 ff. 259
Ala,
20; at Tsangli, 113; Rini,

132; Lianokladhi, i8off. Orchomenos,
see also 2158"., 237, 246 ff.,
194, note 12
Ai(3, described,
254 ff.
Aiy, described, 21; at Lianokladhi, 1858".
A2a, described, 21 at Sesklo, 62 ; Dhimini,
78; Skyros, 209; Theotoku, 213
Thracian, 232 ff, 243, 258 ff.
Transylvanian, 2578".
Trojan, 231 ff, 236 ff., 258 ff.
at Amuri,
Urfirnis, described, 21
Tsani,
144 ff; Lianokladhi, I77ff.
Orchomenos,
194; Dhrakhmani, 204; Southern Greece,
224 ff; see also 236 ff, 244 ff, 251
West Greek, 228 ff.
;
Pounders, Stone, see Stone Axes and Other Implements

Priam, 254, 255
Index
Priesterhiigel, 218
Spercheus,
254
Procrna, 1 1
Pteleum, 4
Pydna, 3
4,
at,
see
Stais, V.,
1,
Rakhmani,
2,
4. fif., 25 ff.,
238, 241-248; Pottery,
26 ff., 207; Architecture, 37 ff. Tombs, 40 ff.;
Stone Axes and Other ImFigurines, 41
plements^ ff.; Objects Miscellaneous, 42 ff.
Red on White Ware, see Pottery A30
Rhodes, 216
de Ridder, 1, 193
Ridge way, Prof., 250 ff.
Ring, Bone, Terra-Cotta,.?^' Objects Miscellaneous
1
i3off, 185, 245; Pottery, i3off, 215;

Architecture, I32ff.; Tombs, 132 Figurines,
134; Stone Axes and Other Implements,
134; Objects Miscellaneous, 134
Roumania, Prehistoric Finds in, 232, 257 ff; see
also Cucuteni, Moldavia, Wallachia
Russia, South, 5 Prehistoric Finds in, 232, 257 ff;
see also Bessarabia, Petreny, Podolia
1,
Sakalar, 8
Salamis, 216, 222
Salonica, 3
(Flint), see
Scotussa, 10
Scrapers, Bone, see Objects Miscellaneous
Seals, Stone, Terra-Cotta, see Objects Miscellaneous
Selendj, 259
Servia, in Macedonia, 254 note 2
Servia, Prehistoric Finds in, at Klicevac, 257
E., 253,
222
see also
82
Stone Axes and Other Implements
ff.;
Simikli, 9, 1 1
Skias, A., 222
Sling Bullets, Stone, see
Implements Terra-Cotta,
;
see
Celts, different types of, 23
hafting
of,
24
sequence of, 24
found at Rakhmani, 47 ff; Marmariani, 53;
Mesiani Maghula, 56; Sesklo, 70 ff;
Dhimini, 84
;
Tsangli, 121; Rini, 134; Tsani, 146;

Zerelia, 164; Phthiotic Thebes, 169;
Lianokladhi, 191 Maghula near I'irghos
(Boeotia), 197; Chaeronea, 201 Delphi,
202; Dhrakhmani, 204; Olympia, 228
Chisels, Rakhmani, 42; Sesklo, 71; Tsangli,
121
Tsani, 146; Zerelia, 164
Club Heads, Rakhmani, 42; Sesklo, 71 Zerelia, 164
Delphi, 202
Grinders, Rakhmani, 42, 53; Sesklo, 71;
Tsangli, 121;
Rini, 134;
Tsani, 146;
Zerelia, 164: Chaeronea, 201
;
Tsangli, 121
Tsani,
Rakhmani, 53; Sesklo,

72; Tsangli, 121; Rini, 134; Tsani, 146;
Zerelia, 165; Lianokladhi, 191
Mortars, Sesklo, 72; Tsangli, 121 Lianokladhi,
;
191
Pestles, Tsangli, 121
Polishers, Rakhmani,
Objects Mis-
53; Sesklo, 71;

146; Zerelia, 165;
42,
121; Tsani,
Chaeronea, 201
Figurines
257
Tsangli,
Zuto Brdo, 257 ff.

Sesklo, 1,8, 14 ff., 58 ff., 185,207, 215, 231, 240-248;
Pottery, 58 ff. Architecture, 63 ff. Tombs,
Stone Axes and
66 ff.
Figurines, 68 ff.
Other Implements, 23, 70 ff., 233; Objects
Miscellaneous, 72 ff.
Metal, 73 ff; Hut
Foundations near, 74 ff.
Seure, 258
Seward, Prof., 262
Shells, see Objects Miscellaneous
Shumla, 258
Silver, see Metal
Vinca, 232 ff, 249, 257 ff.
Rakhmani, 42, 53; Sesklo, 71;

Tsangli, 121 Rini, 134; Tsani, 146; Zerelia,
164
Chaeronea, 201
Sling Bullets, Marmariani, 53; Sesklo, 71,
Tsangli, 121
Troughs, Sesklo, 72
Whetstones, Rakhmani, 42, 53; Sesklo, 72;
Tsani, 146; Zerelia, 165
Stone Objects, Miscellaneous, see Objects Miscellaneous, Stone
Stratification, Rakhmani, 37 Tsangli, 114: Tsani,
146; Zerelia, 159
Pounders,
Stratos, 229
Sultan, 258
Supli, 10
Surpi, 6, 10, 247
Suvala, 11
Sycurium, 53
cellaneous
258
146; Zerelia, 164

Millstones (Querns),
Schliemann, I, 21, 193, 224

Schmidt, H., 233, 257
Sofia,
Stiria,
ff.
Hammers, Rakhmani, 43
Objects Miscellaneous
202
II,
56, 75,
Steatopygy, 242
von Stern,
Schiste,
Valley of, 13 ff., 71, 240 ft,

of
Prehistoric
Sites
in,
laneous
Spouts, False, see Pottery
Querns (Millstones),
Implements
Saws
list
Spools, Terra-Cotta, see Objects Miscellaneous

Spoons, Bone, Terra-Cotta, see Objects Miscel-
Pylos, 71, 228

Pyrasos, 10
Rini,
6;
5,
ff.,
11
Tumulus
271
ff.
Sophadhes, 9ff, 135

Sotiriadhis, G., 2, II, 193, 229
Sparta, Prehistoric Finds near, 225
rines from, 225, 250
Stone Figu-
Spata, 222
Spearheads, see Objects Miscellaneous

Spit Supports, Terra-Cotta, see Objects Miscellaneous
Takhtalasman, 8
Tash Mandra, 10
Tatar, 9
Tegea, 224
Teke, 9
6, 8 ff, 25, 243
Tereus, 250
Terra-Cotta, Figurines of, see Figurines
Tempe,
Miscel-
Index
272
laneous Objects
Axes and Other Implements,
Objects Miscellane-
of, see
ous, Terra-Cotta
see
Thaumaci,
I46ff.
Dhomokos
Tsaritsani,
Thebes, Boeotia, 4, 195, 221

Thebes, Phthiotic, 2, 4, 10, 14
Pottery,
12
6,
Tsatobasi, 10, 25
166 ff., 243-248,

208; Figurines,
169; Stone Axes and other Implements,
169; Objects Miscellaneous, 169; Metal
(Bronze), 166, 216 note II, 259
Theotoku, 2, 20, 209 ff., 255
Thera, 216, 238
Thermopylae, 4
Thermos, 3, 229
List of Prehistoric
Thessaly, Geography of, 3 ff.
Sites in, 8 ff.; Prehistoric History of, 240 ff.
Thorikos, 22, 247
Thrace, Prehistoric Finds in, 232, 243, 258 ff.
Thracians, in Thessaly and Boeotia, 250 ff.
Tirnavos, 6, 9 ff., 16
Tiryns, 21, 178, 195, 224, 236, 245, 247
Tombs, at Pagasae, 207 Skyros, 208, Athens,
221, Aphidna, 221
Anticyra, 221
Ayios
Theodoros, 221 Eleusis, 222 Koronta, 229
Brick, unbaked of, Sesklo, 66; Tsangli, 121
Orchomenos, 196; Eleusis, 222, 247; Athens, 221, 247
Burials, 242; Chaeronea, 197; Dhrakhmani,
204; of babies in pots, Rakhmani, 35, 41,
248
Chamber, Thebes (Boeotia), 221 Argos, 223
Corinth, 224 Kephallenia, 229
Cist, 247;
Sesklo, 66 ff.
Dhimini, 81 ff.;
2 59>
2 54i
146; Figurines,
Objects Miscellaneous, 149
ff.,
167,
Tsakhmat, 9
Tshatma, 5,
11
Tsini, 11
Tsular, 8
Tsundas, Prof., 1, 53 ff., 58 ff., 219, 224, 231

236 ff., 250 ff., et passim
Tubes, Bone, see Objects Miscellaneous
Tumbes,
ff.
Tumuli, see Tombs

Turkomusli, 10
Tymphrestus, 4, 216, 246, 254
Urfirnis
Ware,
see Pottery
10
Vaitsi,
Vaphio, 225
Vardar, 3 see also Axius
Vardhali, 9
;
Varibopi,
4,
1 1
Vasili,
Vassits, 17, 233

Velestinos, 6, 8 ff.
Veli Pasha, 6
see also
Pherae
Vinca, see Servia, Prehistoric Finds in

Vollgraff, 1, 150
Volos, 3, 6, 8 ff., 16, 58, 75; see also Iolcus
Tsangli, 113, 121

Rini, 133
Zerelia, 161
Phthiotic Thebes, 166 Lianokladhi, 191
Orchomenos, 196; Pirghos (Boeotia), 196;
Theotoku, 209 ff., 248
Aphidna, 221
Tiryns, 229, 247 Leukas, 229, 247
Cremation, Chaeronea (?), 197 Leukas, 229
Cycladic, Chalcis, 222
Pithos, Sesklo, 66; Orchomenos, 196; Aphidna,
221
Thorikos, 222, 247 Leukas, 229
Shaft, Aphidna, 221
Mycenae, 224, 235
;
Tholos, Marmariani, 54, 214, 248; Sesklo, 68,

207, 215, 248;
Dhimini, 82, 207, 248;
Kapakli, 206
Delphi, 202
Ghura, 208
Thebes (Boeotia), 221
Chalcis, Kyme,
222 Laconia, 225
Pylos, 228
Tholos, doubtful, Rakhmani, 40, 207, 248
;
Wallachia, Little (Oltenia), 258

Ware, Crusted, see Pottery, 1 Cycladic, Dipylon,
see Pottery; Dhimini, see Pottery B3a;
Geometric, see Pottery Incised, see lottery,
Marmariani-Theotoku, see
A2, B2, V2
Pottery Am; Mattmalerei, Minoan, Minyan, Mycenean, see Pottery Red on White,
see Pottery A3/3
Urfirnis, see Pottery
Whorls, Bone, Stone, Terra-Cotta, see Objects
Miscellaneous
;
Wide,
216, 221
S.,
Wolters,
Woods,
P.,
1,
215 note 2
in Thessaly, 6, 7
Wosinsky, 233
Xerias, see Europos

Xerias, near Almiros, 10
Zerelia,
161
Xerxes, 4
Tumuli, Larissa, Pilaf Tepe,Pydna,

mani, 204, 239 Aphidna, 221
Dhrakh-
Yannina,
3, 4
Yeraki, 225
Yinekokastro, see Proerna
Yiuzlar, 10
Topolia, 11, 12
Topuslar, 8, 56, 226
Transylvania, 257 ff.
Trikkala, 4, 6
Troughs, Stone, see Stone Axes and other Implements

Troy, 71, 185, 231 ff., 235 ff., 249, 251, 258 ff.
Zafer Papoura, 251

Zahn, 238
TaayXdprjs, Iwdvvtjs, 12
Tsangli, 2, 9, 14 ff., 86 ff., 185, 207, 237, 240-248;
Pottery, 90 ff. Architecture, 1 5 ft Tombs,
121
Stone Axes and Other Implements,
121 ff.
Figurines, 122 ff.; Objects Miscel-
Zerelia, 10, I4ff., 150
laneous, 125
ff.
Tsani Maghula, 2, 11, 17 ff., 135 ff., 185, 207,

235 ff., 238, 240-248 Pottery, 135 ff. Stone
;
Zarkos,
6,
1 1
ff.,
185, 235, 238, 240-248;
Architecture,
Pottery, 152 ff., 208, 215, 231
161
161; Tombs,
ff.; Figurines, 56, 163,
;
247; Stone Axes and Other Implements,

164 ff.
Objects Miscellaneous, 165 ff.
Metal, 166
;
Zighos, 4
Zuto Brdo, see Servia, Prehistoric Finds in
CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY JOHN CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS
PLATE
Jug of black on red ware
(B3C1)
from Rakhmani II (scale
3:5);
the pattern on the handle (scale 1:1).
the inset shows
I.
PLATE
^^MM|
|H
Sherds from Tsangli (1-3
B 3 /3;
4, 5
B 37) and Rakhmani
(6
B 3y (?),
A 5 /3),
(scale 1-6
i,
7 3
4).
II.
PLATE
Tsangli
sherds of
TS$,
ware (scale
i).
III.
1'LATK
Sherds from Rakhmani III (1-4, Try) and Tsani Maghula
(5,
6 ri/J), (scale
1).
IV.
l'LATE
C5
9
O
X
E
o
V.
PLATE
VI.

A. J. B. Wace & M.S. Thompson Prehistoric Thessaly Being Some Account of Recent Excavations and Explorations in North Eastern Greece From Lake Kopais To The Borders of Macedonia

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document informationA. J. B. Wace & M.S. Thompson Prehistoric Thessaly Being Some Account of Recent Excavations from Greece

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

A. J. B. Wace & M.S. Thompson Prehistoric Thessaly Being Some Account of Recent Excavations and Explorations in North Eastern Greece From Lake Kopais To The Borders of Macedonia

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A. J. B. Wace & M.S. Thompson Prehistoric Thessaly Being Some Account of Recent Excavations and Explorations in North Eastern Greece From Lake Kopais To The Borders of Macedonia

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

(tfamlm'bgr

The Cambridge Archaeological and Ethnological Series

Ridge way, Sc.D.,

University Lecturer in Physiology

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS

JJombBH ana Calcutta:

All rights reserved

Fellow of Pembroke College, Cambridge

the University of Oxford

Oldham Research Student

of Corpus Christi College

PRINTED BY JOHN CLAY, M.A.

THE MEMORY OF GEORGE FINLAY

Excavations at Theotoku," A. J. B. W., J. P. Droop, B.S.A. XIII, pp. 309 ff.

paper containing an early draft of part of Chapter I was read at a

recognise Chaeronea more easily than Chaironeia.

have therefore adopted, with one or two additions to suit

but fi/3 by mb: Varvdra (Bapftupa), Ttimba (Tovp,pd).

but where t? and 8f are used to express

and dz we have trans-

Greek words, and

(AayicdSa), Gerli (F/cepXi).

t by t, but vt by nd, and in foreign words

(6, k, (, i|r), tt, a, t, <^, %), and

{Aiiyovvtui), Efstrdtios (Vjvo-Tpr'iTios).

The first time a word occurs the

B.S.A. xv, pp. 217

only exceptions to this system of transliteration are, Phylakopf {^vKaKanrj) and

For contributions towards

Athens has contributed towards the expenses of publication.

The Greek archaeological

of gratitude to Professor Tsundas, the pioneer

TaovvTas, Al it polat optical aKpoTroXea Atfirjviou icat Se'ovcXou) is cited throughout as

The Geography of North-Eastern Greece, and the

the Prehistoric Sites

Principal Classes of Pottery and Celts

North Thessaly, Rakhmani, Marmariani, Mesiani Maghui A, ETC

South-Eastern Thessaly, Sesklo, Dhimini, Pirghos

Central Thessaly, Tsangli, Rini

Western Thessaly, Tsani Maghula

Southern Thessaly, Zerelia, Phthiotic Thebes,

The Spercheus Valley, Lianokladhi

Boeotia and Phocis

The Mycenean Period and the Early Iron Age

Connections with the South

Connections with the West

Connections with the North

The Prehistoric History ok North-Eastern Greece

Notes on the Prehistoric finds

Chemical Analyses, etc

Table of Illustrations representing poitery

Iolcus from the north-west

House plans at Rakhmani

Miscellaneous objects from Rakhmani

Miscellaneous objects from House

Statuette from near Larissa

Pottery from Sesklo